1 /* Ada language support routines for GDB, the GNU debugger.
3 Copyright (C) 1992-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "gdb_regex.h"
28 #include "expression.h"
29 #include "parser-defs.h"
35 #include "breakpoint.h"
38 #include "gdb_obstack.h"
40 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "observable.h"
49 #include "typeprint.h"
50 #include "namespace.h"
51 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
54 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
55 #include "arch-utils.h"
56 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
57 #include "gdbsupport/function-view.h"
58 #include "gdbsupport/byte-vector.h"
61 /* Define whether or not the C operator '/' truncates towards zero for
62 differently signed operands (truncation direction is undefined in C).
63 Copied from valarith.c. */
65 #ifndef TRUNCATION_TOWARDS_ZERO
66 #define TRUNCATION_TOWARDS_ZERO ((-5 / 2) == -2)
69 static struct type
*desc_base_type (struct type
*);
71 static struct type
*desc_bounds_type (struct type
*);
73 static struct value
*desc_bounds (struct value
*);
75 static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type
*);
77 static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type
*);
79 static struct type
*desc_data_target_type (struct type
*);
81 static struct value
*desc_data (struct value
*);
83 static int fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type
*);
85 static int fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type
*);
87 static struct value
*desc_one_bound (struct value
*, int, int);
89 static int desc_bound_bitpos (struct type
*, int, int);
91 static int desc_bound_bitsize (struct type
*, int, int);
93 static struct type
*desc_index_type (struct type
*, int);
95 static int desc_arity (struct type
*);
97 static int ada_type_match (struct type
*, struct type
*, int);
99 static int ada_args_match (struct symbol
*, struct value
**, int);
101 static struct value
*make_array_descriptor (struct type
*, struct value
*);
103 static void ada_add_block_symbols (struct obstack
*,
104 const struct block
*,
105 const lookup_name_info
&lookup_name
,
106 domain_enum
, struct objfile
*);
108 static void ada_add_all_symbols (struct obstack
*, const struct block
*,
109 const lookup_name_info
&lookup_name
,
110 domain_enum
, int, int *);
112 static int is_nonfunction (struct block_symbol
*, int);
114 static void add_defn_to_vec (struct obstack
*, struct symbol
*,
115 const struct block
*);
117 static int num_defns_collected (struct obstack
*);
119 static struct block_symbol
*defns_collected (struct obstack
*, int);
121 static struct value
*resolve_subexp (expression_up
*, int *, int,
123 innermost_block_tracker
*);
125 static void replace_operator_with_call (expression_up
*, int, int, int,
126 struct symbol
*, const struct block
*);
128 static int possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode
, struct value
**);
130 static const char *ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode
);
132 static const char *ada_decoded_op_name (enum exp_opcode
);
134 static int numeric_type_p (struct type
*);
136 static int integer_type_p (struct type
*);
138 static int scalar_type_p (struct type
*);
140 static int discrete_type_p (struct type
*);
142 static struct type
*ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (struct type
*, const char *,
145 static struct value
*evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression
*, int *);
147 static struct type
*ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (struct type
*,
150 static int is_dynamic_field (struct type
*, int);
152 static struct type
*to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type
*,
154 CORE_ADDR
, struct value
*);
156 static struct type
*to_fixed_array_type (struct type
*, struct value
*, int);
158 static struct type
*to_fixed_range_type (struct type
*, struct value
*);
160 static struct type
*to_static_fixed_type (struct type
*);
161 static struct type
*static_unwrap_type (struct type
*type
);
163 static struct value
*unwrap_value (struct value
*);
165 static struct type
*constrained_packed_array_type (struct type
*, long *);
167 static struct type
*decode_constrained_packed_array_type (struct type
*);
169 static long decode_packed_array_bitsize (struct type
*);
171 static struct value
*decode_constrained_packed_array (struct value
*);
173 static int ada_is_packed_array_type (struct type
*);
175 static int ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (struct type
*);
177 static struct value
*value_subscript_packed (struct value
*, int,
180 static struct value
*coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value
*,
183 static int lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol
*, struct symbol
*);
185 static int equiv_types (struct type
*, struct type
*);
187 static int is_name_suffix (const char *);
189 static int advance_wild_match (const char **, const char *, char);
191 static bool wild_match (const char *name
, const char *patn
);
193 static struct value
*ada_coerce_ref (struct value
*);
195 static LONGEST
pos_atr (struct value
*);
197 static struct value
*value_pos_atr (struct type
*, struct value
*);
199 static struct value
*val_atr (struct type
*, LONGEST
);
201 static struct value
*value_val_atr (struct type
*, struct value
*);
203 static struct symbol
*standard_lookup (const char *, const struct block
*,
206 static struct value
*ada_search_struct_field (const char *, struct value
*, int,
209 static int find_struct_field (const char *, struct type
*, int,
210 struct type
**, int *, int *, int *, int *);
212 static int ada_resolve_function (struct block_symbol
*, int,
213 struct value
**, int, const char *,
216 static int ada_is_direct_array_type (struct type
*);
218 static struct value
*ada_index_struct_field (int, struct value
*, int,
221 static struct value
*assign_aggregate (struct value
*, struct value
*,
225 static void aggregate_assign_from_choices (struct value
*, struct value
*,
227 int *, LONGEST
*, int *,
228 int, LONGEST
, LONGEST
);
230 static void aggregate_assign_positional (struct value
*, struct value
*,
232 int *, LONGEST
*, int *, int,
236 static void aggregate_assign_others (struct value
*, struct value
*,
238 int *, LONGEST
*, int, LONGEST
, LONGEST
);
241 static void add_component_interval (LONGEST
, LONGEST
, LONGEST
*, int *, int);
244 static struct value
*ada_evaluate_subexp (struct type
*, struct expression
*,
247 static void ada_forward_operator_length (struct expression
*, int, int *,
250 static struct type
*ada_find_any_type (const char *name
);
252 static symbol_name_matcher_ftype
*ada_get_symbol_name_matcher
253 (const lookup_name_info
&lookup_name
);
257 /* The result of a symbol lookup to be stored in our symbol cache. */
261 /* The name used to perform the lookup. */
263 /* The namespace used during the lookup. */
265 /* The symbol returned by the lookup, or NULL if no matching symbol
268 /* The block where the symbol was found, or NULL if no matching
270 const struct block
*block
;
271 /* A pointer to the next entry with the same hash. */
272 struct cache_entry
*next
;
275 /* The Ada symbol cache, used to store the result of Ada-mode symbol
276 lookups in the course of executing the user's commands.
278 The cache is implemented using a simple, fixed-sized hash.
279 The size is fixed on the grounds that there are not likely to be
280 all that many symbols looked up during any given session, regardless
281 of the size of the symbol table. If we decide to go to a resizable
282 table, let's just use the stuff from libiberty instead. */
284 #define HASH_SIZE 1009
286 struct ada_symbol_cache
288 /* An obstack used to store the entries in our cache. */
289 struct obstack cache_space
;
291 /* The root of the hash table used to implement our symbol cache. */
292 struct cache_entry
*root
[HASH_SIZE
];
295 static void ada_free_symbol_cache (struct ada_symbol_cache
*sym_cache
);
297 /* Maximum-sized dynamic type. */
298 static unsigned int varsize_limit
;
300 static const char ada_completer_word_break_characters
[] =
302 " \t\n!@#%^&*()+=|~`}{[]\";:?/,-";
304 " \t\n!@#$%^&*()+=|~`}{[]\";:?/,-";
307 /* The name of the symbol to use to get the name of the main subprogram. */
308 static const char ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME
[]
309 = "__gnat_ada_main_program_name";
311 /* Limit on the number of warnings to raise per expression evaluation. */
312 static int warning_limit
= 2;
314 /* Number of warning messages issued; reset to 0 by cleanups after
315 expression evaluation. */
316 static int warnings_issued
= 0;
318 static const char * const known_runtime_file_name_patterns
[] = {
319 ADA_KNOWN_RUNTIME_FILE_NAME_PATTERNS NULL
322 static const char * const known_auxiliary_function_name_patterns
[] = {
323 ADA_KNOWN_AUXILIARY_FUNCTION_NAME_PATTERNS NULL
326 /* Maintenance-related settings for this module. */
328 static struct cmd_list_element
*maint_set_ada_cmdlist
;
329 static struct cmd_list_element
*maint_show_ada_cmdlist
;
331 /* The "maintenance ada set/show ignore-descriptive-type" value. */
333 static bool ada_ignore_descriptive_types_p
= false;
335 /* Inferior-specific data. */
337 /* Per-inferior data for this module. */
339 struct ada_inferior_data
341 /* The ada__tags__type_specific_data type, which is used when decoding
342 tagged types. With older versions of GNAT, this type was directly
343 accessible through a component ("tsd") in the object tag. But this
344 is no longer the case, so we cache it for each inferior. */
345 struct type
*tsd_type
= nullptr;
347 /* The exception_support_info data. This data is used to determine
348 how to implement support for Ada exception catchpoints in a given
350 const struct exception_support_info
*exception_info
= nullptr;
353 /* Our key to this module's inferior data. */
354 static const struct inferior_key
<ada_inferior_data
> ada_inferior_data
;
356 /* Return our inferior data for the given inferior (INF).
358 This function always returns a valid pointer to an allocated
359 ada_inferior_data structure. If INF's inferior data has not
360 been previously set, this functions creates a new one with all
361 fields set to zero, sets INF's inferior to it, and then returns
362 a pointer to that newly allocated ada_inferior_data. */
364 static struct ada_inferior_data
*
365 get_ada_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
367 struct ada_inferior_data
*data
;
369 data
= ada_inferior_data
.get (inf
);
371 data
= ada_inferior_data
.emplace (inf
);
376 /* Perform all necessary cleanups regarding our module's inferior data
377 that is required after the inferior INF just exited. */
380 ada_inferior_exit (struct inferior
*inf
)
382 ada_inferior_data
.clear (inf
);
386 /* program-space-specific data. */
388 /* This module's per-program-space data. */
389 struct ada_pspace_data
393 if (sym_cache
!= NULL
)
394 ada_free_symbol_cache (sym_cache
);
397 /* The Ada symbol cache. */
398 struct ada_symbol_cache
*sym_cache
= nullptr;
401 /* Key to our per-program-space data. */
402 static const struct program_space_key
<ada_pspace_data
> ada_pspace_data_handle
;
404 /* Return this module's data for the given program space (PSPACE).
405 If not is found, add a zero'ed one now.
407 This function always returns a valid object. */
409 static struct ada_pspace_data
*
410 get_ada_pspace_data (struct program_space
*pspace
)
412 struct ada_pspace_data
*data
;
414 data
= ada_pspace_data_handle
.get (pspace
);
416 data
= ada_pspace_data_handle
.emplace (pspace
);
423 /* If TYPE is a TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF type, return the target type after
424 all typedef layers have been peeled. Otherwise, return TYPE.
426 Normally, we really expect a typedef type to only have 1 typedef layer.
427 In other words, we really expect the target type of a typedef type to be
428 a non-typedef type. This is particularly true for Ada units, because
429 the language does not have a typedef vs not-typedef distinction.
430 In that respect, the Ada compiler has been trying to eliminate as many
431 typedef definitions in the debugging information, since they generally
432 do not bring any extra information (we still use typedef under certain
433 circumstances related mostly to the GNAT encoding).
435 Unfortunately, we have seen situations where the debugging information
436 generated by the compiler leads to such multiple typedef layers. For
437 instance, consider the following example with stabs:
439 .stabs "pck__float_array___XUP:Tt(0,46)=s16P_ARRAY:(0,47)=[...]"[...]
440 .stabs "pck__float_array___XUP:t(0,36)=(0,46)",128,0,6,0
442 This is an error in the debugging information which causes type
443 pck__float_array___XUP to be defined twice, and the second time,
444 it is defined as a typedef of a typedef.
446 This is on the fringe of legality as far as debugging information is
447 concerned, and certainly unexpected. But it is easy to handle these
448 situations correctly, so we can afford to be lenient in this case. */
451 ada_typedef_target_type (struct type
*type
)
453 while (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF
)
454 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
458 /* Given DECODED_NAME a string holding a symbol name in its
459 decoded form (ie using the Ada dotted notation), returns
460 its unqualified name. */
463 ada_unqualified_name (const char *decoded_name
)
467 /* If the decoded name starts with '<', it means that the encoded
468 name does not follow standard naming conventions, and thus that
469 it is not your typical Ada symbol name. Trying to unqualify it
470 is therefore pointless and possibly erroneous. */
471 if (decoded_name
[0] == '<')
474 result
= strrchr (decoded_name
, '.');
476 result
++; /* Skip the dot... */
478 result
= decoded_name
;
483 /* Return a string starting with '<', followed by STR, and '>'. */
486 add_angle_brackets (const char *str
)
488 return string_printf ("<%s>", str
);
491 /* Assuming V points to an array of S objects, make sure that it contains at
492 least M objects, updating V and S as necessary. */
494 #define GROW_VECT(v, s, m) \
495 if ((s) < (m)) (v) = (char *) grow_vect (v, &(s), m, sizeof *(v));
497 /* Assuming VECT points to an array of *SIZE objects of size
498 ELEMENT_SIZE, grow it to contain at least MIN_SIZE objects,
499 updating *SIZE as necessary and returning the (new) array. */
502 grow_vect (void *vect
, size_t *size
, size_t min_size
, int element_size
)
504 if (*size
< min_size
)
507 if (*size
< min_size
)
509 vect
= xrealloc (vect
, *size
* element_size
);
514 /* True (non-zero) iff TARGET matches FIELD_NAME up to any trailing
515 suffix of FIELD_NAME beginning "___". */
518 field_name_match (const char *field_name
, const char *target
)
520 int len
= strlen (target
);
523 (strncmp (field_name
, target
, len
) == 0
524 && (field_name
[len
] == '\0'
525 || (startswith (field_name
+ len
, "___")
526 && strcmp (field_name
+ strlen (field_name
) - 6,
531 /* Assuming TYPE is a TYPE_CODE_STRUCT or a TYPE_CODE_TYPDEF to
532 a TYPE_CODE_STRUCT, find the field whose name matches FIELD_NAME,
533 and return its index. This function also handles fields whose name
534 have ___ suffixes because the compiler sometimes alters their name
535 by adding such a suffix to represent fields with certain constraints.
536 If the field could not be found, return a negative number if
537 MAYBE_MISSING is set. Otherwise raise an error. */
540 ada_get_field_index (const struct type
*type
, const char *field_name
,
544 struct type
*struct_type
= check_typedef ((struct type
*) type
);
546 for (fieldno
= 0; fieldno
< struct_type
->num_fields (); fieldno
++)
547 if (field_name_match (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (struct_type
, fieldno
), field_name
))
551 error (_("Unable to find field %s in struct %s. Aborting"),
552 field_name
, struct_type
->name ());
557 /* The length of the prefix of NAME prior to any "___" suffix. */
560 ada_name_prefix_len (const char *name
)
566 const char *p
= strstr (name
, "___");
569 return strlen (name
);
575 /* Return non-zero if SUFFIX is a suffix of STR.
576 Return zero if STR is null. */
579 is_suffix (const char *str
, const char *suffix
)
586 len2
= strlen (suffix
);
587 return (len1
>= len2
&& strcmp (str
+ len1
- len2
, suffix
) == 0);
590 /* The contents of value VAL, treated as a value of type TYPE. The
591 result is an lval in memory if VAL is. */
593 static struct value
*
594 coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value
*val
, struct type
*type
)
596 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
597 if (value_type (val
) == type
)
601 struct value
*result
;
603 /* Make sure that the object size is not unreasonable before
604 trying to allocate some memory for it. */
605 ada_ensure_varsize_limit (type
);
608 || TYPE_LENGTH (type
) > TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (val
)))
609 result
= allocate_value_lazy (type
);
612 result
= allocate_value (type
);
613 value_contents_copy_raw (result
, 0, val
, 0, TYPE_LENGTH (type
));
615 set_value_component_location (result
, val
);
616 set_value_bitsize (result
, value_bitsize (val
));
617 set_value_bitpos (result
, value_bitpos (val
));
618 if (VALUE_LVAL (result
) == lval_memory
)
619 set_value_address (result
, value_address (val
));
624 static const gdb_byte
*
625 cond_offset_host (const gdb_byte
*valaddr
, long offset
)
630 return valaddr
+ offset
;
634 cond_offset_target (CORE_ADDR address
, long offset
)
639 return address
+ offset
;
642 /* Issue a warning (as for the definition of warning in utils.c, but
643 with exactly one argument rather than ...), unless the limit on the
644 number of warnings has passed during the evaluation of the current
647 /* FIXME: cagney/2004-10-10: This function is mimicking the behavior
648 provided by "complaint". */
649 static void lim_warning (const char *format
, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF (1, 2);
652 lim_warning (const char *format
, ...)
656 va_start (args
, format
);
657 warnings_issued
+= 1;
658 if (warnings_issued
<= warning_limit
)
659 vwarning (format
, args
);
664 /* Issue an error if the size of an object of type T is unreasonable,
665 i.e. if it would be a bad idea to allocate a value of this type in
669 ada_ensure_varsize_limit (const struct type
*type
)
671 if (TYPE_LENGTH (type
) > varsize_limit
)
672 error (_("object size is larger than varsize-limit"));
675 /* Maximum value of a SIZE-byte signed integer type. */
677 max_of_size (int size
)
679 LONGEST top_bit
= (LONGEST
) 1 << (size
* 8 - 2);
681 return top_bit
| (top_bit
- 1);
684 /* Minimum value of a SIZE-byte signed integer type. */
686 min_of_size (int size
)
688 return -max_of_size (size
) - 1;
691 /* Maximum value of a SIZE-byte unsigned integer type. */
693 umax_of_size (int size
)
695 ULONGEST top_bit
= (ULONGEST
) 1 << (size
* 8 - 1);
697 return top_bit
| (top_bit
- 1);
700 /* Maximum value of integral type T, as a signed quantity. */
702 max_of_type (struct type
*t
)
704 if (t
->is_unsigned ())
705 return (LONGEST
) umax_of_size (TYPE_LENGTH (t
));
707 return max_of_size (TYPE_LENGTH (t
));
710 /* Minimum value of integral type T, as a signed quantity. */
712 min_of_type (struct type
*t
)
714 if (t
->is_unsigned ())
717 return min_of_size (TYPE_LENGTH (t
));
720 /* The largest value in the domain of TYPE, a discrete type, as an integer. */
722 ada_discrete_type_high_bound (struct type
*type
)
724 type
= resolve_dynamic_type (type
, {}, 0);
725 switch (type
->code ())
727 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
729 const dynamic_prop
&high
= type
->bounds ()->high
;
731 if (high
.kind () == PROP_CONST
)
732 return high
.const_val ();
735 gdb_assert (high
.kind () == PROP_UNDEFINED
);
737 /* This happens when trying to evaluate a type's dynamic bound
738 without a live target. There is nothing relevant for us to
739 return here, so return 0. */
744 return TYPE_FIELD_ENUMVAL (type
, type
->num_fields () - 1);
749 return max_of_type (type
);
751 error (_("Unexpected type in ada_discrete_type_high_bound."));
755 /* The smallest value in the domain of TYPE, a discrete type, as an integer. */
757 ada_discrete_type_low_bound (struct type
*type
)
759 type
= resolve_dynamic_type (type
, {}, 0);
760 switch (type
->code ())
762 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
764 const dynamic_prop
&low
= type
->bounds ()->low
;
766 if (low
.kind () == PROP_CONST
)
767 return low
.const_val ();
770 gdb_assert (low
.kind () == PROP_UNDEFINED
);
772 /* This happens when trying to evaluate a type's dynamic bound
773 without a live target. There is nothing relevant for us to
774 return here, so return 0. */
779 return TYPE_FIELD_ENUMVAL (type
, 0);
784 return min_of_type (type
);
786 error (_("Unexpected type in ada_discrete_type_low_bound."));
790 /* The identity on non-range types. For range types, the underlying
791 non-range scalar type. */
794 get_base_type (struct type
*type
)
796 while (type
!= NULL
&& type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
)
798 if (type
== TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
) || TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
) == NULL
)
800 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
805 /* Return a decoded version of the given VALUE. This means returning
806 a value whose type is obtained by applying all the GNAT-specific
807 encodings, making the resulting type a static but standard description
808 of the initial type. */
811 ada_get_decoded_value (struct value
*value
)
813 struct type
*type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (value
));
815 if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
)
816 || (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type
)
817 && type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_PTR
))
819 if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF
) /* array access type. */
820 value
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (value
);
822 value
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (value
);
825 value
= ada_to_fixed_value (value
);
830 /* Same as ada_get_decoded_value, but with the given TYPE.
831 Because there is no associated actual value for this type,
832 the resulting type might be a best-effort approximation in
833 the case of dynamic types. */
836 ada_get_decoded_type (struct type
*type
)
838 type
= to_static_fixed_type (type
);
839 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type
))
840 type
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array_type (type
);
846 /* Language Selection */
848 /* If the main program is in Ada, return language_ada, otherwise return LANG
849 (the main program is in Ada iif the adainit symbol is found). */
852 ada_update_initial_language (enum language lang
)
854 if (lookup_minimal_symbol ("adainit", NULL
, NULL
).minsym
!= NULL
)
860 /* If the main procedure is written in Ada, then return its name.
861 The result is good until the next call. Return NULL if the main
862 procedure doesn't appear to be in Ada. */
867 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
868 static gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> main_program_name
;
870 /* For Ada, the name of the main procedure is stored in a specific
871 string constant, generated by the binder. Look for that symbol,
872 extract its address, and then read that string. If we didn't find
873 that string, then most probably the main procedure is not written
875 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol (ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME
, NULL
, NULL
);
877 if (msym
.minsym
!= NULL
)
879 CORE_ADDR main_program_name_addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msym
);
880 if (main_program_name_addr
== 0)
881 error (_("Invalid address for Ada main program name."));
883 main_program_name
= target_read_string (main_program_name_addr
, 1024);
884 return main_program_name
.get ();
887 /* The main procedure doesn't seem to be in Ada. */
893 /* Table of Ada operators and their GNAT-encoded names. Last entry is pair
896 const struct ada_opname_map ada_opname_table
[] = {
897 {"Oadd", "\"+\"", BINOP_ADD
},
898 {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", BINOP_SUB
},
899 {"Omultiply", "\"*\"", BINOP_MUL
},
900 {"Odivide", "\"/\"", BINOP_DIV
},
901 {"Omod", "\"mod\"", BINOP_MOD
},
902 {"Orem", "\"rem\"", BINOP_REM
},
903 {"Oexpon", "\"**\"", BINOP_EXP
},
904 {"Olt", "\"<\"", BINOP_LESS
},
905 {"Ole", "\"<=\"", BINOP_LEQ
},
906 {"Ogt", "\">\"", BINOP_GTR
},
907 {"Oge", "\">=\"", BINOP_GEQ
},
908 {"Oeq", "\"=\"", BINOP_EQUAL
},
909 {"One", "\"/=\"", BINOP_NOTEQUAL
},
910 {"Oand", "\"and\"", BINOP_BITWISE_AND
},
911 {"Oor", "\"or\"", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
},
912 {"Oxor", "\"xor\"", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
},
913 {"Oconcat", "\"&\"", BINOP_CONCAT
},
914 {"Oabs", "\"abs\"", UNOP_ABS
},
915 {"Onot", "\"not\"", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
},
916 {"Oadd", "\"+\"", UNOP_PLUS
},
917 {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", UNOP_NEG
},
921 /* The "encoded" form of DECODED, according to GNAT conventions. If
922 THROW_ERRORS, throw an error if invalid operator name is found.
923 Otherwise, return the empty string in that case. */
926 ada_encode_1 (const char *decoded
, bool throw_errors
)
931 std::string encoding_buffer
;
932 for (const char *p
= decoded
; *p
!= '\0'; p
+= 1)
935 encoding_buffer
.append ("__");
938 const struct ada_opname_map
*mapping
;
940 for (mapping
= ada_opname_table
;
941 mapping
->encoded
!= NULL
942 && !startswith (p
, mapping
->decoded
); mapping
+= 1)
944 if (mapping
->encoded
== NULL
)
947 error (_("invalid Ada operator name: %s"), p
);
951 encoding_buffer
.append (mapping
->encoded
);
955 encoding_buffer
.push_back (*p
);
958 return encoding_buffer
;
961 /* The "encoded" form of DECODED, according to GNAT conventions. */
964 ada_encode (const char *decoded
)
966 return ada_encode_1 (decoded
, true);
969 /* Return NAME folded to lower case, or, if surrounded by single
970 quotes, unfolded, but with the quotes stripped away. Result good
974 ada_fold_name (gdb::string_view name
)
976 static char *fold_buffer
= NULL
;
977 static size_t fold_buffer_size
= 0;
979 int len
= name
.size ();
980 GROW_VECT (fold_buffer
, fold_buffer_size
, len
+ 1);
984 strncpy (fold_buffer
, name
.data () + 1, len
- 2);
985 fold_buffer
[len
- 2] = '\000';
991 for (i
= 0; i
<= len
; i
+= 1)
992 fold_buffer
[i
] = tolower (name
[i
]);
998 /* Return nonzero if C is either a digit or a lowercase alphabet character. */
1001 is_lower_alphanum (const char c
)
1003 return (isdigit (c
) || (isalpha (c
) && islower (c
)));
1006 /* ENCODED is the linkage name of a symbol and LEN contains its length.
1007 This function saves in LEN the length of that same symbol name but
1008 without either of these suffixes:
1014 These are suffixes introduced by the compiler for entities such as
1015 nested subprogram for instance, in order to avoid name clashes.
1016 They do not serve any purpose for the debugger. */
1019 ada_remove_trailing_digits (const char *encoded
, int *len
)
1021 if (*len
> 1 && isdigit (encoded
[*len
- 1]))
1025 while (i
> 0 && isdigit (encoded
[i
]))
1027 if (i
>= 0 && encoded
[i
] == '.')
1029 else if (i
>= 0 && encoded
[i
] == '$')
1031 else if (i
>= 2 && startswith (encoded
+ i
- 2, "___"))
1033 else if (i
>= 1 && startswith (encoded
+ i
- 1, "__"))
1038 /* Remove the suffix introduced by the compiler for protected object
1042 ada_remove_po_subprogram_suffix (const char *encoded
, int *len
)
1044 /* Remove trailing N. */
1046 /* Protected entry subprograms are broken into two
1047 separate subprograms: The first one is unprotected, and has
1048 a 'N' suffix; the second is the protected version, and has
1049 the 'P' suffix. The second calls the first one after handling
1050 the protection. Since the P subprograms are internally generated,
1051 we leave these names undecoded, giving the user a clue that this
1052 entity is internal. */
1055 && encoded
[*len
- 1] == 'N'
1056 && (isdigit (encoded
[*len
- 2]) || islower (encoded
[*len
- 2])))
1060 /* If ENCODED follows the GNAT entity encoding conventions, then return
1061 the decoded form of ENCODED. Otherwise, return "<%s>" where "%s" is
1062 replaced by ENCODED. */
1065 ada_decode (const char *encoded
)
1071 std::string decoded
;
1073 /* With function descriptors on PPC64, the value of a symbol named
1074 ".FN", if it exists, is the entry point of the function "FN". */
1075 if (encoded
[0] == '.')
1078 /* The name of the Ada main procedure starts with "_ada_".
1079 This prefix is not part of the decoded name, so skip this part
1080 if we see this prefix. */
1081 if (startswith (encoded
, "_ada_"))
1084 /* If the name starts with '_', then it is not a properly encoded
1085 name, so do not attempt to decode it. Similarly, if the name
1086 starts with '<', the name should not be decoded. */
1087 if (encoded
[0] == '_' || encoded
[0] == '<')
1090 len0
= strlen (encoded
);
1092 ada_remove_trailing_digits (encoded
, &len0
);
1093 ada_remove_po_subprogram_suffix (encoded
, &len0
);
1095 /* Remove the ___X.* suffix if present. Do not forget to verify that
1096 the suffix is located before the current "end" of ENCODED. We want
1097 to avoid re-matching parts of ENCODED that have previously been
1098 marked as discarded (by decrementing LEN0). */
1099 p
= strstr (encoded
, "___");
1100 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
- encoded
< len0
- 3)
1108 /* Remove any trailing TKB suffix. It tells us that this symbol
1109 is for the body of a task, but that information does not actually
1110 appear in the decoded name. */
1112 if (len0
> 3 && startswith (encoded
+ len0
- 3, "TKB"))
1115 /* Remove any trailing TB suffix. The TB suffix is slightly different
1116 from the TKB suffix because it is used for non-anonymous task
1119 if (len0
> 2 && startswith (encoded
+ len0
- 2, "TB"))
1122 /* Remove trailing "B" suffixes. */
1123 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-04-19: Not sure what this are used for... */
1125 if (len0
> 1 && startswith (encoded
+ len0
- 1, "B"))
1128 /* Make decoded big enough for possible expansion by operator name. */
1130 decoded
.resize (2 * len0
+ 1, 'X');
1132 /* Remove trailing __{digit}+ or trailing ${digit}+. */
1134 if (len0
> 1 && isdigit (encoded
[len0
- 1]))
1137 while ((i
>= 0 && isdigit (encoded
[i
]))
1138 || (i
>= 1 && encoded
[i
] == '_' && isdigit (encoded
[i
- 1])))
1140 if (i
> 1 && encoded
[i
] == '_' && encoded
[i
- 1] == '_')
1142 else if (encoded
[i
] == '$')
1146 /* The first few characters that are not alphabetic are not part
1147 of any encoding we use, so we can copy them over verbatim. */
1149 for (i
= 0, j
= 0; i
< len0
&& !isalpha (encoded
[i
]); i
+= 1, j
+= 1)
1150 decoded
[j
] = encoded
[i
];
1155 /* Is this a symbol function? */
1156 if (at_start_name
&& encoded
[i
] == 'O')
1160 for (k
= 0; ada_opname_table
[k
].encoded
!= NULL
; k
+= 1)
1162 int op_len
= strlen (ada_opname_table
[k
].encoded
);
1163 if ((strncmp (ada_opname_table
[k
].encoded
+ 1, encoded
+ i
+ 1,
1165 && !isalnum (encoded
[i
+ op_len
]))
1167 strcpy (&decoded
.front() + j
, ada_opname_table
[k
].decoded
);
1170 j
+= strlen (ada_opname_table
[k
].decoded
);
1174 if (ada_opname_table
[k
].encoded
!= NULL
)
1179 /* Replace "TK__" with "__", which will eventually be translated
1180 into "." (just below). */
1182 if (i
< len0
- 4 && startswith (encoded
+ i
, "TK__"))
1185 /* Replace "__B_{DIGITS}+__" sequences by "__", which will eventually
1186 be translated into "." (just below). These are internal names
1187 generated for anonymous blocks inside which our symbol is nested. */
1189 if (len0
- i
> 5 && encoded
[i
] == '_' && encoded
[i
+1] == '_'
1190 && encoded
[i
+2] == 'B' && encoded
[i
+3] == '_'
1191 && isdigit (encoded
[i
+4]))
1195 while (k
< len0
&& isdigit (encoded
[k
]))
1196 k
++; /* Skip any extra digit. */
1198 /* Double-check that the "__B_{DIGITS}+" sequence we found
1199 is indeed followed by "__". */
1200 if (len0
- k
> 2 && encoded
[k
] == '_' && encoded
[k
+1] == '_')
1204 /* Remove _E{DIGITS}+[sb] */
1206 /* Just as for protected object subprograms, there are 2 categories
1207 of subprograms created by the compiler for each entry. The first
1208 one implements the actual entry code, and has a suffix following
1209 the convention above; the second one implements the barrier and
1210 uses the same convention as above, except that the 'E' is replaced
1213 Just as above, we do not decode the name of barrier functions
1214 to give the user a clue that the code he is debugging has been
1215 internally generated. */
1217 if (len0
- i
> 3 && encoded
[i
] == '_' && encoded
[i
+1] == 'E'
1218 && isdigit (encoded
[i
+2]))
1222 while (k
< len0
&& isdigit (encoded
[k
]))
1226 && (encoded
[k
] == 'b' || encoded
[k
] == 's'))
1229 /* Just as an extra precaution, make sure that if this
1230 suffix is followed by anything else, it is a '_'.
1231 Otherwise, we matched this sequence by accident. */
1233 || (k
< len0
&& encoded
[k
] == '_'))
1238 /* Remove trailing "N" in [a-z0-9]+N__. The N is added by
1239 the GNAT front-end in protected object subprograms. */
1242 && encoded
[i
] == 'N' && encoded
[i
+1] == '_' && encoded
[i
+2] == '_')
1244 /* Backtrack a bit up until we reach either the begining of
1245 the encoded name, or "__". Make sure that we only find
1246 digits or lowercase characters. */
1247 const char *ptr
= encoded
+ i
- 1;
1249 while (ptr
>= encoded
&& is_lower_alphanum (ptr
[0]))
1252 || (ptr
> encoded
&& ptr
[0] == '_' && ptr
[-1] == '_'))
1256 if (encoded
[i
] == 'X' && i
!= 0 && isalnum (encoded
[i
- 1]))
1258 /* This is a X[bn]* sequence not separated from the previous
1259 part of the name with a non-alpha-numeric character (in other
1260 words, immediately following an alpha-numeric character), then
1261 verify that it is placed at the end of the encoded name. If
1262 not, then the encoding is not valid and we should abort the
1263 decoding. Otherwise, just skip it, it is used in body-nested
1267 while (i
< len0
&& (encoded
[i
] == 'b' || encoded
[i
] == 'n'));
1271 else if (i
< len0
- 2 && encoded
[i
] == '_' && encoded
[i
+ 1] == '_')
1273 /* Replace '__' by '.'. */
1281 /* It's a character part of the decoded name, so just copy it
1283 decoded
[j
] = encoded
[i
];
1290 /* Decoded names should never contain any uppercase character.
1291 Double-check this, and abort the decoding if we find one. */
1293 for (i
= 0; i
< decoded
.length(); ++i
)
1294 if (isupper (decoded
[i
]) || decoded
[i
] == ' ')
1300 if (encoded
[0] == '<')
1303 decoded
= '<' + std::string(encoded
) + '>';
1308 /* Table for keeping permanent unique copies of decoded names. Once
1309 allocated, names in this table are never released. While this is a
1310 storage leak, it should not be significant unless there are massive
1311 changes in the set of decoded names in successive versions of a
1312 symbol table loaded during a single session. */
1313 static struct htab
*decoded_names_store
;
1315 /* Returns the decoded name of GSYMBOL, as for ada_decode, caching it
1316 in the language-specific part of GSYMBOL, if it has not been
1317 previously computed. Tries to save the decoded name in the same
1318 obstack as GSYMBOL, if possible, and otherwise on the heap (so that,
1319 in any case, the decoded symbol has a lifetime at least that of
1321 The GSYMBOL parameter is "mutable" in the C++ sense: logically
1322 const, but nevertheless modified to a semantically equivalent form
1323 when a decoded name is cached in it. */
1326 ada_decode_symbol (const struct general_symbol_info
*arg
)
1328 struct general_symbol_info
*gsymbol
= (struct general_symbol_info
*) arg
;
1329 const char **resultp
=
1330 &gsymbol
->language_specific
.demangled_name
;
1332 if (!gsymbol
->ada_mangled
)
1334 std::string decoded
= ada_decode (gsymbol
->linkage_name ());
1335 struct obstack
*obstack
= gsymbol
->language_specific
.obstack
;
1337 gsymbol
->ada_mangled
= 1;
1339 if (obstack
!= NULL
)
1340 *resultp
= obstack_strdup (obstack
, decoded
.c_str ());
1343 /* Sometimes, we can't find a corresponding objfile, in
1344 which case, we put the result on the heap. Since we only
1345 decode when needed, we hope this usually does not cause a
1346 significant memory leak (FIXME). */
1348 char **slot
= (char **) htab_find_slot (decoded_names_store
,
1349 decoded
.c_str (), INSERT
);
1352 *slot
= xstrdup (decoded
.c_str ());
1361 ada_la_decode (const char *encoded
, int options
)
1363 return xstrdup (ada_decode (encoded
).c_str ());
1370 /* Assuming that INDEX_DESC_TYPE is an ___XA structure, a structure
1371 generated by the GNAT compiler to describe the index type used
1372 for each dimension of an array, check whether it follows the latest
1373 known encoding. If not, fix it up to conform to the latest encoding.
1374 Otherwise, do nothing. This function also does nothing if
1375 INDEX_DESC_TYPE is NULL.
1377 The GNAT encoding used to describe the array index type evolved a bit.
1378 Initially, the information would be provided through the name of each
1379 field of the structure type only, while the type of these fields was
1380 described as unspecified and irrelevant. The debugger was then expected
1381 to perform a global type lookup using the name of that field in order
1382 to get access to the full index type description. Because these global
1383 lookups can be very expensive, the encoding was later enhanced to make
1384 the global lookup unnecessary by defining the field type as being
1385 the full index type description.
1387 The purpose of this routine is to allow us to support older versions
1388 of the compiler by detecting the use of the older encoding, and by
1389 fixing up the INDEX_DESC_TYPE to follow the new one (at this point,
1390 we essentially replace each field's meaningless type by the associated
1394 ada_fixup_array_indexes_type (struct type
*index_desc_type
)
1398 if (index_desc_type
== NULL
)
1400 gdb_assert (index_desc_type
->num_fields () > 0);
1402 /* Check if INDEX_DESC_TYPE follows the older encoding (it is sufficient
1403 to check one field only, no need to check them all). If not, return
1406 If our INDEX_DESC_TYPE was generated using the older encoding,
1407 the field type should be a meaningless integer type whose name
1408 is not equal to the field name. */
1409 if (index_desc_type
->field (0).type ()->name () != NULL
1410 && strcmp (index_desc_type
->field (0).type ()->name (),
1411 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_desc_type
, 0)) == 0)
1414 /* Fixup each field of INDEX_DESC_TYPE. */
1415 for (i
= 0; i
< index_desc_type
->num_fields (); i
++)
1417 const char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_desc_type
, i
);
1418 struct type
*raw_type
= ada_check_typedef (ada_find_any_type (name
));
1421 index_desc_type
->field (i
).set_type (raw_type
);
1425 /* The desc_* routines return primitive portions of array descriptors
1428 /* The descriptor or array type, if any, indicated by TYPE; removes
1429 level of indirection, if needed. */
1431 static struct type
*
1432 desc_base_type (struct type
*type
)
1436 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
1437 if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF
)
1438 type
= ada_typedef_target_type (type
);
1441 && (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
1442 || type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_REF
))
1443 return ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
1448 /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thin" array pointer type. */
1451 is_thin_pntr (struct type
*type
)
1454 is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type
)), "___XUT")
1455 || is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type
)), "___XUT___XVE");
1458 /* The descriptor type for thin pointer type TYPE. */
1460 static struct type
*
1461 thin_descriptor_type (struct type
*type
)
1463 struct type
*base_type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1465 if (base_type
== NULL
)
1467 if (is_suffix (ada_type_name (base_type
), "___XVE"))
1471 struct type
*alt_type
= ada_find_parallel_type (base_type
, "___XVE");
1473 if (alt_type
== NULL
)
1480 /* A pointer to the array data for thin-pointer value VAL. */
1482 static struct value
*
1483 thin_data_pntr (struct value
*val
)
1485 struct type
*type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (val
));
1486 struct type
*data_type
= desc_data_target_type (thin_descriptor_type (type
));
1488 data_type
= lookup_pointer_type (data_type
);
1490 if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
1491 return value_cast (data_type
, value_copy (val
));
1493 return value_from_longest (data_type
, value_address (val
));
1496 /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thick" array pointer type. */
1499 is_thick_pntr (struct type
*type
)
1501 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1502 return (type
!= NULL
&& type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1503 && lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL
);
1506 /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a
1507 pointer to one, the type of its bounds data; otherwise, NULL. */
1509 static struct type
*
1510 desc_bounds_type (struct type
*type
)
1514 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1518 else if (is_thin_pntr (type
))
1520 type
= thin_descriptor_type (type
);
1523 r
= lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, "BOUNDS", 1);
1525 return ada_check_typedef (r
);
1527 else if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
1529 r
= lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, "P_BOUNDS", 1);
1531 return ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ada_check_typedef (r
)));
1536 /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), or pointer to
1537 one, a pointer to its bounds data. Otherwise NULL. */
1539 static struct value
*
1540 desc_bounds (struct value
*arr
)
1542 struct type
*type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr
));
1544 if (is_thin_pntr (type
))
1546 struct type
*bounds_type
=
1547 desc_bounds_type (thin_descriptor_type (type
));
1550 if (bounds_type
== NULL
)
1551 error (_("Bad GNAT array descriptor"));
1553 /* NOTE: The following calculation is not really kosher, but
1554 since desc_type is an XVE-encoded type (and shouldn't be),
1555 the correct calculation is a real pain. FIXME (and fix GCC). */
1556 if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
1557 addr
= value_as_long (arr
);
1559 addr
= value_address (arr
);
1562 value_from_longest (lookup_pointer_type (bounds_type
),
1563 addr
- TYPE_LENGTH (bounds_type
));
1566 else if (is_thick_pntr (type
))
1568 struct value
*p_bounds
= value_struct_elt (&arr
, NULL
, "P_BOUNDS", NULL
,
1569 _("Bad GNAT array descriptor"));
1570 struct type
*p_bounds_type
= value_type (p_bounds
);
1573 && p_bounds_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
1575 struct type
*target_type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_bounds_type
);
1577 if (target_type
->is_stub ())
1578 p_bounds
= value_cast (lookup_pointer_type
1579 (ada_check_typedef (target_type
)),
1583 error (_("Bad GNAT array descriptor"));
1591 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
1592 position of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */
1595 fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type
*type
)
1597 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type
), 1);
1600 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
1601 size of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */
1604 fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type
*type
)
1606 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1608 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, 1) > 0)
1609 return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, 1);
1611 return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (ada_check_typedef (type
->field (1).type ()));
1614 /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a
1615 pointer to one, the type of its array data (a array-with-no-bounds type);
1616 otherwise, NULL. Use ada_type_of_array to get an array type with bounds
1619 static struct type
*
1620 desc_data_target_type (struct type
*type
)
1622 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1624 /* NOTE: The following is bogus; see comment in desc_bounds. */
1625 if (is_thin_pntr (type
))
1626 return desc_base_type (thin_descriptor_type (type
)->field (1).type ());
1627 else if (is_thick_pntr (type
))
1629 struct type
*data_type
= lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, "P_ARRAY", 1);
1632 && ada_check_typedef (data_type
)->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
1633 return ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (data_type
));
1639 /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), a pointer to
1642 static struct value
*
1643 desc_data (struct value
*arr
)
1645 struct type
*type
= value_type (arr
);
1647 if (is_thin_pntr (type
))
1648 return thin_data_pntr (arr
);
1649 else if (is_thick_pntr (type
))
1650 return value_struct_elt (&arr
, NULL
, "P_ARRAY", NULL
,
1651 _("Bad GNAT array descriptor"));
1657 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
1658 position of the field containing the address of the data. */
1661 fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type
*type
)
1663 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type
), 0);
1666 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
1667 size of the field containing the address of the data. */
1670 fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type
*type
)
1672 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1674 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, 0) > 0)
1675 return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, 0);
1677 return TARGET_CHAR_BIT
* TYPE_LENGTH (type
->field (0).type ());
1680 /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure (or pointer to one), return
1681 the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
1682 bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
1684 static struct value
*
1685 desc_one_bound (struct value
*bounds
, int i
, int which
)
1687 char bound_name
[20];
1688 xsnprintf (bound_name
, sizeof (bound_name
), "%cB%d",
1689 which
? 'U' : 'L', i
- 1);
1690 return value_struct_elt (&bounds
, NULL
, bound_name
, NULL
,
1691 _("Bad GNAT array descriptor bounds"));
1694 /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit position
1695 of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
1696 bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
1699 desc_bound_bitpos (struct type
*type
, int i
, int which
)
1701 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type
), 2 * i
+ which
- 2);
1704 /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit field size
1705 of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
1706 bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
1709 desc_bound_bitsize (struct type
*type
, int i
, int which
)
1711 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1713 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, 2 * i
+ which
- 2) > 0)
1714 return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, 2 * i
+ which
- 2);
1716 return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (type
->field (2 * i
+ which
- 2).type ());
1719 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-bounds structure, the type of its
1720 Ith bound (numbering from 1). Otherwise, NULL. */
1722 static struct type
*
1723 desc_index_type (struct type
*type
, int i
)
1725 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1727 if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
1729 char bound_name
[20];
1730 xsnprintf (bound_name
, sizeof (bound_name
), "LB%d", i
- 1);
1731 return lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, bound_name
, 1);
1737 /* The number of index positions in the array-bounds type TYPE.
1738 Return 0 if TYPE is NULL. */
1741 desc_arity (struct type
*type
)
1743 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1746 return type
->num_fields () / 2;
1750 /* Non-zero iff TYPE is a simple array type (not a pointer to one) or
1751 an array descriptor type (representing an unconstrained array
1755 ada_is_direct_array_type (struct type
*type
)
1759 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
1760 return (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
1761 || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
));
1764 /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents any kind of array in Ada, or a pointer
1768 ada_is_array_type (struct type
*type
)
1771 && (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
1772 || type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_REF
))
1773 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
1774 return ada_is_direct_array_type (type
);
1777 /* Non-zero iff TYPE is a simple array type or pointer to one. */
1780 ada_is_simple_array_type (struct type
*type
)
1784 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
1785 return (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
1786 || (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
1787 && (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
))->code ()
1788 == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)));
1791 /* Non-zero iff TYPE belongs to a GNAT array descriptor. */
1794 ada_is_array_descriptor_type (struct type
*type
)
1796 struct type
*data_type
= desc_data_target_type (type
);
1800 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
1801 return (data_type
!= NULL
1802 && data_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
1803 && desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type
)) > 0);
1806 /* Non-zero iff type is a partially mal-formed GNAT array
1807 descriptor. FIXME: This is to compensate for some problems with
1808 debugging output from GNAT. Re-examine periodically to see if it
1812 ada_is_bogus_array_descriptor (struct type
*type
)
1816 && type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1817 && (lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL
1818 || lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, "P_ARRAY", 1) != NULL
)
1819 && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
);
1823 /* If ARR has a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array descriptor,
1824 (fat pointer) returns the type of the array data described---specifically,
1825 a pointer-to-array type. If BOUNDS is non-zero, the bounds data are filled
1826 in from the descriptor; otherwise, they are left unspecified. If
1827 the ARR denotes a null array descriptor and BOUNDS is non-zero,
1828 returns NULL. The result is simply the type of ARR if ARR is not
1831 static struct type
*
1832 ada_type_of_array (struct value
*arr
, int bounds
)
1834 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr
)))
1835 return decode_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr
));
1837 if (!ada_is_array_descriptor_type (value_type (arr
)))
1838 return value_type (arr
);
1842 struct type
*array_type
=
1843 ada_check_typedef (desc_data_target_type (value_type (arr
)));
1845 if (ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr
)))
1846 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (array_type
, 0) =
1847 decode_packed_array_bitsize (value_type (arr
));
1853 struct type
*elt_type
;
1855 struct value
*descriptor
;
1857 elt_type
= ada_array_element_type (value_type (arr
), -1);
1858 arity
= ada_array_arity (value_type (arr
));
1860 if (elt_type
== NULL
|| arity
== 0)
1861 return ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr
));
1863 descriptor
= desc_bounds (arr
);
1864 if (value_as_long (descriptor
) == 0)
1868 struct type
*range_type
= alloc_type_copy (value_type (arr
));
1869 struct type
*array_type
= alloc_type_copy (value_type (arr
));
1870 struct value
*low
= desc_one_bound (descriptor
, arity
, 0);
1871 struct value
*high
= desc_one_bound (descriptor
, arity
, 1);
1874 create_static_range_type (range_type
, value_type (low
),
1875 longest_to_int (value_as_long (low
)),
1876 longest_to_int (value_as_long (high
)));
1877 elt_type
= create_array_type (array_type
, elt_type
, range_type
);
1879 if (ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr
)))
1881 /* We need to store the element packed bitsize, as well as
1882 recompute the array size, because it was previously
1883 computed based on the unpacked element size. */
1884 LONGEST lo
= value_as_long (low
);
1885 LONGEST hi
= value_as_long (high
);
1887 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type
, 0) =
1888 decode_packed_array_bitsize (value_type (arr
));
1889 /* If the array has no element, then the size is already
1890 zero, and does not need to be recomputed. */
1894 (hi
- lo
+ 1) * TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type
, 0);
1896 TYPE_LENGTH (array_type
) = (array_bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1901 return lookup_pointer_type (elt_type
);
1905 /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged.
1906 Otherwise, returns either a standard GDB array with bounds set
1907 appropriately or, if ARR is a non-null fat pointer, a pointer to a standard
1908 GDB array. Returns NULL if ARR is a null fat pointer. */
1911 ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (struct value
*arr
)
1913 if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (value_type (arr
)))
1915 struct type
*arrType
= ada_type_of_array (arr
, 1);
1917 if (arrType
== NULL
)
1919 return value_cast (arrType
, value_copy (desc_data (arr
)));
1921 else if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr
)))
1922 return decode_constrained_packed_array (arr
);
1927 /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged.
1928 Otherwise, returns a standard GDB array describing ARR (which may
1929 be ARR itself if it already is in the proper form). */
1932 ada_coerce_to_simple_array (struct value
*arr
)
1934 if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (value_type (arr
)))
1936 struct value
*arrVal
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (arr
);
1939 error (_("Bounds unavailable for null array pointer."));
1940 ada_ensure_varsize_limit (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (arrVal
)));
1941 return value_ind (arrVal
);
1943 else if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr
)))
1944 return decode_constrained_packed_array (arr
);
1949 /* If TYPE represents a GNAT array type, return it translated to an
1950 ordinary GDB array type (possibly with BITSIZE fields indicating
1951 packing). For other types, is the identity. */
1954 ada_coerce_to_simple_array_type (struct type
*type
)
1956 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type
))
1957 return decode_constrained_packed_array_type (type
);
1959 if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
))
1960 return ada_check_typedef (desc_data_target_type (type
));
1965 /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents a standard GNAT packed-array type. */
1968 ada_is_packed_array_type (struct type
*type
)
1972 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1973 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
1975 ada_type_name (type
) != NULL
1976 && strstr (ada_type_name (type
), "___XP") != NULL
;
1979 /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents a standard GNAT constrained
1980 packed-array type. */
1983 ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (struct type
*type
)
1985 return ada_is_packed_array_type (type
)
1986 && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
);
1989 /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents an array descriptor for a
1990 unconstrained packed-array type. */
1993 ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (struct type
*type
)
1995 return ada_is_packed_array_type (type
)
1996 && ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
);
1999 /* Given that TYPE encodes a packed array type (constrained or unconstrained),
2000 return the size of its elements in bits. */
2003 decode_packed_array_bitsize (struct type
*type
)
2005 const char *raw_name
;
2009 /* Access to arrays implemented as fat pointers are encoded as a typedef
2010 of the fat pointer type. We need the name of the fat pointer type
2011 to do the decoding, so strip the typedef layer. */
2012 if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF
)
2013 type
= ada_typedef_target_type (type
);
2015 raw_name
= ada_type_name (ada_check_typedef (type
));
2017 raw_name
= ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type
));
2022 tail
= strstr (raw_name
, "___XP");
2023 gdb_assert (tail
!= NULL
);
2025 if (sscanf (tail
+ sizeof ("___XP") - 1, "%ld", &bits
) != 1)
2028 (_("could not understand bit size information on packed array"));
2035 /* Given that TYPE is a standard GDB array type with all bounds filled
2036 in, and that the element size of its ultimate scalar constituents
2037 (that is, either its elements, or, if it is an array of arrays, its
2038 elements' elements, etc.) is *ELT_BITS, return an identical type,
2039 but with the bit sizes of its elements (and those of any
2040 constituent arrays) recorded in the BITSIZE components of its
2041 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE values, and with *ELT_BITS set to its total size
2044 Note that, for arrays whose index type has an XA encoding where
2045 a bound references a record discriminant, getting that discriminant,
2046 and therefore the actual value of that bound, is not possible
2047 because none of the given parameters gives us access to the record.
2048 This function assumes that it is OK in the context where it is being
2049 used to return an array whose bounds are still dynamic and where
2050 the length is arbitrary. */
2052 static struct type
*
2053 constrained_packed_array_type (struct type
*type
, long *elt_bits
)
2055 struct type
*new_elt_type
;
2056 struct type
*new_type
;
2057 struct type
*index_type_desc
;
2058 struct type
*index_type
;
2059 LONGEST low_bound
, high_bound
;
2061 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
2062 if (type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
2065 index_type_desc
= ada_find_parallel_type (type
, "___XA");
2066 if (index_type_desc
)
2067 index_type
= to_fixed_range_type (index_type_desc
->field (0).type (),
2070 index_type
= type
->index_type ();
2072 new_type
= alloc_type_copy (type
);
2074 constrained_packed_array_type (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)),
2076 create_array_type (new_type
, new_elt_type
, index_type
);
2077 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (new_type
, 0) = *elt_bits
;
2078 new_type
->set_name (ada_type_name (type
));
2080 if ((check_typedef (index_type
)->code () == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
2081 && is_dynamic_type (check_typedef (index_type
)))
2082 || get_discrete_bounds (index_type
, &low_bound
, &high_bound
) < 0)
2083 low_bound
= high_bound
= 0;
2084 if (high_bound
< low_bound
)
2085 *elt_bits
= TYPE_LENGTH (new_type
) = 0;
2088 *elt_bits
*= (high_bound
- low_bound
+ 1);
2089 TYPE_LENGTH (new_type
) =
2090 (*elt_bits
+ HOST_CHAR_BIT
- 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2093 new_type
->set_is_fixed_instance (true);
2097 /* The array type encoded by TYPE, where
2098 ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (TYPE). */
2100 static struct type
*
2101 decode_constrained_packed_array_type (struct type
*type
)
2103 const char *raw_name
= ada_type_name (ada_check_typedef (type
));
2106 struct type
*shadow_type
;
2110 raw_name
= ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type
));
2115 name
= (char *) alloca (strlen (raw_name
) + 1);
2116 tail
= strstr (raw_name
, "___XP");
2117 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
2119 memcpy (name
, raw_name
, tail
- raw_name
);
2120 name
[tail
- raw_name
] = '\000';
2122 shadow_type
= ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (type
, name
);
2124 if (shadow_type
== NULL
)
2126 lim_warning (_("could not find bounds information on packed array"));
2129 shadow_type
= check_typedef (shadow_type
);
2131 if (shadow_type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
2133 lim_warning (_("could not understand bounds "
2134 "information on packed array"));
2138 bits
= decode_packed_array_bitsize (type
);
2139 return constrained_packed_array_type (shadow_type
, &bits
);
2142 /* Given that ARR is a struct value *indicating a GNAT constrained packed
2143 array, returns a simple array that denotes that array. Its type is a
2144 standard GDB array type except that the BITSIZEs of the array
2145 target types are set to the number of bits in each element, and the
2146 type length is set appropriately. */
2148 static struct value
*
2149 decode_constrained_packed_array (struct value
*arr
)
2153 /* If our value is a pointer, then dereference it. Likewise if
2154 the value is a reference. Make sure that this operation does not
2155 cause the target type to be fixed, as this would indirectly cause
2156 this array to be decoded. The rest of the routine assumes that
2157 the array hasn't been decoded yet, so we use the basic "coerce_ref"
2158 and "value_ind" routines to perform the dereferencing, as opposed
2159 to using "ada_coerce_ref" or "ada_value_ind". */
2160 arr
= coerce_ref (arr
);
2161 if (ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr
))->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
2162 arr
= value_ind (arr
);
2164 type
= decode_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr
));
2167 error (_("can't unpack array"));
2171 if (type_byte_order (value_type (arr
)) == BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
2172 && ada_is_modular_type (value_type (arr
)))
2174 /* This is a (right-justified) modular type representing a packed
2175 array with no wrapper. In order to interpret the value through
2176 the (left-justified) packed array type we just built, we must
2177 first left-justify it. */
2178 int bit_size
, bit_pos
;
2181 mod
= ada_modulus (value_type (arr
)) - 1;
2188 bit_pos
= HOST_CHAR_BIT
* TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (arr
)) - bit_size
;
2189 arr
= ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arr
, NULL
,
2190 bit_pos
/ HOST_CHAR_BIT
,
2191 bit_pos
% HOST_CHAR_BIT
,
2196 return coerce_unspec_val_to_type (arr
, type
);
2200 /* The value of the element of packed array ARR at the ARITY indices
2201 given in IND. ARR must be a simple array. */
2203 static struct value
*
2204 value_subscript_packed (struct value
*arr
, int arity
, struct value
**ind
)
2207 int bits
, elt_off
, bit_off
;
2208 long elt_total_bit_offset
;
2209 struct type
*elt_type
;
2213 elt_total_bit_offset
= 0;
2214 elt_type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr
));
2215 for (i
= 0; i
< arity
; i
+= 1)
2217 if (elt_type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
2218 || TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type
, 0) == 0)
2220 (_("attempt to do packed indexing of "
2221 "something other than a packed array"));
2224 struct type
*range_type
= elt_type
->index_type ();
2225 LONGEST lowerbound
, upperbound
;
2228 if (get_discrete_bounds (range_type
, &lowerbound
, &upperbound
) < 0)
2230 lim_warning (_("don't know bounds of array"));
2231 lowerbound
= upperbound
= 0;
2234 idx
= pos_atr (ind
[i
]);
2235 if (idx
< lowerbound
|| idx
> upperbound
)
2236 lim_warning (_("packed array index %ld out of bounds"),
2238 bits
= TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type
, 0);
2239 elt_total_bit_offset
+= (idx
- lowerbound
) * bits
;
2240 elt_type
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type
));
2243 elt_off
= elt_total_bit_offset
/ HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2244 bit_off
= elt_total_bit_offset
% HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2246 v
= ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arr
, NULL
, elt_off
, bit_off
,
2251 /* Non-zero iff TYPE includes negative integer values. */
2254 has_negatives (struct type
*type
)
2256 switch (type
->code ())
2261 return !type
->is_unsigned ();
2262 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
2263 return type
->bounds ()->low
.const_val () - type
->bounds ()->bias
< 0;
2267 /* With SRC being a buffer containing BIT_SIZE bits of data at BIT_OFFSET,
2268 unpack that data into UNPACKED. UNPACKED_LEN is the size in bytes of
2269 the unpacked buffer.
2271 The size of the unpacked buffer (UNPACKED_LEN) is expected to be large
2272 enough to contain at least BIT_OFFSET bits. If not, an error is raised.
2274 IS_BIG_ENDIAN is nonzero if the data is stored in big endian mode,
2277 IS_SIGNED_TYPE is nonzero if the data corresponds to a signed type.
2279 IS_SCALAR is nonzero if the data corresponds to a signed type. */
2282 ada_unpack_from_contents (const gdb_byte
*src
, int bit_offset
, int bit_size
,
2283 gdb_byte
*unpacked
, int unpacked_len
,
2284 int is_big_endian
, int is_signed_type
,
2287 int src_len
= (bit_size
+ bit_offset
+ HOST_CHAR_BIT
- 1) / 8;
2288 int src_idx
; /* Index into the source area */
2289 int src_bytes_left
; /* Number of source bytes left to process. */
2290 int srcBitsLeft
; /* Number of source bits left to move */
2291 int unusedLS
; /* Number of bits in next significant
2292 byte of source that are unused */
2294 int unpacked_idx
; /* Index into the unpacked buffer */
2295 int unpacked_bytes_left
; /* Number of bytes left to set in unpacked. */
2297 unsigned long accum
; /* Staging area for bits being transferred */
2298 int accumSize
; /* Number of meaningful bits in accum */
2301 /* Transmit bytes from least to most significant; delta is the direction
2302 the indices move. */
2303 int delta
= is_big_endian
? -1 : 1;
2305 /* Make sure that unpacked is large enough to receive the BIT_SIZE
2307 if ((bit_size
+ HOST_CHAR_BIT
- 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT
> unpacked_len
)
2308 error (_("Cannot unpack %d bits into buffer of %d bytes"),
2309 bit_size
, unpacked_len
);
2311 srcBitsLeft
= bit_size
;
2312 src_bytes_left
= src_len
;
2313 unpacked_bytes_left
= unpacked_len
;
2318 src_idx
= src_len
- 1;
2320 && ((src
[0] << bit_offset
) & (1 << (HOST_CHAR_BIT
- 1))))
2324 (HOST_CHAR_BIT
- (bit_size
+ bit_offset
) % HOST_CHAR_BIT
)
2330 unpacked_idx
= unpacked_len
- 1;
2334 /* Non-scalar values must be aligned at a byte boundary... */
2336 (HOST_CHAR_BIT
- bit_size
% HOST_CHAR_BIT
) % HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2337 /* ... And are placed at the beginning (most-significant) bytes
2339 unpacked_idx
= (bit_size
+ HOST_CHAR_BIT
- 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT
- 1;
2340 unpacked_bytes_left
= unpacked_idx
+ 1;
2345 int sign_bit_offset
= (bit_size
+ bit_offset
- 1) % 8;
2347 src_idx
= unpacked_idx
= 0;
2348 unusedLS
= bit_offset
;
2351 if (is_signed_type
&& (src
[src_len
- 1] & (1 << sign_bit_offset
)))
2356 while (src_bytes_left
> 0)
2358 /* Mask for removing bits of the next source byte that are not
2359 part of the value. */
2360 unsigned int unusedMSMask
=
2361 (1 << (srcBitsLeft
>= HOST_CHAR_BIT
? HOST_CHAR_BIT
: srcBitsLeft
)) -
2363 /* Sign-extend bits for this byte. */
2364 unsigned int signMask
= sign
& ~unusedMSMask
;
2367 (((src
[src_idx
] >> unusedLS
) & unusedMSMask
) | signMask
) << accumSize
;
2368 accumSize
+= HOST_CHAR_BIT
- unusedLS
;
2369 if (accumSize
>= HOST_CHAR_BIT
)
2371 unpacked
[unpacked_idx
] = accum
& ~(~0UL << HOST_CHAR_BIT
);
2372 accumSize
-= HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2373 accum
>>= HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2374 unpacked_bytes_left
-= 1;
2375 unpacked_idx
+= delta
;
2377 srcBitsLeft
-= HOST_CHAR_BIT
- unusedLS
;
2379 src_bytes_left
-= 1;
2382 while (unpacked_bytes_left
> 0)
2384 accum
|= sign
<< accumSize
;
2385 unpacked
[unpacked_idx
] = accum
& ~(~0UL << HOST_CHAR_BIT
);
2386 accumSize
-= HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2389 accum
>>= HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2390 unpacked_bytes_left
-= 1;
2391 unpacked_idx
+= delta
;
2395 /* Create a new value of type TYPE from the contents of OBJ starting
2396 at byte OFFSET, and bit offset BIT_OFFSET within that byte,
2397 proceeding for BIT_SIZE bits. If OBJ is an lval in memory, then
2398 assigning through the result will set the field fetched from.
2399 VALADDR is ignored unless OBJ is NULL, in which case,
2400 VALADDR+OFFSET must address the start of storage containing the
2401 packed value. The value returned in this case is never an lval.
2402 Assumes 0 <= BIT_OFFSET < HOST_CHAR_BIT. */
2405 ada_value_primitive_packed_val (struct value
*obj
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
2406 long offset
, int bit_offset
, int bit_size
,
2410 const gdb_byte
*src
; /* First byte containing data to unpack */
2412 const int is_scalar
= is_scalar_type (type
);
2413 const int is_big_endian
= type_byte_order (type
) == BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
;
2414 gdb::byte_vector staging
;
2416 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
2419 src
= valaddr
+ offset
;
2421 src
= value_contents (obj
) + offset
;
2423 if (is_dynamic_type (type
))
2425 /* The length of TYPE might by dynamic, so we need to resolve
2426 TYPE in order to know its actual size, which we then use
2427 to create the contents buffer of the value we return.
2428 The difficulty is that the data containing our object is
2429 packed, and therefore maybe not at a byte boundary. So, what
2430 we do, is unpack the data into a byte-aligned buffer, and then
2431 use that buffer as our object's value for resolving the type. */
2432 int staging_len
= (bit_size
+ HOST_CHAR_BIT
- 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2433 staging
.resize (staging_len
);
2435 ada_unpack_from_contents (src
, bit_offset
, bit_size
,
2436 staging
.data (), staging
.size (),
2437 is_big_endian
, has_negatives (type
),
2439 type
= resolve_dynamic_type (type
, staging
, 0);
2440 if (TYPE_LENGTH (type
) < (bit_size
+ HOST_CHAR_BIT
- 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT
)
2442 /* This happens when the length of the object is dynamic,
2443 and is actually smaller than the space reserved for it.
2444 For instance, in an array of variant records, the bit_size
2445 we're given is the array stride, which is constant and
2446 normally equal to the maximum size of its element.
2447 But, in reality, each element only actually spans a portion
2449 bit_size
= TYPE_LENGTH (type
) * HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2455 v
= allocate_value (type
);
2456 src
= valaddr
+ offset
;
2458 else if (VALUE_LVAL (obj
) == lval_memory
&& value_lazy (obj
))
2460 int src_len
= (bit_size
+ bit_offset
+ HOST_CHAR_BIT
- 1) / 8;
2463 v
= value_at (type
, value_address (obj
) + offset
);
2464 buf
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (src_len
);
2465 read_memory (value_address (v
), buf
, src_len
);
2470 v
= allocate_value (type
);
2471 src
= value_contents (obj
) + offset
;
2476 long new_offset
= offset
;
2478 set_value_component_location (v
, obj
);
2479 set_value_bitpos (v
, bit_offset
+ value_bitpos (obj
));
2480 set_value_bitsize (v
, bit_size
);
2481 if (value_bitpos (v
) >= HOST_CHAR_BIT
)
2484 set_value_bitpos (v
, value_bitpos (v
) - HOST_CHAR_BIT
);
2486 set_value_offset (v
, new_offset
);
2488 /* Also set the parent value. This is needed when trying to
2489 assign a new value (in inferior memory). */
2490 set_value_parent (v
, obj
);
2493 set_value_bitsize (v
, bit_size
);
2494 unpacked
= value_contents_writeable (v
);
2498 memset (unpacked
, 0, TYPE_LENGTH (type
));
2502 if (staging
.size () == TYPE_LENGTH (type
))
2504 /* Small short-cut: If we've unpacked the data into a buffer
2505 of the same size as TYPE's length, then we can reuse that,
2506 instead of doing the unpacking again. */
2507 memcpy (unpacked
, staging
.data (), staging
.size ());
2510 ada_unpack_from_contents (src
, bit_offset
, bit_size
,
2511 unpacked
, TYPE_LENGTH (type
),
2512 is_big_endian
, has_negatives (type
), is_scalar
);
2517 /* Store the contents of FROMVAL into the location of TOVAL.
2518 Return a new value with the location of TOVAL and contents of
2519 FROMVAL. Handles assignment into packed fields that have
2520 floating-point or non-scalar types. */
2522 static struct value
*
2523 ada_value_assign (struct value
*toval
, struct value
*fromval
)
2525 struct type
*type
= value_type (toval
);
2526 int bits
= value_bitsize (toval
);
2528 toval
= ada_coerce_ref (toval
);
2529 fromval
= ada_coerce_ref (fromval
);
2531 if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (toval
)))
2532 toval
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (toval
);
2533 if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (fromval
)))
2534 fromval
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (fromval
);
2536 if (!deprecated_value_modifiable (toval
))
2537 error (_("Left operand of assignment is not a modifiable lvalue."));
2539 if (VALUE_LVAL (toval
) == lval_memory
2541 && (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_FLT
2542 || type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
))
2544 int len
= (value_bitpos (toval
)
2545 + bits
+ HOST_CHAR_BIT
- 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2547 gdb_byte
*buffer
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
2549 CORE_ADDR to_addr
= value_address (toval
);
2551 if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_FLT
)
2552 fromval
= value_cast (type
, fromval
);
2554 read_memory (to_addr
, buffer
, len
);
2555 from_size
= value_bitsize (fromval
);
2557 from_size
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (fromval
)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT
;
2559 const int is_big_endian
= type_byte_order (type
) == BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
;
2560 ULONGEST from_offset
= 0;
2561 if (is_big_endian
&& is_scalar_type (value_type (fromval
)))
2562 from_offset
= from_size
- bits
;
2563 copy_bitwise (buffer
, value_bitpos (toval
),
2564 value_contents (fromval
), from_offset
,
2565 bits
, is_big_endian
);
2566 write_memory_with_notification (to_addr
, buffer
, len
);
2568 val
= value_copy (toval
);
2569 memcpy (value_contents_raw (val
), value_contents (fromval
),
2570 TYPE_LENGTH (type
));
2571 deprecated_set_value_type (val
, type
);
2576 return value_assign (toval
, fromval
);
2580 /* Given that COMPONENT is a memory lvalue that is part of the lvalue
2581 CONTAINER, assign the contents of VAL to COMPONENTS's place in
2582 CONTAINER. Modifies the VALUE_CONTENTS of CONTAINER only, not
2583 COMPONENT, and not the inferior's memory. The current contents
2584 of COMPONENT are ignored.
2586 Although not part of the initial design, this function also works
2587 when CONTAINER and COMPONENT are not_lval's: it works as if CONTAINER
2588 had a null address, and COMPONENT had an address which is equal to
2589 its offset inside CONTAINER. */
2592 value_assign_to_component (struct value
*container
, struct value
*component
,
2595 LONGEST offset_in_container
=
2596 (LONGEST
) (value_address (component
) - value_address (container
));
2597 int bit_offset_in_container
=
2598 value_bitpos (component
) - value_bitpos (container
);
2601 val
= value_cast (value_type (component
), val
);
2603 if (value_bitsize (component
) == 0)
2604 bits
= TARGET_CHAR_BIT
* TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (component
));
2606 bits
= value_bitsize (component
);
2608 if (type_byte_order (value_type (container
)) == BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
2612 if (is_scalar_type (check_typedef (value_type (component
))))
2614 = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (component
)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT
- bits
;
2617 copy_bitwise (value_contents_writeable (container
) + offset_in_container
,
2618 value_bitpos (container
) + bit_offset_in_container
,
2619 value_contents (val
), src_offset
, bits
, 1);
2622 copy_bitwise (value_contents_writeable (container
) + offset_in_container
,
2623 value_bitpos (container
) + bit_offset_in_container
,
2624 value_contents (val
), 0, bits
, 0);
2627 /* Determine if TYPE is an access to an unconstrained array. */
2630 ada_is_access_to_unconstrained_array (struct type
*type
)
2632 return (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF
2633 && is_thick_pntr (ada_typedef_target_type (type
)));
2636 /* The value of the element of array ARR at the ARITY indices given in IND.
2637 ARR may be either a simple array, GNAT array descriptor, or pointer
2641 ada_value_subscript (struct value
*arr
, int arity
, struct value
**ind
)
2645 struct type
*elt_type
;
2647 elt
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arr
);
2649 elt_type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (elt
));
2650 if (elt_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
2651 && TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type
, 0) > 0)
2652 return value_subscript_packed (elt
, arity
, ind
);
2654 for (k
= 0; k
< arity
; k
+= 1)
2656 struct type
*saved_elt_type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type
);
2658 if (elt_type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
2659 error (_("too many subscripts (%d expected)"), k
);
2661 elt
= value_subscript (elt
, pos_atr (ind
[k
]));
2663 if (ada_is_access_to_unconstrained_array (saved_elt_type
)
2664 && value_type (elt
)->code () != TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF
)
2666 /* The element is a typedef to an unconstrained array,
2667 except that the value_subscript call stripped the
2668 typedef layer. The typedef layer is GNAT's way to
2669 specify that the element is, at the source level, an
2670 access to the unconstrained array, rather than the
2671 unconstrained array. So, we need to restore that
2672 typedef layer, which we can do by forcing the element's
2673 type back to its original type. Otherwise, the returned
2674 value is going to be printed as the array, rather
2675 than as an access. Another symptom of the same issue
2676 would be that an expression trying to dereference the
2677 element would also be improperly rejected. */
2678 deprecated_set_value_type (elt
, saved_elt_type
);
2681 elt_type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (elt
));
2687 /* Assuming ARR is a pointer to a GDB array, the value of the element
2688 of *ARR at the ARITY indices given in IND.
2689 Does not read the entire array into memory.
2691 Note: Unlike what one would expect, this function is used instead of
2692 ada_value_subscript for basically all non-packed array types. The reason
2693 for this is that a side effect of doing our own pointer arithmetics instead
2694 of relying on value_subscript is that there is no implicit typedef peeling.
2695 This is important for arrays of array accesses, where it allows us to
2696 preserve the fact that the array's element is an array access, where the
2697 access part os encoded in a typedef layer. */
2699 static struct value
*
2700 ada_value_ptr_subscript (struct value
*arr
, int arity
, struct value
**ind
)
2703 struct value
*array_ind
= ada_value_ind (arr
);
2705 = check_typedef (value_enclosing_type (array_ind
));
2707 if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
2708 && TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, 0) > 0)
2709 return value_subscript_packed (array_ind
, arity
, ind
);
2711 for (k
= 0; k
< arity
; k
+= 1)
2715 if (type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
2716 error (_("too many subscripts (%d expected)"), k
);
2717 arr
= value_cast (lookup_pointer_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)),
2719 get_discrete_bounds (type
->index_type (), &lwb
, &upb
);
2720 arr
= value_ptradd (arr
, pos_atr (ind
[k
]) - lwb
);
2721 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
2724 return value_ind (arr
);
2727 /* Given that ARRAY_PTR is a pointer or reference to an array of type TYPE (the
2728 actual type of ARRAY_PTR is ignored), returns the Ada slice of
2729 HIGH'Pos-LOW'Pos+1 elements starting at index LOW. The lower bound of
2730 this array is LOW, as per Ada rules. */
2731 static struct value
*
2732 ada_value_slice_from_ptr (struct value
*array_ptr
, struct type
*type
,
2735 struct type
*type0
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
2736 struct type
*base_index_type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
->index_type ());
2737 struct type
*index_type
2738 = create_static_range_type (NULL
, base_index_type
, low
, high
);
2739 struct type
*slice_type
= create_array_type_with_stride
2740 (NULL
, TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
), index_type
,
2741 type0
->dyn_prop (DYN_PROP_BYTE_STRIDE
),
2742 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type0
, 0));
2743 int base_low
= ada_discrete_type_low_bound (type0
->index_type ());
2744 LONGEST base_low_pos
, low_pos
;
2747 if (!discrete_position (base_index_type
, low
, &low_pos
)
2748 || !discrete_position (base_index_type
, base_low
, &base_low_pos
))
2750 warning (_("unable to get positions in slice, use bounds instead"));
2752 base_low_pos
= base_low
;
2755 base
= value_as_address (array_ptr
)
2756 + ((low_pos
- base_low_pos
)
2757 * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
)));
2758 return value_at_lazy (slice_type
, base
);
2762 static struct value
*
2763 ada_value_slice (struct value
*array
, int low
, int high
)
2765 struct type
*type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (array
));
2766 struct type
*base_index_type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
->index_type ());
2767 struct type
*index_type
2768 = create_static_range_type (NULL
, type
->index_type (), low
, high
);
2769 struct type
*slice_type
= create_array_type_with_stride
2770 (NULL
, TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
), index_type
,
2771 type
->dyn_prop (DYN_PROP_BYTE_STRIDE
),
2772 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, 0));
2773 LONGEST low_pos
, high_pos
;
2775 if (!discrete_position (base_index_type
, low
, &low_pos
)
2776 || !discrete_position (base_index_type
, high
, &high_pos
))
2778 warning (_("unable to get positions in slice, use bounds instead"));
2783 return value_cast (slice_type
,
2784 value_slice (array
, low
, high_pos
- low_pos
+ 1));
2787 /* If type is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array
2788 descriptor, returns the number of dimensions for type. If arr is a
2789 simple array, returns the number of "array of"s that prefix its
2790 type designation. Otherwise, returns 0. */
2793 ada_array_arity (struct type
*type
)
2800 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
2803 if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
2804 return desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type
));
2806 while (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
2809 type
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
2815 /* If TYPE is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array
2816 descriptor or a simple array type, returns the element type for
2817 TYPE after indexing by NINDICES indices, or by all indices if
2818 NINDICES is -1. Otherwise, returns NULL. */
2821 ada_array_element_type (struct type
*type
, int nindices
)
2823 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
2825 if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
2828 struct type
*p_array_type
;
2830 p_array_type
= desc_data_target_type (type
);
2832 k
= ada_array_arity (type
);
2836 /* Initially p_array_type = elt_type(*)[]...(k times)...[]. */
2837 if (nindices
>= 0 && k
> nindices
)
2839 while (k
> 0 && p_array_type
!= NULL
)
2841 p_array_type
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_array_type
));
2844 return p_array_type
;
2846 else if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
2848 while (nindices
!= 0 && type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
2850 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
2859 /* The type of nth index in arrays of given type (n numbering from 1).
2860 Does not examine memory. Throws an error if N is invalid or TYPE
2861 is not an array type. NAME is the name of the Ada attribute being
2862 evaluated ('range, 'first, 'last, or 'length); it is used in building
2863 the error message. */
2865 static struct type
*
2866 ada_index_type (struct type
*type
, int n
, const char *name
)
2868 struct type
*result_type
;
2870 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
2872 if (n
< 0 || n
> ada_array_arity (type
))
2873 error (_("invalid dimension number to '%s"), name
);
2875 if (ada_is_simple_array_type (type
))
2879 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
+= 1)
2880 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
2881 result_type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
->index_type ());
2882 /* FIXME: The stabs type r(0,0);bound;bound in an array type
2883 has a target type of TYPE_CODE_UNDEF. We compensate here, but
2884 perhaps stabsread.c would make more sense. */
2885 if (result_type
&& result_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF
)
2890 result_type
= desc_index_type (desc_bounds_type (type
), n
);
2891 if (result_type
== NULL
)
2892 error (_("attempt to take bound of something that is not an array"));
2898 /* Given that arr is an array type, returns the lower bound of the
2899 Nth index (numbering from 1) if WHICH is 0, and the upper bound if
2900 WHICH is 1. This returns bounds 0 .. -1 if ARR_TYPE is an
2901 array-descriptor type. It works for other arrays with bounds supplied
2902 by run-time quantities other than discriminants. */
2905 ada_array_bound_from_type (struct type
*arr_type
, int n
, int which
)
2907 struct type
*type
, *index_type_desc
, *index_type
;
2910 gdb_assert (which
== 0 || which
== 1);
2912 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type
))
2913 arr_type
= decode_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type
);
2915 if (arr_type
== NULL
|| !ada_is_simple_array_type (arr_type
))
2916 return (LONGEST
) - which
;
2918 if (arr_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
2919 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (arr_type
);
2923 if (type
->is_fixed_instance ())
2925 /* The array has already been fixed, so we do not need to
2926 check the parallel ___XA type again. That encoding has
2927 already been applied, so ignore it now. */
2928 index_type_desc
= NULL
;
2932 index_type_desc
= ada_find_parallel_type (type
, "___XA");
2933 ada_fixup_array_indexes_type (index_type_desc
);
2936 if (index_type_desc
!= NULL
)
2937 index_type
= to_fixed_range_type (index_type_desc
->field (n
- 1).type (),
2941 struct type
*elt_type
= check_typedef (type
);
2943 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
++)
2944 elt_type
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type
));
2946 index_type
= elt_type
->index_type ();
2950 (LONGEST
) (which
== 0
2951 ? ada_discrete_type_low_bound (index_type
)
2952 : ada_discrete_type_high_bound (index_type
));
2955 /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the lower bound of the
2956 nth index (numbering from 1) if WHICH is 0, and the upper bound if
2957 WHICH is 1. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds
2958 supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. */
2961 ada_array_bound (struct value
*arr
, int n
, int which
)
2963 struct type
*arr_type
;
2965 if (check_typedef (value_type (arr
))->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
2966 arr
= value_ind (arr
);
2967 arr_type
= value_enclosing_type (arr
);
2969 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type
))
2970 return ada_array_bound (decode_constrained_packed_array (arr
), n
, which
);
2971 else if (ada_is_simple_array_type (arr_type
))
2972 return ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type
, n
, which
);
2974 return value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr
), n
, which
));
2977 /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the length of the
2978 nth index. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds
2979 supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants.
2980 Does not work for arrays indexed by enumeration types with representation
2981 clauses at the moment. */
2984 ada_array_length (struct value
*arr
, int n
)
2986 struct type
*arr_type
, *index_type
;
2989 if (check_typedef (value_type (arr
))->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
2990 arr
= value_ind (arr
);
2991 arr_type
= value_enclosing_type (arr
);
2993 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type
))
2994 return ada_array_length (decode_constrained_packed_array (arr
), n
);
2996 if (ada_is_simple_array_type (arr_type
))
2998 low
= ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type
, n
, 0);
2999 high
= ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type
, n
, 1);
3003 low
= value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr
), n
, 0));
3004 high
= value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr
), n
, 1));
3007 arr_type
= check_typedef (arr_type
);
3008 index_type
= ada_index_type (arr_type
, n
, "length");
3009 if (index_type
!= NULL
)
3011 struct type
*base_type
;
3012 if (index_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
)
3013 base_type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (index_type
);
3015 base_type
= index_type
;
3017 low
= pos_atr (value_from_longest (base_type
, low
));
3018 high
= pos_atr (value_from_longest (base_type
, high
));
3020 return high
- low
+ 1;
3023 /* An array whose type is that of ARR_TYPE (an array type), with
3024 bounds LOW to HIGH, but whose contents are unimportant. If HIGH is
3025 less than LOW, then LOW-1 is used. */
3027 static struct value
*
3028 empty_array (struct type
*arr_type
, int low
, int high
)
3030 struct type
*arr_type0
= ada_check_typedef (arr_type
);
3031 struct type
*index_type
3032 = create_static_range_type
3033 (NULL
, TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (arr_type0
->index_type ()), low
,
3034 high
< low
? low
- 1 : high
);
3035 struct type
*elt_type
= ada_array_element_type (arr_type0
, 1);
3037 return allocate_value (create_array_type (NULL
, elt_type
, index_type
));
3041 /* Name resolution */
3043 /* The "decoded" name for the user-definable Ada operator corresponding
3047 ada_decoded_op_name (enum exp_opcode op
)
3051 for (i
= 0; ada_opname_table
[i
].encoded
!= NULL
; i
+= 1)
3053 if (ada_opname_table
[i
].op
== op
)
3054 return ada_opname_table
[i
].decoded
;
3056 error (_("Could not find operator name for opcode"));
3059 /* Returns true (non-zero) iff decoded name N0 should appear before N1
3060 in a listing of choices during disambiguation (see sort_choices, below).
3061 The idea is that overloadings of a subprogram name from the
3062 same package should sort in their source order. We settle for ordering
3063 such symbols by their trailing number (__N or $N). */
3066 encoded_ordered_before (const char *N0
, const char *N1
)
3070 else if (N0
== NULL
)
3076 for (k0
= strlen (N0
) - 1; k0
> 0 && isdigit (N0
[k0
]); k0
-= 1)
3078 for (k1
= strlen (N1
) - 1; k1
> 0 && isdigit (N1
[k1
]); k1
-= 1)
3080 if ((N0
[k0
] == '_' || N0
[k0
] == '$') && N0
[k0
+ 1] != '\000'
3081 && (N1
[k1
] == '_' || N1
[k1
] == '$') && N1
[k1
+ 1] != '\000')
3086 while (N0
[n0
] == '_' && n0
> 0 && N0
[n0
- 1] == '_')
3089 while (N1
[n1
] == '_' && n1
> 0 && N1
[n1
- 1] == '_')
3091 if (n0
== n1
&& strncmp (N0
, N1
, n0
) == 0)
3092 return (atoi (N0
+ k0
+ 1) < atoi (N1
+ k1
+ 1));
3094 return (strcmp (N0
, N1
) < 0);
3098 /* Sort SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] to put the choices in a canonical order by the
3102 sort_choices (struct block_symbol syms
[], int nsyms
)
3106 for (i
= 1; i
< nsyms
; i
+= 1)
3108 struct block_symbol sym
= syms
[i
];
3111 for (j
= i
- 1; j
>= 0; j
-= 1)
3113 if (encoded_ordered_before (syms
[j
].symbol
->linkage_name (),
3114 sym
.symbol
->linkage_name ()))
3116 syms
[j
+ 1] = syms
[j
];
3122 /* Whether GDB should display formals and return types for functions in the
3123 overloads selection menu. */
3124 static bool print_signatures
= true;
3126 /* Print the signature for SYM on STREAM according to the FLAGS options. For
3127 all but functions, the signature is just the name of the symbol. For
3128 functions, this is the name of the function, the list of types for formals
3129 and the return type (if any). */
3132 ada_print_symbol_signature (struct ui_file
*stream
, struct symbol
*sym
,
3133 const struct type_print_options
*flags
)
3135 struct type
*type
= SYMBOL_TYPE (sym
);
3137 fprintf_filtered (stream
, "%s", sym
->print_name ());
3138 if (!print_signatures
3140 || type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_FUNC
)
3143 if (type
->num_fields () > 0)
3147 fprintf_filtered (stream
, " (");
3148 for (i
= 0; i
< type
->num_fields (); ++i
)
3151 fprintf_filtered (stream
, "; ");
3152 ada_print_type (type
->field (i
).type (), NULL
, stream
, -1, 0,
3155 fprintf_filtered (stream
, ")");
3157 if (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
) != NULL
3158 && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)->code () != TYPE_CODE_VOID
)
3160 fprintf_filtered (stream
, " return ");
3161 ada_print_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
), NULL
, stream
, -1, 0, flags
);
3165 /* Read and validate a set of numeric choices from the user in the
3166 range 0 .. N_CHOICES-1. Place the results in increasing
3167 order in CHOICES[0 .. N-1], and return N.
3169 The user types choices as a sequence of numbers on one line
3170 separated by blanks, encoding them as follows:
3172 + A choice of 0 means to cancel the selection, throwing an error.
3173 + If IS_ALL_CHOICE, a choice of 1 selects the entire set 0 .. N_CHOICES-1.
3174 + The user chooses k by typing k+IS_ALL_CHOICE+1.
3176 The user is not allowed to choose more than MAX_RESULTS values.
3178 ANNOTATION_SUFFIX, if present, is used to annotate the input
3179 prompts (for use with the -f switch). */
3182 get_selections (int *choices
, int n_choices
, int max_results
,
3183 int is_all_choice
, const char *annotation_suffix
)
3188 int first_choice
= is_all_choice
? 2 : 1;
3190 prompt
= getenv ("PS2");
3194 args
= command_line_input (prompt
, annotation_suffix
);
3197 error_no_arg (_("one or more choice numbers"));
3201 /* Set choices[0 .. n_chosen-1] to the users' choices in ascending
3202 order, as given in args. Choices are validated. */
3208 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
3209 if (*args
== '\0' && n_chosen
== 0)
3210 error_no_arg (_("one or more choice numbers"));
3211 else if (*args
== '\0')
3214 choice
= strtol (args
, &args2
, 10);
3215 if (args
== args2
|| choice
< 0
3216 || choice
> n_choices
+ first_choice
- 1)
3217 error (_("Argument must be choice number"));
3221 error (_("cancelled"));
3223 if (choice
< first_choice
)
3225 n_chosen
= n_choices
;
3226 for (j
= 0; j
< n_choices
; j
+= 1)
3230 choice
-= first_choice
;
3232 for (j
= n_chosen
- 1; j
>= 0 && choice
< choices
[j
]; j
-= 1)
3236 if (j
< 0 || choice
!= choices
[j
])
3240 for (k
= n_chosen
- 1; k
> j
; k
-= 1)
3241 choices
[k
+ 1] = choices
[k
];
3242 choices
[j
+ 1] = choice
;
3247 if (n_chosen
> max_results
)
3248 error (_("Select no more than %d of the above"), max_results
);
3253 /* Given a list of NSYMS symbols in SYMS, select up to MAX_RESULTS>0
3254 by asking the user (if necessary), returning the number selected,
3255 and setting the first elements of SYMS items. Error if no symbols
3258 /* NOTE: Adapted from decode_line_2 in symtab.c, with which it ought
3259 to be re-integrated one of these days. */
3262 user_select_syms (struct block_symbol
*syms
, int nsyms
, int max_results
)
3265 int *chosen
= XALLOCAVEC (int , nsyms
);
3267 int first_choice
= (max_results
== 1) ? 1 : 2;
3268 const char *select_mode
= multiple_symbols_select_mode ();
3270 if (max_results
< 1)
3271 error (_("Request to select 0 symbols!"));
3275 if (select_mode
== multiple_symbols_cancel
)
3277 canceled because the command is ambiguous\n\
3278 See set/show multiple-symbol."));
3280 /* If select_mode is "all", then return all possible symbols.
3281 Only do that if more than one symbol can be selected, of course.
3282 Otherwise, display the menu as usual. */
3283 if (select_mode
== multiple_symbols_all
&& max_results
> 1)
3286 printf_filtered (_("[0] cancel\n"));
3287 if (max_results
> 1)
3288 printf_filtered (_("[1] all\n"));
3290 sort_choices (syms
, nsyms
);
3292 for (i
= 0; i
< nsyms
; i
+= 1)
3294 if (syms
[i
].symbol
== NULL
)
3297 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms
[i
].symbol
) == LOC_BLOCK
)
3299 struct symtab_and_line sal
=
3300 find_function_start_sal (syms
[i
].symbol
, 1);
3302 printf_filtered ("[%d] ", i
+ first_choice
);
3303 ada_print_symbol_signature (gdb_stdout
, syms
[i
].symbol
,
3304 &type_print_raw_options
);
3305 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
3306 printf_filtered (_(" at %p[<no source file available>%p]:%d\n"),
3307 metadata_style
.style ().ptr (), nullptr, sal
.line
);
3311 styled_string (file_name_style
.style (),
3312 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
.symtab
)),
3319 (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms
[i
].symbol
) == LOC_CONST
3320 && SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].symbol
) != NULL
3321 && SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].symbol
)->code () == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
);
3322 struct symtab
*symtab
= NULL
;
3324 if (SYMBOL_OBJFILE_OWNED (syms
[i
].symbol
))
3325 symtab
= symbol_symtab (syms
[i
].symbol
);
3327 if (SYMBOL_LINE (syms
[i
].symbol
) != 0 && symtab
!= NULL
)
3329 printf_filtered ("[%d] ", i
+ first_choice
);
3330 ada_print_symbol_signature (gdb_stdout
, syms
[i
].symbol
,
3331 &type_print_raw_options
);
3332 printf_filtered (_(" at %s:%d\n"),
3333 symtab_to_filename_for_display (symtab
),
3334 SYMBOL_LINE (syms
[i
].symbol
));
3336 else if (is_enumeral
3337 && SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].symbol
)->name () != NULL
)
3339 printf_filtered (("[%d] "), i
+ first_choice
);
3340 ada_print_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].symbol
), NULL
,
3341 gdb_stdout
, -1, 0, &type_print_raw_options
);
3342 printf_filtered (_("'(%s) (enumeral)\n"),
3343 syms
[i
].symbol
->print_name ());
3347 printf_filtered ("[%d] ", i
+ first_choice
);
3348 ada_print_symbol_signature (gdb_stdout
, syms
[i
].symbol
,
3349 &type_print_raw_options
);
3352 printf_filtered (is_enumeral
3353 ? _(" in %s (enumeral)\n")
3355 symtab_to_filename_for_display (symtab
));
3357 printf_filtered (is_enumeral
3358 ? _(" (enumeral)\n")
3364 n_chosen
= get_selections (chosen
, nsyms
, max_results
, max_results
> 1,
3367 for (i
= 0; i
< n_chosen
; i
+= 1)
3368 syms
[i
] = syms
[chosen
[i
]];
3373 /* Resolve the operator of the subexpression beginning at
3374 position *POS of *EXPP. "Resolving" consists of replacing
3375 the symbols that have undefined namespaces in OP_VAR_VALUE nodes
3376 with their resolutions, replacing built-in operators with
3377 function calls to user-defined operators, where appropriate, and,
3378 when DEPROCEDURE_P is non-zero, converting function-valued variables
3379 into parameterless calls. May expand *EXPP. The CONTEXT_TYPE functions
3380 are as in ada_resolve, above. */
3382 static struct value
*
3383 resolve_subexp (expression_up
*expp
, int *pos
, int deprocedure_p
,
3384 struct type
*context_type
, int parse_completion
,
3385 innermost_block_tracker
*tracker
)
3389 struct expression
*exp
; /* Convenience: == *expp. */
3390 enum exp_opcode op
= (*expp
)->elts
[pc
].opcode
;
3391 struct value
**argvec
; /* Vector of operand types (alloca'ed). */
3392 int nargs
; /* Number of operands. */
3399 /* Pass one: resolve operands, saving their types and updating *pos,
3404 if (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 3].opcode
== OP_VAR_VALUE
3405 && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
) == UNDEF_DOMAIN
)
3410 resolve_subexp (expp
, pos
, 0, NULL
, parse_completion
, tracker
);
3412 nargs
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
);
3417 resolve_subexp (expp
, pos
, 0, NULL
, parse_completion
, tracker
);
3422 resolve_subexp (expp
, pos
, 1, check_typedef (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
),
3423 parse_completion
, tracker
);
3426 case OP_ATR_MODULUS
:
3436 case TERNOP_IN_RANGE
:
3437 case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS
:
3443 case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE
:
3445 ada_forward_operator_length (exp
, pc
, &oplen
, &nargs
);
3454 arg1
= resolve_subexp (expp
, pos
, 0, NULL
, parse_completion
, tracker
);
3456 resolve_subexp (expp
, pos
, 1, NULL
, parse_completion
, tracker
);
3458 resolve_subexp (expp
, pos
, 1, value_type (arg1
), parse_completion
,
3476 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
3477 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
3478 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
3479 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
3480 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
3483 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
3490 case BINOP_SUBSCRIPT
:
3498 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
3508 case OP_VAR_MSYM_VALUE
:
3515 case OP_INTERNALVAR
:
3525 *pos
+= 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
+ 1);
3528 case STRUCTOP_STRUCT
:
3529 *pos
+= 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
+ 1);
3542 error (_("Unexpected operator during name resolution"));
3545 argvec
= XALLOCAVEC (struct value
*, nargs
+ 1);
3546 for (i
= 0; i
< nargs
; i
+= 1)
3547 argvec
[i
] = resolve_subexp (expp
, pos
, 1, NULL
, parse_completion
,
3552 /* Pass two: perform any resolution on principal operator. */
3559 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
) == UNDEF_DOMAIN
)
3561 std::vector
<struct block_symbol
> candidates
;
3565 ada_lookup_symbol_list (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
->linkage_name (),
3566 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].block
, VAR_DOMAIN
,
3569 if (n_candidates
> 1)
3571 /* Types tend to get re-introduced locally, so if there
3572 are any local symbols that are not types, first filter
3575 for (j
= 0; j
< n_candidates
; j
+= 1)
3576 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidates
[j
].symbol
))
3581 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR
:
3589 if (j
< n_candidates
)
3592 while (j
< n_candidates
)
3594 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidates
[j
].symbol
) == LOC_TYPEDEF
)
3596 candidates
[j
] = candidates
[n_candidates
- 1];
3605 if (n_candidates
== 0)
3606 error (_("No definition found for %s"),
3607 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
->print_name ());
3608 else if (n_candidates
== 1)
3610 else if (deprocedure_p
3611 && !is_nonfunction (candidates
.data (), n_candidates
))
3613 i
= ada_resolve_function
3614 (candidates
.data (), n_candidates
, NULL
, 0,
3615 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
->linkage_name (),
3616 context_type
, parse_completion
);
3618 error (_("Could not find a match for %s"),
3619 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
->print_name ());
3623 printf_filtered (_("Multiple matches for %s\n"),
3624 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
->print_name ());
3625 user_select_syms (candidates
.data (), n_candidates
, 1);
3629 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].block
= candidates
[i
].block
;
3630 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
= candidates
[i
].symbol
;
3631 tracker
->update (candidates
[i
]);
3635 && (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
)->code ()
3638 replace_operator_with_call (expp
, pc
, 0, 4,
3639 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
,
3640 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].block
);
3647 if (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 3].opcode
== OP_VAR_VALUE
3648 && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
) == UNDEF_DOMAIN
)
3650 std::vector
<struct block_symbol
> candidates
;
3654 ada_lookup_symbol_list (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
->linkage_name (),
3655 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 4].block
, VAR_DOMAIN
,
3658 if (n_candidates
== 1)
3662 i
= ada_resolve_function
3663 (candidates
.data (), n_candidates
,
3665 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
->linkage_name (),
3666 context_type
, parse_completion
);
3668 error (_("Could not find a match for %s"),
3669 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
->print_name ());
3672 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 4].block
= candidates
[i
].block
;
3673 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
= candidates
[i
].symbol
;
3674 tracker
->update (candidates
[i
]);
3685 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
3686 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
3687 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
3689 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
3697 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
3699 if (possible_user_operator_p (op
, argvec
))
3701 std::vector
<struct block_symbol
> candidates
;
3705 ada_lookup_symbol_list (ada_decoded_op_name (op
),
3709 i
= ada_resolve_function (candidates
.data (), n_candidates
, argvec
,
3710 nargs
, ada_decoded_op_name (op
), NULL
,
3715 replace_operator_with_call (expp
, pc
, nargs
, 1,
3716 candidates
[i
].symbol
,
3717 candidates
[i
].block
);
3728 if (exp
->elts
[pc
].opcode
== OP_VAR_MSYM_VALUE
)
3729 return evaluate_var_msym_value (EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
,
3730 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].objfile
,
3731 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].msymbol
);
3733 return evaluate_subexp_type (exp
, pos
);
3736 /* Return non-zero if formal type FTYPE matches actual type ATYPE. If
3737 MAY_DEREF is non-zero, the formal may be a pointer and the actual
3739 /* The term "match" here is rather loose. The match is heuristic and
3743 ada_type_match (struct type
*ftype
, struct type
*atype
, int may_deref
)
3745 ftype
= ada_check_typedef (ftype
);
3746 atype
= ada_check_typedef (atype
);
3748 if (ftype
->code () == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
3749 ftype
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype
);
3750 if (atype
->code () == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
3751 atype
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype
);
3753 switch (ftype
->code ())
3756 return ftype
->code () == atype
->code ();
3758 if (atype
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
3759 return ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype
),
3760 TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype
), 0);
3763 && ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype
), atype
, 0));
3765 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM
:
3766 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
3767 switch (atype
->code ())
3770 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM
:
3771 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
3777 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
:
3778 return (atype
->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
3779 || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (atype
));
3781 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
:
3782 if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (ftype
))
3783 return (atype
->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
3784 || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (atype
));
3786 return (atype
->code () == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
3787 && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (atype
));
3789 case TYPE_CODE_UNION
:
3791 return (atype
->code () == ftype
->code ());
3795 /* Return non-zero if the formals of FUNC "sufficiently match" the
3796 vector of actual argument types ACTUALS of size N_ACTUALS. FUNC
3797 may also be an enumeral, in which case it is treated as a 0-
3798 argument function. */
3801 ada_args_match (struct symbol
*func
, struct value
**actuals
, int n_actuals
)
3804 struct type
*func_type
= SYMBOL_TYPE (func
);
3806 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (func
) == LOC_CONST
3807 && func_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
)
3808 return (n_actuals
== 0);
3809 else if (func_type
== NULL
|| func_type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_FUNC
)
3812 if (func_type
->num_fields () != n_actuals
)
3815 for (i
= 0; i
< n_actuals
; i
+= 1)
3817 if (actuals
[i
] == NULL
)
3821 struct type
*ftype
= ada_check_typedef (func_type
->field (i
).type ());
3822 struct type
*atype
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (actuals
[i
]));
3824 if (!ada_type_match (ftype
, atype
, 1))
3831 /* False iff function type FUNC_TYPE definitely does not produce a value
3832 compatible with type CONTEXT_TYPE. Conservatively returns 1 if
3833 FUNC_TYPE is not a valid function type with a non-null return type
3834 or an enumerated type. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates any non-void type. */
3837 return_match (struct type
*func_type
, struct type
*context_type
)
3839 struct type
*return_type
;
3841 if (func_type
== NULL
)
3844 if (func_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_FUNC
)
3845 return_type
= get_base_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (func_type
));
3847 return_type
= get_base_type (func_type
);
3848 if (return_type
== NULL
)
3851 context_type
= get_base_type (context_type
);
3853 if (return_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
)
3854 return context_type
== NULL
|| return_type
== context_type
;
3855 else if (context_type
== NULL
)
3856 return return_type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_VOID
;
3858 return return_type
->code () == context_type
->code ();
3862 /* Returns the index in SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] that contains the symbol for the
3863 function (if any) that matches the types of the NARGS arguments in
3864 ARGS. If CONTEXT_TYPE is non-null and there is at least one match
3865 that returns that type, then eliminate matches that don't. If
3866 CONTEXT_TYPE is void and there is at least one match that does not
3867 return void, eliminate all matches that do.
3869 Asks the user if there is more than one match remaining. Returns -1
3870 if there is no such symbol or none is selected. NAME is used
3871 solely for messages. May re-arrange and modify SYMS in
3872 the process; the index returned is for the modified vector. */
3875 ada_resolve_function (struct block_symbol syms
[],
3876 int nsyms
, struct value
**args
, int nargs
,
3877 const char *name
, struct type
*context_type
,
3878 int parse_completion
)
3882 int m
; /* Number of hits */
3885 /* In the first pass of the loop, we only accept functions matching
3886 context_type. If none are found, we add a second pass of the loop
3887 where every function is accepted. */
3888 for (fallback
= 0; m
== 0 && fallback
< 2; fallback
++)
3890 for (k
= 0; k
< nsyms
; k
+= 1)
3892 struct type
*type
= ada_check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[k
].symbol
));
3894 if (ada_args_match (syms
[k
].symbol
, args
, nargs
)
3895 && (fallback
|| return_match (type
, context_type
)))
3903 /* If we got multiple matches, ask the user which one to use. Don't do this
3904 interactive thing during completion, though, as the purpose of the
3905 completion is providing a list of all possible matches. Prompting the
3906 user to filter it down would be completely unexpected in this case. */
3909 else if (m
> 1 && !parse_completion
)
3911 printf_filtered (_("Multiple matches for %s\n"), name
);
3912 user_select_syms (syms
, m
, 1);
3918 /* Replace the operator of length OPLEN at position PC in *EXPP with a call
3919 on the function identified by SYM and BLOCK, and taking NARGS
3920 arguments. Update *EXPP as needed to hold more space. */
3923 replace_operator_with_call (expression_up
*expp
, int pc
, int nargs
,
3924 int oplen
, struct symbol
*sym
,
3925 const struct block
*block
)
3927 /* A new expression, with 6 more elements (3 for funcall, 4 for function
3928 symbol, -oplen for operator being replaced). */
3929 struct expression
*newexp
= (struct expression
*)
3930 xzalloc (sizeof (struct expression
)
3931 + EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES ((*expp
)->nelts
+ 7 - oplen
));
3932 struct expression
*exp
= expp
->get ();
3934 newexp
->nelts
= exp
->nelts
+ 7 - oplen
;
3935 newexp
->language_defn
= exp
->language_defn
;
3936 newexp
->gdbarch
= exp
->gdbarch
;
3937 memcpy (newexp
->elts
, exp
->elts
, EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (pc
));
3938 memcpy (newexp
->elts
+ pc
+ 7, exp
->elts
+ pc
+ oplen
,
3939 EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (exp
->nelts
- pc
- oplen
));
3941 newexp
->elts
[pc
].opcode
= newexp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].opcode
= OP_FUNCALL
;
3942 newexp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
= (LONGEST
) nargs
;
3944 newexp
->elts
[pc
+ 3].opcode
= newexp
->elts
[pc
+ 6].opcode
= OP_VAR_VALUE
;
3945 newexp
->elts
[pc
+ 4].block
= block
;
3946 newexp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
= sym
;
3948 expp
->reset (newexp
);
3951 /* Type-class predicates */
3953 /* True iff TYPE is numeric (i.e., an INT, RANGE (of numeric type),
3957 numeric_type_p (struct type
*type
)
3963 switch (type
->code ())
3968 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
3969 return (type
== TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)
3970 || numeric_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)));
3977 /* True iff TYPE is integral (an INT or RANGE of INTs). */
3980 integer_type_p (struct type
*type
)
3986 switch (type
->code ())
3990 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
3991 return (type
== TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)
3992 || integer_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)));
3999 /* True iff TYPE is scalar (INT, RANGE, FLOAT, ENUM). */
4002 scalar_type_p (struct type
*type
)
4008 switch (type
->code ())
4011 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
4012 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM
:
4021 /* True iff TYPE is discrete (INT, RANGE, ENUM). */
4024 discrete_type_p (struct type
*type
)
4030 switch (type
->code ())
4033 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
4034 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM
:
4035 case TYPE_CODE_BOOL
:
4043 /* Returns non-zero if OP with operands in the vector ARGS could be
4044 a user-defined function. Errs on the side of pre-defined operators
4045 (i.e., result 0). */
4048 possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode op
, struct value
*args
[])
4050 struct type
*type0
=
4051 (args
[0] == NULL
) ? NULL
: ada_check_typedef (value_type (args
[0]));
4052 struct type
*type1
=
4053 (args
[1] == NULL
) ? NULL
: ada_check_typedef (value_type (args
[1]));
4067 return (!(numeric_type_p (type0
) && numeric_type_p (type1
)));
4071 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
4072 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
4073 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
4074 return (!(integer_type_p (type0
) && integer_type_p (type1
)));
4077 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
4082 return (!(scalar_type_p (type0
) && scalar_type_p (type1
)));
4085 return !ada_is_array_type (type0
) || !ada_is_array_type (type1
);
4088 return (!(numeric_type_p (type0
) && integer_type_p (type1
)));
4092 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
4094 return (!numeric_type_p (type0
));
4103 1. In the following, we assume that a renaming type's name may
4104 have an ___XD suffix. It would be nice if this went away at some
4106 2. We handle both the (old) purely type-based representation of
4107 renamings and the (new) variable-based encoding. At some point,
4108 it is devoutly to be hoped that the former goes away
4109 (FIXME: hilfinger-2007-07-09).
4110 3. Subprogram renamings are not implemented, although the XRS
4111 suffix is recognized (FIXME: hilfinger-2007-07-09). */
4113 /* If SYM encodes a renaming,
4115 <renaming> renames <renamed entity>,
4117 sets *LEN to the length of the renamed entity's name,
4118 *RENAMED_ENTITY to that name (not null-terminated), and *RENAMING_EXPR to
4119 the string describing the subcomponent selected from the renamed
4120 entity. Returns ADA_NOT_RENAMING if SYM does not encode a renaming
4121 (in which case, the values of *RENAMED_ENTITY, *LEN, and *RENAMING_EXPR
4122 are undefined). Otherwise, returns a value indicating the category
4123 of entity renamed: an object (ADA_OBJECT_RENAMING), exception
4124 (ADA_EXCEPTION_RENAMING), package (ADA_PACKAGE_RENAMING), or
4125 subprogram (ADA_SUBPROGRAM_RENAMING). Does no allocation; the
4126 strings returned in *RENAMED_ENTITY and *RENAMING_EXPR should not be
4127 deallocated. The values of RENAMED_ENTITY, LEN, or RENAMING_EXPR
4128 may be NULL, in which case they are not assigned.
4130 [Currently, however, GCC does not generate subprogram renamings.] */
4132 enum ada_renaming_category
4133 ada_parse_renaming (struct symbol
*sym
,
4134 const char **renamed_entity
, int *len
,
4135 const char **renaming_expr
)
4137 enum ada_renaming_category kind
;
4142 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
4143 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
))
4146 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
4150 case LOC_OPTIMIZED_OUT
:
4151 info
= strstr (sym
->linkage_name (), "___XR");
4153 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
4157 kind
= ADA_OBJECT_RENAMING
;
4161 kind
= ADA_EXCEPTION_RENAMING
;
4165 kind
= ADA_PACKAGE_RENAMING
;
4169 kind
= ADA_SUBPROGRAM_RENAMING
;
4173 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
4177 if (renamed_entity
!= NULL
)
4178 *renamed_entity
= info
;
4179 suffix
= strstr (info
, "___XE");
4180 if (suffix
== NULL
|| suffix
== info
)
4181 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
4183 *len
= strlen (info
) - strlen (suffix
);
4185 if (renaming_expr
!= NULL
)
4186 *renaming_expr
= suffix
;
4190 /* Compute the value of the given RENAMING_SYM, which is expected to
4191 be a symbol encoding a renaming expression. BLOCK is the block
4192 used to evaluate the renaming. */
4194 static struct value
*
4195 ada_read_renaming_var_value (struct symbol
*renaming_sym
,
4196 const struct block
*block
)
4198 const char *sym_name
;
4200 sym_name
= renaming_sym
->linkage_name ();
4201 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&sym_name
, 0, block
, 0);
4202 return evaluate_expression (expr
.get ());
4206 /* Evaluation: Function Calls */
4208 /* Return an lvalue containing the value VAL. This is the identity on
4209 lvalues, and otherwise has the side-effect of allocating memory
4210 in the inferior where a copy of the value contents is copied. */
4212 static struct value
*
4213 ensure_lval (struct value
*val
)
4215 if (VALUE_LVAL (val
) == not_lval
4216 || VALUE_LVAL (val
) == lval_internalvar
)
4218 int len
= TYPE_LENGTH (ada_check_typedef (value_type (val
)));
4219 const CORE_ADDR addr
=
4220 value_as_long (value_allocate_space_in_inferior (len
));
4222 VALUE_LVAL (val
) = lval_memory
;
4223 set_value_address (val
, addr
);
4224 write_memory (addr
, value_contents (val
), len
);
4230 /* Given ARG, a value of type (pointer or reference to a)*
4231 structure/union, extract the component named NAME from the ultimate
4232 target structure/union and return it as a value with its
4235 The routine searches for NAME among all members of the structure itself
4236 and (recursively) among all members of any wrapper members
4239 If NO_ERR, then simply return NULL in case of error, rather than
4242 static struct value
*
4243 ada_value_struct_elt (struct value
*arg
, const char *name
, int no_err
)
4245 struct type
*t
, *t1
;
4250 t1
= t
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg
));
4251 if (t
->code () == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
4253 t1
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (t
);
4256 t1
= ada_check_typedef (t1
);
4257 if (t1
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
4259 arg
= coerce_ref (arg
);
4264 while (t
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
4266 t1
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (t
);
4269 t1
= ada_check_typedef (t1
);
4270 if (t1
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
4272 arg
= value_ind (arg
);
4279 if (t1
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
&& t1
->code () != TYPE_CODE_UNION
)
4283 v
= ada_search_struct_field (name
, arg
, 0, t
);
4286 int bit_offset
, bit_size
, byte_offset
;
4287 struct type
*field_type
;
4290 if (t
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
4291 address
= value_address (ada_value_ind (arg
));
4293 address
= value_address (ada_coerce_ref (arg
));
4295 /* Check to see if this is a tagged type. We also need to handle
4296 the case where the type is a reference to a tagged type, but
4297 we have to be careful to exclude pointers to tagged types.
4298 The latter should be shown as usual (as a pointer), whereas
4299 a reference should mostly be transparent to the user. */
4301 if (ada_is_tagged_type (t1
, 0)
4302 || (t1
->code () == TYPE_CODE_REF
4303 && ada_is_tagged_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (t1
), 0)))
4305 /* We first try to find the searched field in the current type.
4306 If not found then let's look in the fixed type. */
4308 if (!find_struct_field (name
, t1
, 0,
4309 &field_type
, &byte_offset
, &bit_offset
,
4318 /* Convert to fixed type in all cases, so that we have proper
4319 offsets to each field in unconstrained record types. */
4320 t1
= ada_to_fixed_type (ada_get_base_type (t1
), NULL
,
4321 address
, NULL
, check_tag
);
4323 if (find_struct_field (name
, t1
, 0,
4324 &field_type
, &byte_offset
, &bit_offset
,
4329 if (t
->code () == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
4330 arg
= ada_coerce_ref (arg
);
4332 arg
= ada_value_ind (arg
);
4333 v
= ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arg
, NULL
, byte_offset
,
4334 bit_offset
, bit_size
,
4338 v
= value_at_lazy (field_type
, address
+ byte_offset
);
4342 if (v
!= NULL
|| no_err
)
4345 error (_("There is no member named %s."), name
);
4351 error (_("Attempt to extract a component of "
4352 "a value that is not a record."));
4355 /* Return the value ACTUAL, converted to be an appropriate value for a
4356 formal of type FORMAL_TYPE. Use *SP as a stack pointer for
4357 allocating any necessary descriptors (fat pointers), or copies of
4358 values not residing in memory, updating it as needed. */
4361 ada_convert_actual (struct value
*actual
, struct type
*formal_type0
)
4363 struct type
*actual_type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (actual
));
4364 struct type
*formal_type
= ada_check_typedef (formal_type0
);
4365 struct type
*formal_target
=
4366 formal_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
4367 ? ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (formal_type
)) : formal_type
;
4368 struct type
*actual_target
=
4369 actual_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
4370 ? ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (actual_type
)) : actual_type
;
4372 if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (formal_target
)
4373 && actual_target
->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
4374 return make_array_descriptor (formal_type
, actual
);
4375 else if (formal_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
4376 || formal_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
4378 struct value
*result
;
4380 if (formal_target
->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
4381 && ada_is_array_descriptor_type (actual_target
))
4382 result
= desc_data (actual
);
4383 else if (formal_type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
4385 if (VALUE_LVAL (actual
) != lval_memory
)
4389 actual_type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (actual
));
4390 val
= allocate_value (actual_type
);
4391 memcpy ((char *) value_contents_raw (val
),
4392 (char *) value_contents (actual
),
4393 TYPE_LENGTH (actual_type
));
4394 actual
= ensure_lval (val
);
4396 result
= value_addr (actual
);
4400 return value_cast_pointers (formal_type
, result
, 0);
4402 else if (actual_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
4403 return ada_value_ind (actual
);
4404 else if (ada_is_aligner_type (formal_type
))
4406 /* We need to turn this parameter into an aligner type
4408 struct value
*aligner
= allocate_value (formal_type
);
4409 struct value
*component
= ada_value_struct_elt (aligner
, "F", 0);
4411 value_assign_to_component (aligner
, component
, actual
);
4418 /* Convert VALUE (which must be an address) to a CORE_ADDR that is a pointer of
4419 type TYPE. This is usually an inefficient no-op except on some targets
4420 (such as AVR) where the representation of a pointer and an address
4424 value_pointer (struct value
*value
, struct type
*type
)
4426 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_type_arch (type
);
4427 unsigned len
= TYPE_LENGTH (type
);
4428 gdb_byte
*buf
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
4431 addr
= value_address (value
);
4432 gdbarch_address_to_pointer (gdbarch
, type
, buf
, addr
);
4433 addr
= extract_unsigned_integer (buf
, len
, type_byte_order (type
));
4438 /* Push a descriptor of type TYPE for array value ARR on the stack at
4439 *SP, updating *SP to reflect the new descriptor. Return either
4440 an lvalue representing the new descriptor, or (if TYPE is a pointer-
4441 to-descriptor type rather than a descriptor type), a struct value *
4442 representing a pointer to this descriptor. */
4444 static struct value
*
4445 make_array_descriptor (struct type
*type
, struct value
*arr
)
4447 struct type
*bounds_type
= desc_bounds_type (type
);
4448 struct type
*desc_type
= desc_base_type (type
);
4449 struct value
*descriptor
= allocate_value (desc_type
);
4450 struct value
*bounds
= allocate_value (bounds_type
);
4453 for (i
= ada_array_arity (ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr
)));
4456 modify_field (value_type (bounds
), value_contents_writeable (bounds
),
4457 ada_array_bound (arr
, i
, 0),
4458 desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type
, i
, 0),
4459 desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type
, i
, 0));
4460 modify_field (value_type (bounds
), value_contents_writeable (bounds
),
4461 ada_array_bound (arr
, i
, 1),
4462 desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type
, i
, 1),
4463 desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type
, i
, 1));
4466 bounds
= ensure_lval (bounds
);
4468 modify_field (value_type (descriptor
),
4469 value_contents_writeable (descriptor
),
4470 value_pointer (ensure_lval (arr
),
4471 desc_type
->field (0).type ()),
4472 fat_pntr_data_bitpos (desc_type
),
4473 fat_pntr_data_bitsize (desc_type
));
4475 modify_field (value_type (descriptor
),
4476 value_contents_writeable (descriptor
),
4477 value_pointer (bounds
,
4478 desc_type
->field (1).type ()),
4479 fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (desc_type
),
4480 fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (desc_type
));
4482 descriptor
= ensure_lval (descriptor
);
4484 if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
4485 return value_addr (descriptor
);
4490 /* Symbol Cache Module */
4492 /* Performance measurements made as of 2010-01-15 indicate that
4493 this cache does bring some noticeable improvements. Depending
4494 on the type of entity being printed, the cache can make it as much
4495 as an order of magnitude faster than without it.
4497 The descriptive type DWARF extension has significantly reduced
4498 the need for this cache, at least when DWARF is being used. However,
4499 even in this case, some expensive name-based symbol searches are still
4500 sometimes necessary - to find an XVZ variable, mostly. */
4502 /* Initialize the contents of SYM_CACHE. */
4505 ada_init_symbol_cache (struct ada_symbol_cache
*sym_cache
)
4507 obstack_init (&sym_cache
->cache_space
);
4508 memset (sym_cache
->root
, '\000', sizeof (sym_cache
->root
));
4511 /* Free the memory used by SYM_CACHE. */
4514 ada_free_symbol_cache (struct ada_symbol_cache
*sym_cache
)
4516 obstack_free (&sym_cache
->cache_space
, NULL
);
4520 /* Return the symbol cache associated to the given program space PSPACE.
4521 If not allocated for this PSPACE yet, allocate and initialize one. */
4523 static struct ada_symbol_cache
*
4524 ada_get_symbol_cache (struct program_space
*pspace
)
4526 struct ada_pspace_data
*pspace_data
= get_ada_pspace_data (pspace
);
4528 if (pspace_data
->sym_cache
== NULL
)
4530 pspace_data
->sym_cache
= XCNEW (struct ada_symbol_cache
);
4531 ada_init_symbol_cache (pspace_data
->sym_cache
);
4534 return pspace_data
->sym_cache
;
4537 /* Clear all entries from the symbol cache. */
4540 ada_clear_symbol_cache (void)
4542 struct ada_symbol_cache
*sym_cache
4543 = ada_get_symbol_cache (current_program_space
);
4545 obstack_free (&sym_cache
->cache_space
, NULL
);
4546 ada_init_symbol_cache (sym_cache
);
4549 /* Search our cache for an entry matching NAME and DOMAIN.
4550 Return it if found, or NULL otherwise. */
4552 static struct cache_entry
**
4553 find_entry (const char *name
, domain_enum domain
)
4555 struct ada_symbol_cache
*sym_cache
4556 = ada_get_symbol_cache (current_program_space
);
4557 int h
= msymbol_hash (name
) % HASH_SIZE
;
4558 struct cache_entry
**e
;
4560 for (e
= &sym_cache
->root
[h
]; *e
!= NULL
; e
= &(*e
)->next
)
4562 if (domain
== (*e
)->domain
&& strcmp (name
, (*e
)->name
) == 0)
4568 /* Search the symbol cache for an entry matching NAME and DOMAIN.
4569 Return 1 if found, 0 otherwise.
4571 If an entry was found and SYM is not NULL, set *SYM to the entry's
4572 SYM. Same principle for BLOCK if not NULL. */
4575 lookup_cached_symbol (const char *name
, domain_enum domain
,
4576 struct symbol
**sym
, const struct block
**block
)
4578 struct cache_entry
**e
= find_entry (name
, domain
);
4585 *block
= (*e
)->block
;
4589 /* Assuming that (SYM, BLOCK) is the result of the lookup of NAME
4590 in domain DOMAIN, save this result in our symbol cache. */
4593 cache_symbol (const char *name
, domain_enum domain
, struct symbol
*sym
,
4594 const struct block
*block
)
4596 struct ada_symbol_cache
*sym_cache
4597 = ada_get_symbol_cache (current_program_space
);
4599 struct cache_entry
*e
;
4601 /* Symbols for builtin types don't have a block.
4602 For now don't cache such symbols. */
4603 if (sym
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_OBJFILE_OWNED (sym
))
4606 /* If the symbol is a local symbol, then do not cache it, as a search
4607 for that symbol depends on the context. To determine whether
4608 the symbol is local or not, we check the block where we found it
4609 against the global and static blocks of its associated symtab. */
4611 && BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (SYMTAB_BLOCKVECTOR (symbol_symtab (sym
)),
4612 GLOBAL_BLOCK
) != block
4613 && BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (SYMTAB_BLOCKVECTOR (symbol_symtab (sym
)),
4614 STATIC_BLOCK
) != block
)
4617 h
= msymbol_hash (name
) % HASH_SIZE
;
4618 e
= XOBNEW (&sym_cache
->cache_space
, cache_entry
);
4619 e
->next
= sym_cache
->root
[h
];
4620 sym_cache
->root
[h
] = e
;
4621 e
->name
= obstack_strdup (&sym_cache
->cache_space
, name
);
4629 /* Return the symbol name match type that should be used used when
4630 searching for all symbols matching LOOKUP_NAME.
4632 LOOKUP_NAME is expected to be a symbol name after transformation
4635 static symbol_name_match_type
4636 name_match_type_from_name (const char *lookup_name
)
4638 return (strstr (lookup_name
, "__") == NULL
4639 ? symbol_name_match_type::WILD
4640 : symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
4643 /* Return the result of a standard (literal, C-like) lookup of NAME in
4644 given DOMAIN, visible from lexical block BLOCK. */
4646 static struct symbol
*
4647 standard_lookup (const char *name
, const struct block
*block
,
4650 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
4651 struct block_symbol sym
= {};
4653 if (lookup_cached_symbol (name
, domain
, &sym
.symbol
, NULL
))
4655 ada_lookup_encoded_symbol (name
, block
, domain
, &sym
);
4656 cache_symbol (name
, domain
, sym
.symbol
, sym
.block
);
4661 /* Non-zero iff there is at least one non-function/non-enumeral symbol
4662 in the symbol fields of SYMS[0..N-1]. We treat enumerals as functions,
4663 since they contend in overloading in the same way. */
4665 is_nonfunction (struct block_symbol syms
[], int n
)
4669 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; i
+= 1)
4670 if (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].symbol
)->code () != TYPE_CODE_FUNC
4671 && (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].symbol
)->code () != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
4672 || SYMBOL_CLASS (syms
[i
].symbol
) != LOC_CONST
))
4678 /* If true (non-zero), then TYPE0 and TYPE1 represent equivalent
4679 struct types. Otherwise, they may not. */
4682 equiv_types (struct type
*type0
, struct type
*type1
)
4686 if (type0
== NULL
|| type1
== NULL
4687 || type0
->code () != type1
->code ())
4689 if ((type0
->code () == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
4690 || type0
->code () == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
)
4691 && ada_type_name (type0
) != NULL
&& ada_type_name (type1
) != NULL
4692 && strcmp (ada_type_name (type0
), ada_type_name (type1
)) == 0)
4698 /* True iff SYM0 represents the same entity as SYM1, or one that is
4699 no more defined than that of SYM1. */
4702 lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol
*sym0
, struct symbol
*sym1
)
4706 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym0
) != SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym1
)
4707 || SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0
) != SYMBOL_CLASS (sym1
))
4710 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0
))
4716 struct type
*type0
= SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0
);
4717 struct type
*type1
= SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1
);
4718 const char *name0
= sym0
->linkage_name ();
4719 const char *name1
= sym1
->linkage_name ();
4720 int len0
= strlen (name0
);
4723 type0
->code () == type1
->code ()
4724 && (equiv_types (type0
, type1
)
4725 || (len0
< strlen (name1
) && strncmp (name0
, name1
, len0
) == 0
4726 && startswith (name1
+ len0
, "___XV")));
4729 return SYMBOL_VALUE (sym0
) == SYMBOL_VALUE (sym1
)
4730 && equiv_types (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0
), SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1
));
4734 const char *name0
= sym0
->linkage_name ();
4735 const char *name1
= sym1
->linkage_name ();
4736 return (strcmp (name0
, name1
) == 0
4737 && SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym0
) == SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym1
));
4745 /* Append (SYM,BLOCK,SYMTAB) to the end of the array of struct block_symbol
4746 records in OBSTACKP. Do nothing if SYM is a duplicate. */
4749 add_defn_to_vec (struct obstack
*obstackp
,
4751 const struct block
*block
)
4754 struct block_symbol
*prevDefns
= defns_collected (obstackp
, 0);
4756 /* Do not try to complete stub types, as the debugger is probably
4757 already scanning all symbols matching a certain name at the
4758 time when this function is called. Trying to replace the stub
4759 type by its associated full type will cause us to restart a scan
4760 which may lead to an infinite recursion. Instead, the client
4761 collecting the matching symbols will end up collecting several
4762 matches, with at least one of them complete. It can then filter
4763 out the stub ones if needed. */
4765 for (i
= num_defns_collected (obstackp
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
-= 1)
4767 if (lesseq_defined_than (sym
, prevDefns
[i
].symbol
))
4769 else if (lesseq_defined_than (prevDefns
[i
].symbol
, sym
))
4771 prevDefns
[i
].symbol
= sym
;
4772 prevDefns
[i
].block
= block
;
4778 struct block_symbol info
;
4782 obstack_grow (obstackp
, &info
, sizeof (struct block_symbol
));
4786 /* Number of block_symbol structures currently collected in current vector in
4790 num_defns_collected (struct obstack
*obstackp
)
4792 return obstack_object_size (obstackp
) / sizeof (struct block_symbol
);
4795 /* Vector of block_symbol structures currently collected in current vector in
4796 OBSTACKP. If FINISH, close off the vector and return its final address. */
4798 static struct block_symbol
*
4799 defns_collected (struct obstack
*obstackp
, int finish
)
4802 return (struct block_symbol
*) obstack_finish (obstackp
);
4804 return (struct block_symbol
*) obstack_base (obstackp
);
4807 /* Return a bound minimal symbol matching NAME according to Ada
4808 decoding rules. Returns an invalid symbol if there is no such
4809 minimal symbol. Names prefixed with "standard__" are handled
4810 specially: "standard__" is first stripped off, and only static and
4811 global symbols are searched. */
4813 struct bound_minimal_symbol
4814 ada_lookup_simple_minsym (const char *name
)
4816 struct bound_minimal_symbol result
;
4818 memset (&result
, 0, sizeof (result
));
4820 symbol_name_match_type match_type
= name_match_type_from_name (name
);
4821 lookup_name_info
lookup_name (name
, match_type
);
4823 symbol_name_matcher_ftype
*match_name
4824 = ada_get_symbol_name_matcher (lookup_name
);
4826 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
4828 for (minimal_symbol
*msymbol
: objfile
->msymbols ())
4830 if (match_name (msymbol
->linkage_name (), lookup_name
, NULL
)
4831 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol
) != mst_solib_trampoline
)
4833 result
.minsym
= msymbol
;
4834 result
.objfile
= objfile
;
4843 /* For all subprograms that statically enclose the subprogram of the
4844 selected frame, add symbols matching identifier NAME in DOMAIN
4845 and their blocks to the list of data in OBSTACKP, as for
4846 ada_add_block_symbols (q.v.). If WILD_MATCH_P, treat as NAME
4847 with a wildcard prefix. */
4850 add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (struct obstack
*obstackp
,
4851 const lookup_name_info
&lookup_name
,
4856 /* True if TYPE is definitely an artificial type supplied to a symbol
4857 for which no debugging information was given in the symbol file. */
4860 is_nondebugging_type (struct type
*type
)
4862 const char *name
= ada_type_name (type
);
4864 return (name
!= NULL
&& strcmp (name
, "<variable, no debug info>") == 0);
4867 /* Return nonzero if TYPE1 and TYPE2 are two enumeration types
4868 that are deemed "identical" for practical purposes.
4870 This function assumes that TYPE1 and TYPE2 are both TYPE_CODE_ENUM
4871 types and that their number of enumerals is identical (in other
4872 words, type1->num_fields () == type2->num_fields ()). */
4875 ada_identical_enum_types_p (struct type
*type1
, struct type
*type2
)
4879 /* The heuristic we use here is fairly conservative. We consider
4880 that 2 enumerate types are identical if they have the same
4881 number of enumerals and that all enumerals have the same
4882 underlying value and name. */
4884 /* All enums in the type should have an identical underlying value. */
4885 for (i
= 0; i
< type1
->num_fields (); i
++)
4886 if (TYPE_FIELD_ENUMVAL (type1
, i
) != TYPE_FIELD_ENUMVAL (type2
, i
))
4889 /* All enumerals should also have the same name (modulo any numerical
4891 for (i
= 0; i
< type1
->num_fields (); i
++)
4893 const char *name_1
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type1
, i
);
4894 const char *name_2
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type2
, i
);
4895 int len_1
= strlen (name_1
);
4896 int len_2
= strlen (name_2
);
4898 ada_remove_trailing_digits (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type1
, i
), &len_1
);
4899 ada_remove_trailing_digits (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type2
, i
), &len_2
);
4901 || strncmp (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type1
, i
),
4902 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type2
, i
),
4910 /* Return nonzero if all the symbols in SYMS are all enumeral symbols
4911 that are deemed "identical" for practical purposes. Sometimes,
4912 enumerals are not strictly identical, but their types are so similar
4913 that they can be considered identical.
4915 For instance, consider the following code:
4917 type Color is (Black, Red, Green, Blue, White);
4918 type RGB_Color is new Color range Red .. Blue;
4920 Type RGB_Color is a subrange of an implicit type which is a copy
4921 of type Color. If we call that implicit type RGB_ColorB ("B" is
4922 for "Base Type"), then type RGB_ColorB is a copy of type Color.
4923 As a result, when an expression references any of the enumeral
4924 by name (Eg. "print green"), the expression is technically
4925 ambiguous and the user should be asked to disambiguate. But
4926 doing so would only hinder the user, since it wouldn't matter
4927 what choice he makes, the outcome would always be the same.
4928 So, for practical purposes, we consider them as the same. */
4931 symbols_are_identical_enums (const std::vector
<struct block_symbol
> &syms
)
4935 /* Before performing a thorough comparison check of each type,
4936 we perform a series of inexpensive checks. We expect that these
4937 checks will quickly fail in the vast majority of cases, and thus
4938 help prevent the unnecessary use of a more expensive comparison.
4939 Said comparison also expects us to make some of these checks
4940 (see ada_identical_enum_types_p). */
4942 /* Quick check: All symbols should have an enum type. */
4943 for (i
= 0; i
< syms
.size (); i
++)
4944 if (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].symbol
)->code () != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
)
4947 /* Quick check: They should all have the same value. */
4948 for (i
= 1; i
< syms
.size (); i
++)
4949 if (SYMBOL_VALUE (syms
[i
].symbol
) != SYMBOL_VALUE (syms
[0].symbol
))
4952 /* Quick check: They should all have the same number of enumerals. */
4953 for (i
= 1; i
< syms
.size (); i
++)
4954 if (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].symbol
)->num_fields ()
4955 != SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[0].symbol
)->num_fields ())
4958 /* All the sanity checks passed, so we might have a set of
4959 identical enumeration types. Perform a more complete
4960 comparison of the type of each symbol. */
4961 for (i
= 1; i
< syms
.size (); i
++)
4962 if (!ada_identical_enum_types_p (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].symbol
),
4963 SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[0].symbol
)))
4969 /* Remove any non-debugging symbols in SYMS that definitely
4970 duplicate other symbols in the list (The only case I know of where
4971 this happens is when object files containing stabs-in-ecoff are
4972 linked with files containing ordinary ecoff debugging symbols (or no
4973 debugging symbols)). Modifies SYMS to squeeze out deleted entries.
4974 Returns the number of items in the modified list. */
4977 remove_extra_symbols (std::vector
<struct block_symbol
> *syms
)
4981 /* We should never be called with less than 2 symbols, as there
4982 cannot be any extra symbol in that case. But it's easy to
4983 handle, since we have nothing to do in that case. */
4984 if (syms
->size () < 2)
4985 return syms
->size ();
4988 while (i
< syms
->size ())
4992 /* If two symbols have the same name and one of them is a stub type,
4993 the get rid of the stub. */
4995 if (SYMBOL_TYPE ((*syms
)[i
].symbol
)->is_stub ()
4996 && (*syms
)[i
].symbol
->linkage_name () != NULL
)
4998 for (j
= 0; j
< syms
->size (); j
++)
5001 && !SYMBOL_TYPE ((*syms
)[j
].symbol
)->is_stub ()
5002 && (*syms
)[j
].symbol
->linkage_name () != NULL
5003 && strcmp ((*syms
)[i
].symbol
->linkage_name (),
5004 (*syms
)[j
].symbol
->linkage_name ()) == 0)
5009 /* Two symbols with the same name, same class and same address
5010 should be identical. */
5012 else if ((*syms
)[i
].symbol
->linkage_name () != NULL
5013 && SYMBOL_CLASS ((*syms
)[i
].symbol
) == LOC_STATIC
5014 && is_nondebugging_type (SYMBOL_TYPE ((*syms
)[i
].symbol
)))
5016 for (j
= 0; j
< syms
->size (); j
+= 1)
5019 && (*syms
)[j
].symbol
->linkage_name () != NULL
5020 && strcmp ((*syms
)[i
].symbol
->linkage_name (),
5021 (*syms
)[j
].symbol
->linkage_name ()) == 0
5022 && SYMBOL_CLASS ((*syms
)[i
].symbol
)
5023 == SYMBOL_CLASS ((*syms
)[j
].symbol
)
5024 && SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS ((*syms
)[i
].symbol
)
5025 == SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS ((*syms
)[j
].symbol
))
5031 syms
->erase (syms
->begin () + i
);
5036 /* If all the remaining symbols are identical enumerals, then
5037 just keep the first one and discard the rest.
5039 Unlike what we did previously, we do not discard any entry
5040 unless they are ALL identical. This is because the symbol
5041 comparison is not a strict comparison, but rather a practical
5042 comparison. If all symbols are considered identical, then
5043 we can just go ahead and use the first one and discard the rest.
5044 But if we cannot reduce the list to a single element, we have
5045 to ask the user to disambiguate anyways. And if we have to
5046 present a multiple-choice menu, it's less confusing if the list
5047 isn't missing some choices that were identical and yet distinct. */
5048 if (symbols_are_identical_enums (*syms
))
5051 return syms
->size ();
5054 /* Given a type that corresponds to a renaming entity, use the type name
5055 to extract the scope (package name or function name, fully qualified,
5056 and following the GNAT encoding convention) where this renaming has been
5060 xget_renaming_scope (struct type
*renaming_type
)
5062 /* The renaming types adhere to the following convention:
5063 <scope>__<rename>___<XR extension>.
5064 So, to extract the scope, we search for the "___XR" extension,
5065 and then backtrack until we find the first "__". */
5067 const char *name
= renaming_type
->name ();
5068 const char *suffix
= strstr (name
, "___XR");
5071 /* Now, backtrack a bit until we find the first "__". Start looking
5072 at suffix - 3, as the <rename> part is at least one character long. */
5074 for (last
= suffix
- 3; last
> name
; last
--)
5075 if (last
[0] == '_' && last
[1] == '_')
5078 /* Make a copy of scope and return it. */
5079 return std::string (name
, last
);
5082 /* Return nonzero if NAME corresponds to a package name. */
5085 is_package_name (const char *name
)
5087 /* Here, We take advantage of the fact that no symbols are generated
5088 for packages, while symbols are generated for each function.
5089 So the condition for NAME represent a package becomes equivalent
5090 to NAME not existing in our list of symbols. There is only one
5091 small complication with library-level functions (see below). */
5093 /* If it is a function that has not been defined at library level,
5094 then we should be able to look it up in the symbols. */
5095 if (standard_lookup (name
, NULL
, VAR_DOMAIN
) != NULL
)
5098 /* Library-level function names start with "_ada_". See if function
5099 "_ada_" followed by NAME can be found. */
5101 /* Do a quick check that NAME does not contain "__", since library-level
5102 functions names cannot contain "__" in them. */
5103 if (strstr (name
, "__") != NULL
)
5106 std::string fun_name
= string_printf ("_ada_%s", name
);
5108 return (standard_lookup (fun_name
.c_str (), NULL
, VAR_DOMAIN
) == NULL
);
5111 /* Return nonzero if SYM corresponds to a renaming entity that is
5112 not visible from FUNCTION_NAME. */
5115 old_renaming_is_invisible (const struct symbol
*sym
, const char *function_name
)
5117 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) != LOC_TYPEDEF
)
5120 std::string scope
= xget_renaming_scope (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym
));
5122 /* If the rename has been defined in a package, then it is visible. */
5123 if (is_package_name (scope
.c_str ()))
5126 /* Check that the rename is in the current function scope by checking
5127 that its name starts with SCOPE. */
5129 /* If the function name starts with "_ada_", it means that it is
5130 a library-level function. Strip this prefix before doing the
5131 comparison, as the encoding for the renaming does not contain
5133 if (startswith (function_name
, "_ada_"))
5136 return !startswith (function_name
, scope
.c_str ());
5139 /* Remove entries from SYMS that corresponds to a renaming entity that
5140 is not visible from the function associated with CURRENT_BLOCK or
5141 that is superfluous due to the presence of more specific renaming
5142 information. Places surviving symbols in the initial entries of
5143 SYMS and returns the number of surviving symbols.
5146 First, in cases where an object renaming is implemented as a
5147 reference variable, GNAT may produce both the actual reference
5148 variable and the renaming encoding. In this case, we discard the
5151 Second, GNAT emits a type following a specified encoding for each renaming
5152 entity. Unfortunately, STABS currently does not support the definition
5153 of types that are local to a given lexical block, so all renamings types
5154 are emitted at library level. As a consequence, if an application
5155 contains two renaming entities using the same name, and a user tries to
5156 print the value of one of these entities, the result of the ada symbol
5157 lookup will also contain the wrong renaming type.
5159 This function partially covers for this limitation by attempting to
5160 remove from the SYMS list renaming symbols that should be visible
5161 from CURRENT_BLOCK. However, there does not seem be a 100% reliable
5162 method with the current information available. The implementation
5163 below has a couple of limitations (FIXME: brobecker-2003-05-12):
5165 - When the user tries to print a rename in a function while there
5166 is another rename entity defined in a package: Normally, the
5167 rename in the function has precedence over the rename in the
5168 package, so the latter should be removed from the list. This is
5169 currently not the case.
5171 - This function will incorrectly remove valid renames if
5172 the CURRENT_BLOCK corresponds to a function which symbol name
5173 has been changed by an "Export" pragma. As a consequence,
5174 the user will be unable to print such rename entities. */
5177 remove_irrelevant_renamings (std::vector
<struct block_symbol
> *syms
,
5178 const struct block
*current_block
)
5180 struct symbol
*current_function
;
5181 const char *current_function_name
;
5183 int is_new_style_renaming
;
5185 /* If there is both a renaming foo___XR... encoded as a variable and
5186 a simple variable foo in the same block, discard the latter.
5187 First, zero out such symbols, then compress. */
5188 is_new_style_renaming
= 0;
5189 for (i
= 0; i
< syms
->size (); i
+= 1)
5191 struct symbol
*sym
= (*syms
)[i
].symbol
;
5192 const struct block
*block
= (*syms
)[i
].block
;
5196 if (sym
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) == LOC_TYPEDEF
)
5198 name
= sym
->linkage_name ();
5199 suffix
= strstr (name
, "___XR");
5203 int name_len
= suffix
- name
;
5206 is_new_style_renaming
= 1;
5207 for (j
= 0; j
< syms
->size (); j
+= 1)
5208 if (i
!= j
&& (*syms
)[j
].symbol
!= NULL
5209 && strncmp (name
, (*syms
)[j
].symbol
->linkage_name (),
5211 && block
== (*syms
)[j
].block
)
5212 (*syms
)[j
].symbol
= NULL
;
5215 if (is_new_style_renaming
)
5219 for (j
= k
= 0; j
< syms
->size (); j
+= 1)
5220 if ((*syms
)[j
].symbol
!= NULL
)
5222 (*syms
)[k
] = (*syms
)[j
];
5228 /* Extract the function name associated to CURRENT_BLOCK.
5229 Abort if unable to do so. */
5231 if (current_block
== NULL
)
5232 return syms
->size ();
5234 current_function
= block_linkage_function (current_block
);
5235 if (current_function
== NULL
)
5236 return syms
->size ();
5238 current_function_name
= current_function
->linkage_name ();
5239 if (current_function_name
== NULL
)
5240 return syms
->size ();
5242 /* Check each of the symbols, and remove it from the list if it is
5243 a type corresponding to a renaming that is out of the scope of
5244 the current block. */
5247 while (i
< syms
->size ())
5249 if (ada_parse_renaming ((*syms
)[i
].symbol
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
)
5250 == ADA_OBJECT_RENAMING
5251 && old_renaming_is_invisible ((*syms
)[i
].symbol
,
5252 current_function_name
))
5253 syms
->erase (syms
->begin () + i
);
5258 return syms
->size ();
5261 /* Add to OBSTACKP all symbols from BLOCK (and its super-blocks)
5262 whose name and domain match NAME and DOMAIN respectively.
5263 If no match was found, then extend the search to "enclosing"
5264 routines (in other words, if we're inside a nested function,
5265 search the symbols defined inside the enclosing functions).
5266 If WILD_MATCH_P is nonzero, perform the naming matching in
5267 "wild" mode (see function "wild_match" for more info).
5269 Note: This function assumes that OBSTACKP has 0 (zero) element in it. */
5272 ada_add_local_symbols (struct obstack
*obstackp
,
5273 const lookup_name_info
&lookup_name
,
5274 const struct block
*block
, domain_enum domain
)
5276 int block_depth
= 0;
5278 while (block
!= NULL
)
5281 ada_add_block_symbols (obstackp
, block
, lookup_name
, domain
, NULL
);
5283 /* If we found a non-function match, assume that's the one. */
5284 if (is_nonfunction (defns_collected (obstackp
, 0),
5285 num_defns_collected (obstackp
)))
5288 block
= BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block
);
5291 /* If no luck so far, try to find NAME as a local symbol in some lexically
5292 enclosing subprogram. */
5293 if (num_defns_collected (obstackp
) == 0 && block_depth
> 2)
5294 add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (obstackp
, lookup_name
, domain
);
5297 /* An object of this type is used as the user_data argument when
5298 calling the map_matching_symbols method. */
5302 struct objfile
*objfile
;
5303 struct obstack
*obstackp
;
5304 struct symbol
*arg_sym
;
5308 /* A callback for add_nonlocal_symbols that adds symbol, found in BSYM,
5309 to a list of symbols. DATA is a pointer to a struct match_data *
5310 containing the obstack that collects the symbol list, the file that SYM
5311 must come from, a flag indicating whether a non-argument symbol has
5312 been found in the current block, and the last argument symbol
5313 passed in SYM within the current block (if any). When SYM is null,
5314 marking the end of a block, the argument symbol is added if no
5315 other has been found. */
5318 aux_add_nonlocal_symbols (struct block_symbol
*bsym
,
5319 struct match_data
*data
)
5321 const struct block
*block
= bsym
->block
;
5322 struct symbol
*sym
= bsym
->symbol
;
5326 if (!data
->found_sym
&& data
->arg_sym
!= NULL
)
5327 add_defn_to_vec (data
->obstackp
,
5328 fixup_symbol_section (data
->arg_sym
, data
->objfile
),
5330 data
->found_sym
= 0;
5331 data
->arg_sym
= NULL
;
5335 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) == LOC_UNRESOLVED
)
5337 else if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym
))
5338 data
->arg_sym
= sym
;
5341 data
->found_sym
= 1;
5342 add_defn_to_vec (data
->obstackp
,
5343 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, data
->objfile
),
5350 /* Helper for add_nonlocal_symbols. Find symbols in DOMAIN which are
5351 targeted by renamings matching LOOKUP_NAME in BLOCK. Add these
5352 symbols to OBSTACKP. Return whether we found such symbols. */
5355 ada_add_block_renamings (struct obstack
*obstackp
,
5356 const struct block
*block
,
5357 const lookup_name_info
&lookup_name
,
5360 struct using_direct
*renaming
;
5361 int defns_mark
= num_defns_collected (obstackp
);
5363 symbol_name_matcher_ftype
*name_match
5364 = ada_get_symbol_name_matcher (lookup_name
);
5366 for (renaming
= block_using (block
);
5368 renaming
= renaming
->next
)
5372 /* Avoid infinite recursions: skip this renaming if we are actually
5373 already traversing it.
5375 Currently, symbol lookup in Ada don't use the namespace machinery from
5376 C++/Fortran support: skip namespace imports that use them. */
5377 if (renaming
->searched
5378 || (renaming
->import_src
!= NULL
5379 && renaming
->import_src
[0] != '\0')
5380 || (renaming
->import_dest
!= NULL
5381 && renaming
->import_dest
[0] != '\0'))
5383 renaming
->searched
= 1;
5385 /* TODO: here, we perform another name-based symbol lookup, which can
5386 pull its own multiple overloads. In theory, we should be able to do
5387 better in this case since, in DWARF, DW_AT_import is a DIE reference,
5388 not a simple name. But in order to do this, we would need to enhance
5389 the DWARF reader to associate a symbol to this renaming, instead of a
5390 name. So, for now, we do something simpler: re-use the C++/Fortran
5391 namespace machinery. */
5392 r_name
= (renaming
->alias
!= NULL
5394 : renaming
->declaration
);
5395 if (name_match (r_name
, lookup_name
, NULL
))
5397 lookup_name_info
decl_lookup_name (renaming
->declaration
,
5398 lookup_name
.match_type ());
5399 ada_add_all_symbols (obstackp
, block
, decl_lookup_name
, domain
,
5402 renaming
->searched
= 0;
5404 return num_defns_collected (obstackp
) != defns_mark
;
5407 /* Implements compare_names, but only applying the comparision using
5408 the given CASING. */
5411 compare_names_with_case (const char *string1
, const char *string2
,
5412 enum case_sensitivity casing
)
5414 while (*string1
!= '\0' && *string2
!= '\0')
5418 if (isspace (*string1
) || isspace (*string2
))
5419 return strcmp_iw_ordered (string1
, string2
);
5421 if (casing
== case_sensitive_off
)
5423 c1
= tolower (*string1
);
5424 c2
= tolower (*string2
);
5441 return strcmp_iw_ordered (string1
, string2
);
5443 if (*string2
== '\0')
5445 if (is_name_suffix (string1
))
5452 if (*string2
== '(')
5453 return strcmp_iw_ordered (string1
, string2
);
5456 if (casing
== case_sensitive_off
)
5457 return tolower (*string1
) - tolower (*string2
);
5459 return *string1
- *string2
;
5464 /* Compare STRING1 to STRING2, with results as for strcmp.
5465 Compatible with strcmp_iw_ordered in that...
5467 strcmp_iw_ordered (STRING1, STRING2) <= 0
5471 compare_names (STRING1, STRING2) <= 0
5473 (they may differ as to what symbols compare equal). */
5476 compare_names (const char *string1
, const char *string2
)
5480 /* Similar to what strcmp_iw_ordered does, we need to perform
5481 a case-insensitive comparison first, and only resort to
5482 a second, case-sensitive, comparison if the first one was
5483 not sufficient to differentiate the two strings. */
5485 result
= compare_names_with_case (string1
, string2
, case_sensitive_off
);
5487 result
= compare_names_with_case (string1
, string2
, case_sensitive_on
);
5492 /* Convenience function to get at the Ada encoded lookup name for
5493 LOOKUP_NAME, as a C string. */
5496 ada_lookup_name (const lookup_name_info
&lookup_name
)
5498 return lookup_name
.ada ().lookup_name ().c_str ();
5501 /* Add to OBSTACKP all non-local symbols whose name and domain match
5502 LOOKUP_NAME and DOMAIN respectively. The search is performed on
5503 GLOBAL_BLOCK symbols if GLOBAL is non-zero, or on STATIC_BLOCK
5504 symbols otherwise. */
5507 add_nonlocal_symbols (struct obstack
*obstackp
,
5508 const lookup_name_info
&lookup_name
,
5509 domain_enum domain
, int global
)
5511 struct match_data data
;
5513 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof data
);
5514 data
.obstackp
= obstackp
;
5516 bool is_wild_match
= lookup_name
.ada ().wild_match_p ();
5518 auto callback
= [&] (struct block_symbol
*bsym
)
5520 return aux_add_nonlocal_symbols (bsym
, &data
);
5523 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
5525 data
.objfile
= objfile
;
5527 objfile
->sf
->qf
->map_matching_symbols (objfile
, lookup_name
,
5528 domain
, global
, callback
,
5530 ? NULL
: compare_names
));
5532 for (compunit_symtab
*cu
: objfile
->compunits ())
5534 const struct block
*global_block
5535 = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (cu
), GLOBAL_BLOCK
);
5537 if (ada_add_block_renamings (obstackp
, global_block
, lookup_name
,
5543 if (num_defns_collected (obstackp
) == 0 && global
&& !is_wild_match
)
5545 const char *name
= ada_lookup_name (lookup_name
);
5546 std::string bracket_name
= std::string ("<_ada_") + name
+ '>';
5547 lookup_name_info
name1 (bracket_name
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
5549 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
5551 data
.objfile
= objfile
;
5552 objfile
->sf
->qf
->map_matching_symbols (objfile
, name1
,
5553 domain
, global
, callback
,
5559 /* Find symbols in DOMAIN matching LOOKUP_NAME, in BLOCK and, if
5560 FULL_SEARCH is non-zero, enclosing scope and in global scopes,
5561 returning the number of matches. Add these to OBSTACKP.
5563 When FULL_SEARCH is non-zero, any non-function/non-enumeral
5564 symbol match within the nest of blocks whose innermost member is BLOCK,
5565 is the one match returned (no other matches in that or
5566 enclosing blocks is returned). If there are any matches in or
5567 surrounding BLOCK, then these alone are returned.
5569 Names prefixed with "standard__" are handled specially:
5570 "standard__" is first stripped off (by the lookup_name
5571 constructor), and only static and global symbols are searched.
5573 If MADE_GLOBAL_LOOKUP_P is non-null, set it before return to whether we had
5574 to lookup global symbols. */
5577 ada_add_all_symbols (struct obstack
*obstackp
,
5578 const struct block
*block
,
5579 const lookup_name_info
&lookup_name
,
5582 int *made_global_lookup_p
)
5586 if (made_global_lookup_p
)
5587 *made_global_lookup_p
= 0;
5589 /* Special case: If the user specifies a symbol name inside package
5590 Standard, do a non-wild matching of the symbol name without
5591 the "standard__" prefix. This was primarily introduced in order
5592 to allow the user to specifically access the standard exceptions
5593 using, for instance, Standard.Constraint_Error when Constraint_Error
5594 is ambiguous (due to the user defining its own Constraint_Error
5595 entity inside its program). */
5596 if (lookup_name
.ada ().standard_p ())
5599 /* Check the non-global symbols. If we have ANY match, then we're done. */
5604 ada_add_local_symbols (obstackp
, lookup_name
, block
, domain
);
5607 /* In the !full_search case we're are being called by
5608 iterate_over_symbols, and we don't want to search
5610 ada_add_block_symbols (obstackp
, block
, lookup_name
, domain
, NULL
);
5612 if (num_defns_collected (obstackp
) > 0 || !full_search
)
5616 /* No non-global symbols found. Check our cache to see if we have
5617 already performed this search before. If we have, then return
5620 if (lookup_cached_symbol (ada_lookup_name (lookup_name
),
5621 domain
, &sym
, &block
))
5624 add_defn_to_vec (obstackp
, sym
, block
);
5628 if (made_global_lookup_p
)
5629 *made_global_lookup_p
= 1;
5631 /* Search symbols from all global blocks. */
5633 add_nonlocal_symbols (obstackp
, lookup_name
, domain
, 1);
5635 /* Now add symbols from all per-file blocks if we've gotten no hits
5636 (not strictly correct, but perhaps better than an error). */
5638 if (num_defns_collected (obstackp
) == 0)
5639 add_nonlocal_symbols (obstackp
, lookup_name
, domain
, 0);
5642 /* Find symbols in DOMAIN matching LOOKUP_NAME, in BLOCK and, if FULL_SEARCH
5643 is non-zero, enclosing scope and in global scopes, returning the number of
5645 Fills *RESULTS with (SYM,BLOCK) tuples, indicating the symbols
5646 found and the blocks and symbol tables (if any) in which they were
5649 When full_search is non-zero, any non-function/non-enumeral
5650 symbol match within the nest of blocks whose innermost member is BLOCK,
5651 is the one match returned (no other matches in that or
5652 enclosing blocks is returned). If there are any matches in or
5653 surrounding BLOCK, then these alone are returned.
5655 Names prefixed with "standard__" are handled specially: "standard__"
5656 is first stripped off, and only static and global symbols are searched. */
5659 ada_lookup_symbol_list_worker (const lookup_name_info
&lookup_name
,
5660 const struct block
*block
,
5662 std::vector
<struct block_symbol
> *results
,
5665 int syms_from_global_search
;
5667 auto_obstack obstack
;
5669 ada_add_all_symbols (&obstack
, block
, lookup_name
,
5670 domain
, full_search
, &syms_from_global_search
);
5672 ndefns
= num_defns_collected (&obstack
);
5674 struct block_symbol
*base
= defns_collected (&obstack
, 1);
5675 for (int i
= 0; i
< ndefns
; ++i
)
5676 results
->push_back (base
[i
]);
5678 ndefns
= remove_extra_symbols (results
);
5680 if (ndefns
== 0 && full_search
&& syms_from_global_search
)
5681 cache_symbol (ada_lookup_name (lookup_name
), domain
, NULL
, NULL
);
5683 if (ndefns
== 1 && full_search
&& syms_from_global_search
)
5684 cache_symbol (ada_lookup_name (lookup_name
), domain
,
5685 (*results
)[0].symbol
, (*results
)[0].block
);
5687 ndefns
= remove_irrelevant_renamings (results
, block
);
5692 /* Find symbols in DOMAIN matching NAME, in BLOCK and enclosing scope and
5693 in global scopes, returning the number of matches, and filling *RESULTS
5694 with (SYM,BLOCK) tuples.
5696 See ada_lookup_symbol_list_worker for further details. */
5699 ada_lookup_symbol_list (const char *name
, const struct block
*block
,
5701 std::vector
<struct block_symbol
> *results
)
5703 symbol_name_match_type name_match_type
= name_match_type_from_name (name
);
5704 lookup_name_info
lookup_name (name
, name_match_type
);
5706 return ada_lookup_symbol_list_worker (lookup_name
, block
, domain
, results
, 1);
5709 /* The result is as for ada_lookup_symbol_list with FULL_SEARCH set
5710 to 1, but choosing the first symbol found if there are multiple
5713 The result is stored in *INFO, which must be non-NULL.
5714 If no match is found, INFO->SYM is set to NULL. */
5717 ada_lookup_encoded_symbol (const char *name
, const struct block
*block
,
5719 struct block_symbol
*info
)
5721 /* Since we already have an encoded name, wrap it in '<>' to force a
5722 verbatim match. Otherwise, if the name happens to not look like
5723 an encoded name (because it doesn't include a "__"),
5724 ada_lookup_name_info would re-encode/fold it again, and that
5725 would e.g., incorrectly lowercase object renaming names like
5726 "R28b" -> "r28b". */
5727 std::string verbatim
= std::string ("<") + name
+ '>';
5729 gdb_assert (info
!= NULL
);
5730 *info
= ada_lookup_symbol (verbatim
.c_str (), block
, domain
);
5733 /* Return a symbol in DOMAIN matching NAME, in BLOCK0 and enclosing
5734 scope and in global scopes, or NULL if none. NAME is folded and
5735 encoded first. Otherwise, the result is as for ada_lookup_symbol_list,
5736 choosing the first symbol if there are multiple choices. */
5739 ada_lookup_symbol (const char *name
, const struct block
*block0
,
5742 std::vector
<struct block_symbol
> candidates
;
5745 n_candidates
= ada_lookup_symbol_list (name
, block0
, domain
, &candidates
);
5747 if (n_candidates
== 0)
5750 block_symbol info
= candidates
[0];
5751 info
.symbol
= fixup_symbol_section (info
.symbol
, NULL
);
5756 /* True iff STR is a possible encoded suffix of a normal Ada name
5757 that is to be ignored for matching purposes. Suffixes of parallel
5758 names (e.g., XVE) are not included here. Currently, the possible suffixes
5759 are given by any of the regular expressions:
5761 [.$][0-9]+ [nested subprogram suffix, on platforms such as GNU/Linux]
5762 ___[0-9]+ [nested subprogram suffix, on platforms such as HP/UX]
5763 TKB [subprogram suffix for task bodies]
5764 _E[0-9]+[bs]$ [protected object entry suffixes]
5765 (X[nb]*)?((\$|__)[0-9](_?[0-9]+)|___(JM|LJM|X([FDBUP].*|R[^T]?)))?$
5767 Also, any leading "__[0-9]+" sequence is skipped before the suffix
5768 match is performed. This sequence is used to differentiate homonyms,
5769 is an optional part of a valid name suffix. */
5772 is_name_suffix (const char *str
)
5775 const char *matching
;
5776 const int len
= strlen (str
);
5778 /* Skip optional leading __[0-9]+. */
5780 if (len
> 3 && str
[0] == '_' && str
[1] == '_' && isdigit (str
[2]))
5783 while (isdigit (str
[0]))
5789 if (str
[0] == '.' || str
[0] == '$')
5792 while (isdigit (matching
[0]))
5794 if (matching
[0] == '\0')
5800 if (len
> 3 && str
[0] == '_' && str
[1] == '_' && str
[2] == '_')
5803 while (isdigit (matching
[0]))
5805 if (matching
[0] == '\0')
5809 /* "TKB" suffixes are used for subprograms implementing task bodies. */
5811 if (strcmp (str
, "TKB") == 0)
5815 /* FIXME: brobecker/2005-09-23: Protected Object subprograms end
5816 with a N at the end. Unfortunately, the compiler uses the same
5817 convention for other internal types it creates. So treating
5818 all entity names that end with an "N" as a name suffix causes
5819 some regressions. For instance, consider the case of an enumerated
5820 type. To support the 'Image attribute, it creates an array whose
5822 Having a single character like this as a suffix carrying some
5823 information is a bit risky. Perhaps we should change the encoding
5824 to be something like "_N" instead. In the meantime, do not do
5825 the following check. */
5826 /* Protected Object Subprograms */
5827 if (len
== 1 && str
[0] == 'N')
5832 if (len
> 3 && str
[0] == '_' && str
[1] == 'E' && isdigit (str
[2]))
5835 while (isdigit (matching
[0]))
5837 if ((matching
[0] == 'b' || matching
[0] == 's')
5838 && matching
[1] == '\0')
5842 /* ??? We should not modify STR directly, as we are doing below. This
5843 is fine in this case, but may become problematic later if we find
5844 that this alternative did not work, and want to try matching
5845 another one from the begining of STR. Since we modified it, we
5846 won't be able to find the begining of the string anymore! */
5850 while (str
[0] != '_' && str
[0] != '\0')
5852 if (str
[0] != 'n' && str
[0] != 'b')
5858 if (str
[0] == '\000')
5863 if (str
[1] != '_' || str
[2] == '\000')
5867 if (strcmp (str
+ 3, "JM") == 0)
5869 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-09-30: GNAT will soon stop using
5870 the LJM suffix in favor of the JM one. But we will
5871 still accept LJM as a valid suffix for a reasonable
5872 amount of time, just to allow ourselves to debug programs
5873 compiled using an older version of GNAT. */
5874 if (strcmp (str
+ 3, "LJM") == 0)
5878 if (str
[4] == 'F' || str
[4] == 'D' || str
[4] == 'B'
5879 || str
[4] == 'U' || str
[4] == 'P')
5881 if (str
[4] == 'R' && str
[5] != 'T')
5885 if (!isdigit (str
[2]))
5887 for (k
= 3; str
[k
] != '\0'; k
+= 1)
5888 if (!isdigit (str
[k
]) && str
[k
] != '_')
5892 if (str
[0] == '$' && isdigit (str
[1]))
5894 for (k
= 2; str
[k
] != '\0'; k
+= 1)
5895 if (!isdigit (str
[k
]) && str
[k
] != '_')
5902 /* Return non-zero if the string starting at NAME and ending before
5903 NAME_END contains no capital letters. */
5906 is_valid_name_for_wild_match (const char *name0
)
5908 std::string decoded_name
= ada_decode (name0
);
5911 /* If the decoded name starts with an angle bracket, it means that
5912 NAME0 does not follow the GNAT encoding format. It should then
5913 not be allowed as a possible wild match. */
5914 if (decoded_name
[0] == '<')
5917 for (i
=0; decoded_name
[i
] != '\0'; i
++)
5918 if (isalpha (decoded_name
[i
]) && !islower (decoded_name
[i
]))
5924 /* Advance *NAMEP to next occurrence in the string NAME0 of the TARGET0
5925 character which could start a simple name. Assumes that *NAMEP points
5926 somewhere inside the string beginning at NAME0. */
5929 advance_wild_match (const char **namep
, const char *name0
, char target0
)
5931 const char *name
= *namep
;
5941 if ((t1
>= 'a' && t1
<= 'z') || (t1
>= '0' && t1
<= '9'))
5944 if (name
== name0
+ 5 && startswith (name0
, "_ada"))
5949 else if (t1
== '_' && ((name
[2] >= 'a' && name
[2] <= 'z')
5950 || name
[2] == target0
))
5958 else if ((t0
>= 'a' && t0
<= 'z') || (t0
>= '0' && t0
<= '9'))
5968 /* Return true iff NAME encodes a name of the form prefix.PATN.
5969 Ignores any informational suffixes of NAME (i.e., for which
5970 is_name_suffix is true). Assumes that PATN is a lower-cased Ada
5974 wild_match (const char *name
, const char *patn
)
5977 const char *name0
= name
;
5981 const char *match
= name
;
5985 for (name
+= 1, p
= patn
+ 1; *p
!= '\0'; name
+= 1, p
+= 1)
5988 if (*p
== '\0' && is_name_suffix (name
))
5989 return match
== name0
|| is_valid_name_for_wild_match (name0
);
5991 if (name
[-1] == '_')
5994 if (!advance_wild_match (&name
, name0
, *patn
))
5999 /* Returns true iff symbol name SYM_NAME matches SEARCH_NAME, ignoring
6000 any trailing suffixes that encode debugging information or leading
6001 _ada_ on SYM_NAME (see is_name_suffix commentary for the debugging
6002 information that is ignored). */
6005 full_match (const char *sym_name
, const char *search_name
)
6007 size_t search_name_len
= strlen (search_name
);
6009 if (strncmp (sym_name
, search_name
, search_name_len
) == 0
6010 && is_name_suffix (sym_name
+ search_name_len
))
6013 if (startswith (sym_name
, "_ada_")
6014 && strncmp (sym_name
+ 5, search_name
, search_name_len
) == 0
6015 && is_name_suffix (sym_name
+ search_name_len
+ 5))
6021 /* Add symbols from BLOCK matching LOOKUP_NAME in DOMAIN to vector
6022 *defn_symbols, updating the list of symbols in OBSTACKP (if
6023 necessary). OBJFILE is the section containing BLOCK. */
6026 ada_add_block_symbols (struct obstack
*obstackp
,
6027 const struct block
*block
,
6028 const lookup_name_info
&lookup_name
,
6029 domain_enum domain
, struct objfile
*objfile
)
6031 struct block_iterator iter
;
6032 /* A matching argument symbol, if any. */
6033 struct symbol
*arg_sym
;
6034 /* Set true when we find a matching non-argument symbol. */
6040 for (sym
= block_iter_match_first (block
, lookup_name
, &iter
);
6042 sym
= block_iter_match_next (lookup_name
, &iter
))
6044 if (symbol_matches_domain (sym
->language (), SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym
), domain
))
6046 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) != LOC_UNRESOLVED
)
6048 if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym
))
6053 add_defn_to_vec (obstackp
,
6054 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, objfile
),
6061 /* Handle renamings. */
6063 if (ada_add_block_renamings (obstackp
, block
, lookup_name
, domain
))
6066 if (!found_sym
&& arg_sym
!= NULL
)
6068 add_defn_to_vec (obstackp
,
6069 fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym
, objfile
),
6073 if (!lookup_name
.ada ().wild_match_p ())
6077 const std::string
&ada_lookup_name
= lookup_name
.ada ().lookup_name ();
6078 const char *name
= ada_lookup_name
.c_str ();
6079 size_t name_len
= ada_lookup_name
.size ();
6081 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block
, iter
, sym
)
6083 if (symbol_matches_domain (sym
->language (),
6084 SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym
), domain
))
6088 cmp
= (int) '_' - (int) sym
->linkage_name ()[0];
6091 cmp
= !startswith (sym
->linkage_name (), "_ada_");
6093 cmp
= strncmp (name
, sym
->linkage_name () + 5,
6098 && is_name_suffix (sym
->linkage_name () + name_len
+ 5))
6100 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) != LOC_UNRESOLVED
)
6102 if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym
))
6107 add_defn_to_vec (obstackp
,
6108 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, objfile
),
6116 /* NOTE: This really shouldn't be needed for _ada_ symbols.
6117 They aren't parameters, right? */
6118 if (!found_sym
&& arg_sym
!= NULL
)
6120 add_defn_to_vec (obstackp
,
6121 fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym
, objfile
),
6128 /* Symbol Completion */
6133 ada_lookup_name_info::matches
6134 (const char *sym_name
,
6135 symbol_name_match_type match_type
,
6136 completion_match_result
*comp_match_res
) const
6139 const char *text
= m_encoded_name
.c_str ();
6140 size_t text_len
= m_encoded_name
.size ();
6142 /* First, test against the fully qualified name of the symbol. */
6144 if (strncmp (sym_name
, text
, text_len
) == 0)
6147 std::string decoded_name
= ada_decode (sym_name
);
6148 if (match
&& !m_encoded_p
)
6150 /* One needed check before declaring a positive match is to verify
6151 that iff we are doing a verbatim match, the decoded version
6152 of the symbol name starts with '<'. Otherwise, this symbol name
6153 is not a suitable completion. */
6155 bool has_angle_bracket
= (decoded_name
[0] == '<');
6156 match
= (has_angle_bracket
== m_verbatim_p
);
6159 if (match
&& !m_verbatim_p
)
6161 /* When doing non-verbatim match, another check that needs to
6162 be done is to verify that the potentially matching symbol name
6163 does not include capital letters, because the ada-mode would
6164 not be able to understand these symbol names without the
6165 angle bracket notation. */
6168 for (tmp
= sym_name
; *tmp
!= '\0' && !isupper (*tmp
); tmp
++);
6173 /* Second: Try wild matching... */
6175 if (!match
&& m_wild_match_p
)
6177 /* Since we are doing wild matching, this means that TEXT
6178 may represent an unqualified symbol name. We therefore must
6179 also compare TEXT against the unqualified name of the symbol. */
6180 sym_name
= ada_unqualified_name (decoded_name
.c_str ());
6182 if (strncmp (sym_name
, text
, text_len
) == 0)
6186 /* Finally: If we found a match, prepare the result to return. */
6191 if (comp_match_res
!= NULL
)
6193 std::string
&match_str
= comp_match_res
->match
.storage ();
6196 match_str
= ada_decode (sym_name
);
6200 match_str
= add_angle_brackets (sym_name
);
6202 match_str
= sym_name
;
6206 comp_match_res
->set_match (match_str
.c_str ());
6214 /* Return non-zero if TYPE is a pointer to the GNAT dispatch table used
6215 for tagged types. */
6218 ada_is_dispatch_table_ptr_type (struct type
*type
)
6222 if (type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
6225 name
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)->name ();
6229 return (strcmp (name
, "ada__tags__dispatch_table") == 0);
6232 /* Return non-zero if TYPE is an interface tag. */
6235 ada_is_interface_tag (struct type
*type
)
6237 const char *name
= type
->name ();
6242 return (strcmp (name
, "ada__tags__interface_tag") == 0);
6245 /* True if field number FIELD_NUM in struct or union type TYPE is supposed
6246 to be invisible to users. */
6249 ada_is_ignored_field (struct type
*type
, int field_num
)
6251 if (field_num
< 0 || field_num
> type
->num_fields ())
6254 /* Check the name of that field. */
6256 const char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, field_num
);
6258 /* Anonymous field names should not be printed.
6259 brobecker/2007-02-20: I don't think this can actually happen
6260 but we don't want to print the value of anonymous fields anyway. */
6264 /* Normally, fields whose name start with an underscore ("_")
6265 are fields that have been internally generated by the compiler,
6266 and thus should not be printed. The "_parent" field is special,
6267 however: This is a field internally generated by the compiler
6268 for tagged types, and it contains the components inherited from
6269 the parent type. This field should not be printed as is, but
6270 should not be ignored either. */
6271 if (name
[0] == '_' && !startswith (name
, "_parent"))
6275 /* If this is the dispatch table of a tagged type or an interface tag,
6277 if (ada_is_tagged_type (type
, 1)
6278 && (ada_is_dispatch_table_ptr_type (type
->field (field_num
).type ())
6279 || ada_is_interface_tag (type
->field (field_num
).type ())))
6282 /* Not a special field, so it should not be ignored. */
6286 /* True iff TYPE has a tag field. If REFOK, then TYPE may also be a
6287 pointer or reference type whose ultimate target has a tag field. */
6290 ada_is_tagged_type (struct type
*type
, int refok
)
6292 return (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, "_tag", refok
, 1) != NULL
);
6295 /* True iff TYPE represents the type of X'Tag */
6298 ada_is_tag_type (struct type
*type
)
6300 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
6302 if (type
== NULL
|| type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
6306 const char *name
= ada_type_name (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
6308 return (name
!= NULL
6309 && strcmp (name
, "ada__tags__dispatch_table") == 0);
6313 /* The type of the tag on VAL. */
6315 static struct type
*
6316 ada_tag_type (struct value
*val
)
6318 return ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (value_type (val
), "_tag", 1, 0);
6321 /* Return 1 if TAG follows the old scheme for Ada tags (used for Ada 95,
6322 retired at Ada 05). */
6325 is_ada95_tag (struct value
*tag
)
6327 return ada_value_struct_elt (tag
, "tsd", 1) != NULL
;
6330 /* The value of the tag on VAL. */
6332 static struct value
*
6333 ada_value_tag (struct value
*val
)
6335 return ada_value_struct_elt (val
, "_tag", 0);
6338 /* The value of the tag on the object of type TYPE whose contents are
6339 saved at VALADDR, if it is non-null, or is at memory address
6342 static struct value
*
6343 value_tag_from_contents_and_address (struct type
*type
,
6344 const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
6347 int tag_byte_offset
;
6348 struct type
*tag_type
;
6350 if (find_struct_field ("_tag", type
, 0, &tag_type
, &tag_byte_offset
,
6353 const gdb_byte
*valaddr1
= ((valaddr
== NULL
)
6355 : valaddr
+ tag_byte_offset
);
6356 CORE_ADDR address1
= (address
== 0) ? 0 : address
+ tag_byte_offset
;
6358 return value_from_contents_and_address (tag_type
, valaddr1
, address1
);
6363 static struct type
*
6364 type_from_tag (struct value
*tag
)
6366 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> type_name
= ada_tag_name (tag
);
6368 if (type_name
!= NULL
)
6369 return ada_find_any_type (ada_encode (type_name
.get ()).c_str ());
6373 /* Given a value OBJ of a tagged type, return a value of this
6374 type at the base address of the object. The base address, as
6375 defined in Ada.Tags, it is the address of the primary tag of
6376 the object, and therefore where the field values of its full
6377 view can be fetched. */
6380 ada_tag_value_at_base_address (struct value
*obj
)
6383 LONGEST offset_to_top
= 0;
6384 struct type
*ptr_type
, *obj_type
;
6386 CORE_ADDR base_address
;
6388 obj_type
= value_type (obj
);
6390 /* It is the responsability of the caller to deref pointers. */
6392 if (obj_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
|| obj_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
6395 tag
= ada_value_tag (obj
);
6399 /* Base addresses only appeared with Ada 05 and multiple inheritance. */
6401 if (is_ada95_tag (tag
))
6404 ptr_type
= language_lookup_primitive_type
6405 (language_def (language_ada
), target_gdbarch(), "storage_offset");
6406 ptr_type
= lookup_pointer_type (ptr_type
);
6407 val
= value_cast (ptr_type
, tag
);
6411 /* It is perfectly possible that an exception be raised while
6412 trying to determine the base address, just like for the tag;
6413 see ada_tag_name for more details. We do not print the error
6414 message for the same reason. */
6418 offset_to_top
= value_as_long (value_ind (value_ptradd (val
, -2)));
6421 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
6426 /* If offset is null, nothing to do. */
6428 if (offset_to_top
== 0)
6431 /* -1 is a special case in Ada.Tags; however, what should be done
6432 is not quite clear from the documentation. So do nothing for
6435 if (offset_to_top
== -1)
6438 /* OFFSET_TO_TOP used to be a positive value to be subtracted
6439 from the base address. This was however incompatible with
6440 C++ dispatch table: C++ uses a *negative* value to *add*
6441 to the base address. Ada's convention has therefore been
6442 changed in GNAT 19.0w 20171023: since then, C++ and Ada
6443 use the same convention. Here, we support both cases by
6444 checking the sign of OFFSET_TO_TOP. */
6446 if (offset_to_top
> 0)
6447 offset_to_top
= -offset_to_top
;
6449 base_address
= value_address (obj
) + offset_to_top
;
6450 tag
= value_tag_from_contents_and_address (obj_type
, NULL
, base_address
);
6452 /* Make sure that we have a proper tag at the new address.
6453 Otherwise, offset_to_top is bogus (which can happen when
6454 the object is not initialized yet). */
6459 obj_type
= type_from_tag (tag
);
6464 return value_from_contents_and_address (obj_type
, NULL
, base_address
);
6467 /* Return the "ada__tags__type_specific_data" type. */
6469 static struct type
*
6470 ada_get_tsd_type (struct inferior
*inf
)
6472 struct ada_inferior_data
*data
= get_ada_inferior_data (inf
);
6474 if (data
->tsd_type
== 0)
6475 data
->tsd_type
= ada_find_any_type ("ada__tags__type_specific_data");
6476 return data
->tsd_type
;
6479 /* Return the TSD (type-specific data) associated to the given TAG.
6480 TAG is assumed to be the tag of a tagged-type entity.
6482 May return NULL if we are unable to get the TSD. */
6484 static struct value
*
6485 ada_get_tsd_from_tag (struct value
*tag
)
6490 /* First option: The TSD is simply stored as a field of our TAG.
6491 Only older versions of GNAT would use this format, but we have
6492 to test it first, because there are no visible markers for
6493 the current approach except the absence of that field. */
6495 val
= ada_value_struct_elt (tag
, "tsd", 1);
6499 /* Try the second representation for the dispatch table (in which
6500 there is no explicit 'tsd' field in the referent of the tag pointer,
6501 and instead the tsd pointer is stored just before the dispatch
6504 type
= ada_get_tsd_type (current_inferior());
6507 type
= lookup_pointer_type (lookup_pointer_type (type
));
6508 val
= value_cast (type
, tag
);
6511 return value_ind (value_ptradd (val
, -1));
6514 /* Given the TSD of a tag (type-specific data), return a string
6515 containing the name of the associated type.
6517 May return NULL if we are unable to determine the tag name. */
6519 static gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>
6520 ada_tag_name_from_tsd (struct value
*tsd
)
6525 val
= ada_value_struct_elt (tsd
, "expanded_name", 1);
6528 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> buffer
6529 = target_read_string (value_as_address (val
), INT_MAX
);
6530 if (buffer
== nullptr)
6533 for (p
= buffer
.get (); *p
!= '\0'; ++p
)
6542 /* The type name of the dynamic type denoted by the 'tag value TAG, as
6545 Return NULL if the TAG is not an Ada tag, or if we were unable to
6546 determine the name of that tag. */
6548 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>
6549 ada_tag_name (struct value
*tag
)
6551 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> name
;
6553 if (!ada_is_tag_type (value_type (tag
)))
6556 /* It is perfectly possible that an exception be raised while trying
6557 to determine the TAG's name, even under normal circumstances:
6558 The associated variable may be uninitialized or corrupted, for
6559 instance. We do not let any exception propagate past this point.
6560 instead we return NULL.
6562 We also do not print the error message either (which often is very
6563 low-level (Eg: "Cannot read memory at 0x[...]"), but instead let
6564 the caller print a more meaningful message if necessary. */
6567 struct value
*tsd
= ada_get_tsd_from_tag (tag
);
6570 name
= ada_tag_name_from_tsd (tsd
);
6572 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
6579 /* The parent type of TYPE, or NULL if none. */
6582 ada_parent_type (struct type
*type
)
6586 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
6588 if (type
== NULL
|| type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
6591 for (i
= 0; i
< type
->num_fields (); i
+= 1)
6592 if (ada_is_parent_field (type
, i
))
6594 struct type
*parent_type
= type
->field (i
).type ();
6596 /* If the _parent field is a pointer, then dereference it. */
6597 if (parent_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
6598 parent_type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (parent_type
);
6599 /* If there is a parallel XVS type, get the actual base type. */
6600 parent_type
= ada_get_base_type (parent_type
);
6602 return ada_check_typedef (parent_type
);
6608 /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE contains the
6609 parent-type (inherited) fields of a derived type. Assumes TYPE is
6610 a structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */
6613 ada_is_parent_field (struct type
*type
, int field_num
)
6615 const char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (ada_check_typedef (type
), field_num
);
6617 return (name
!= NULL
6618 && (startswith (name
, "PARENT")
6619 || startswith (name
, "_parent")));
6622 /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE is a
6623 transparent wrapper field (which should be silently traversed when doing
6624 field selection and flattened when printing). Assumes TYPE is a
6625 structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. Such fields are always
6629 ada_is_wrapper_field (struct type
*type
, int field_num
)
6631 const char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, field_num
);
6633 if (name
!= NULL
&& strcmp (name
, "RETVAL") == 0)
6635 /* This happens in functions with "out" or "in out" parameters
6636 which are passed by copy. For such functions, GNAT describes
6637 the function's return type as being a struct where the return
6638 value is in a field called RETVAL, and where the other "out"
6639 or "in out" parameters are fields of that struct. This is not
6644 return (name
!= NULL
6645 && (startswith (name
, "PARENT")
6646 || strcmp (name
, "REP") == 0
6647 || startswith (name
, "_parent")
6648 || name
[0] == 'S' || name
[0] == 'R' || name
[0] == 'O'));
6651 /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure or union type TYPE
6652 is a variant wrapper. Assumes TYPE is a structure type with at least
6653 FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */
6656 ada_is_variant_part (struct type
*type
, int field_num
)
6658 /* Only Ada types are eligible. */
6659 if (!ADA_TYPE_P (type
))
6662 struct type
*field_type
= type
->field (field_num
).type ();
6664 return (field_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_UNION
6665 || (is_dynamic_field (type
, field_num
)
6666 && (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (field_type
)->code ()
6667 == TYPE_CODE_UNION
)));
6670 /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is a variant wrapper (type of the variant part)
6671 whose discriminants are contained in the record type OUTER_TYPE,
6672 returns the type of the controlling discriminant for the variant.
6673 May return NULL if the type could not be found. */
6676 ada_variant_discrim_type (struct type
*var_type
, struct type
*outer_type
)
6678 const char *name
= ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type
);
6680 return ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type
, name
, 1, 1);
6683 /* Assuming that TYPE is the type of a variant wrapper, and FIELD_NUM is a
6684 valid field number within it, returns 1 iff field FIELD_NUM of TYPE
6685 represents a 'when others' clause; otherwise 0. */
6688 ada_is_others_clause (struct type
*type
, int field_num
)
6690 const char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, field_num
);
6692 return (name
!= NULL
&& name
[0] == 'O');
6695 /* Assuming that TYPE0 is the type of the variant part of a record,
6696 returns the name of the discriminant controlling the variant.
6697 The value is valid until the next call to ada_variant_discrim_name. */
6700 ada_variant_discrim_name (struct type
*type0
)
6702 static char *result
= NULL
;
6703 static size_t result_len
= 0;
6706 const char *discrim_end
;
6707 const char *discrim_start
;
6709 if (type0
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
6710 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
);
6714 name
= ada_type_name (type
);
6716 if (name
== NULL
|| name
[0] == '\000')
6719 for (discrim_end
= name
+ strlen (name
) - 6; discrim_end
!= name
;
6722 if (startswith (discrim_end
, "___XVN"))
6725 if (discrim_end
== name
)
6728 for (discrim_start
= discrim_end
; discrim_start
!= name
+ 3;
6731 if (discrim_start
== name
+ 1)
6733 if ((discrim_start
> name
+ 3
6734 && startswith (discrim_start
- 3, "___"))
6735 || discrim_start
[-1] == '.')
6739 GROW_VECT (result
, result_len
, discrim_end
- discrim_start
+ 1);
6740 strncpy (result
, discrim_start
, discrim_end
- discrim_start
);
6741 result
[discrim_end
- discrim_start
] = '\0';
6745 /* Scan STR for a subtype-encoded number, beginning at position K.
6746 Put the position of the character just past the number scanned in
6747 *NEW_K, if NEW_K!=NULL. Put the scanned number in *R, if R!=NULL.
6748 Return 1 if there was a valid number at the given position, and 0
6749 otherwise. A "subtype-encoded" number consists of the absolute value
6750 in decimal, followed by the letter 'm' to indicate a negative number.
6751 Assumes 0m does not occur. */
6754 ada_scan_number (const char str
[], int k
, LONGEST
* R
, int *new_k
)
6758 if (!isdigit (str
[k
]))
6761 /* Do it the hard way so as not to make any assumption about
6762 the relationship of unsigned long (%lu scan format code) and
6765 while (isdigit (str
[k
]))
6767 RU
= RU
* 10 + (str
[k
] - '0');
6774 *R
= (-(LONGEST
) (RU
- 1)) - 1;
6780 /* NOTE on the above: Technically, C does not say what the results of
6781 - (LONGEST) RU or (LONGEST) -RU are for RU == largest positive
6782 number representable as a LONGEST (although either would probably work
6783 in most implementations). When RU>0, the locution in the then branch
6784 above is always equivalent to the negative of RU. */
6791 /* Assuming that TYPE is a variant part wrapper type (a VARIANTS field),
6792 and FIELD_NUM is a valid field number within it, returns 1 iff VAL is
6793 in the range encoded by field FIELD_NUM of TYPE; otherwise 0. */
6796 ada_in_variant (LONGEST val
, struct type
*type
, int field_num
)
6798 const char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, field_num
);
6812 if (!ada_scan_number (name
, p
+ 1, &W
, &p
))
6822 if (!ada_scan_number (name
, p
+ 1, &L
, &p
)
6823 || name
[p
] != 'T' || !ada_scan_number (name
, p
+ 1, &U
, &p
))
6825 if (val
>= L
&& val
<= U
)
6837 /* FIXME: Lots of redundancy below. Try to consolidate. */
6839 /* Given a value ARG1 (offset by OFFSET bytes) of a struct or union type
6840 ARG_TYPE, extract and return the value of one of its (non-static)
6841 fields. FIELDNO says which field. Differs from value_primitive_field
6842 only in that it can handle packed values of arbitrary type. */
6845 ada_value_primitive_field (struct value
*arg1
, int offset
, int fieldno
,
6846 struct type
*arg_type
)
6850 arg_type
= ada_check_typedef (arg_type
);
6851 type
= arg_type
->field (fieldno
).type ();
6853 /* Handle packed fields. It might be that the field is not packed
6854 relative to its containing structure, but the structure itself is
6855 packed; in this case we must take the bit-field path. */
6856 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type
, fieldno
) != 0 || value_bitpos (arg1
) != 0)
6858 int bit_pos
= TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (arg_type
, fieldno
);
6859 int bit_size
= TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type
, fieldno
);
6861 return ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arg1
, value_contents (arg1
),
6862 offset
+ bit_pos
/ 8,
6863 bit_pos
% 8, bit_size
, type
);
6866 return value_primitive_field (arg1
, offset
, fieldno
, arg_type
);
6869 /* Find field with name NAME in object of type TYPE. If found,
6870 set the following for each argument that is non-null:
6871 - *FIELD_TYPE_P to the field's type;
6872 - *BYTE_OFFSET_P to OFFSET + the byte offset of the field within
6873 an object of that type;
6874 - *BIT_OFFSET_P to the bit offset modulo byte size of the field;
6875 - *BIT_SIZE_P to its size in bits if the field is packed, and
6877 If INDEX_P is non-null, increment *INDEX_P by the number of source-visible
6878 fields up to but not including the desired field, or by the total
6879 number of fields if not found. A NULL value of NAME never
6880 matches; the function just counts visible fields in this case.
6882 Notice that we need to handle when a tagged record hierarchy
6883 has some components with the same name, like in this scenario:
6885 type Top_T is tagged record
6891 type Middle_T is new Top.Top_T with record
6892 N : Character := 'a';
6896 type Bottom_T is new Middle.Middle_T with record
6898 C : Character := '5';
6900 A : Character := 'J';
6903 Let's say we now have a variable declared and initialized as follow:
6905 TC : Top_A := new Bottom_T;
6907 And then we use this variable to call this function
6909 procedure Assign (Obj: in out Top_T; TV : Integer);
6913 Assign (Top_T (B), 12);
6915 Now, we're in the debugger, and we're inside that procedure
6916 then and we want to print the value of obj.c:
6918 Usually, the tagged record or one of the parent type owns the
6919 component to print and there's no issue but in this particular
6920 case, what does it mean to ask for Obj.C? Since the actual
6921 type for object is type Bottom_T, it could mean two things: type
6922 component C from the Middle_T view, but also component C from
6923 Bottom_T. So in that "undefined" case, when the component is
6924 not found in the non-resolved type (which includes all the
6925 components of the parent type), then resolve it and see if we
6926 get better luck once expanded.
6928 In the case of homonyms in the derived tagged type, we don't
6929 guaranty anything, and pick the one that's easiest for us
6932 Returns 1 if found, 0 otherwise. */
6935 find_struct_field (const char *name
, struct type
*type
, int offset
,
6936 struct type
**field_type_p
,
6937 int *byte_offset_p
, int *bit_offset_p
, int *bit_size_p
,
6941 int parent_offset
= -1;
6943 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
6945 if (field_type_p
!= NULL
)
6946 *field_type_p
= NULL
;
6947 if (byte_offset_p
!= NULL
)
6949 if (bit_offset_p
!= NULL
)
6951 if (bit_size_p
!= NULL
)
6954 for (i
= 0; i
< type
->num_fields (); i
+= 1)
6956 int bit_pos
= TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, i
);
6957 int fld_offset
= offset
+ bit_pos
/ 8;
6958 const char *t_field_name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, i
);
6960 if (t_field_name
== NULL
)
6963 else if (ada_is_parent_field (type
, i
))
6965 /* This is a field pointing us to the parent type of a tagged
6966 type. As hinted in this function's documentation, we give
6967 preference to fields in the current record first, so what
6968 we do here is just record the index of this field before
6969 we skip it. If it turns out we couldn't find our field
6970 in the current record, then we'll get back to it and search
6971 inside it whether the field might exist in the parent. */
6977 else if (name
!= NULL
&& field_name_match (t_field_name
, name
))
6979 int bit_size
= TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, i
);
6981 if (field_type_p
!= NULL
)
6982 *field_type_p
= type
->field (i
).type ();
6983 if (byte_offset_p
!= NULL
)
6984 *byte_offset_p
= fld_offset
;
6985 if (bit_offset_p
!= NULL
)
6986 *bit_offset_p
= bit_pos
% 8;
6987 if (bit_size_p
!= NULL
)
6988 *bit_size_p
= bit_size
;
6991 else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type
, i
))
6993 if (find_struct_field (name
, type
->field (i
).type (), fld_offset
,
6994 field_type_p
, byte_offset_p
, bit_offset_p
,
6995 bit_size_p
, index_p
))
6998 else if (ada_is_variant_part (type
, i
))
7000 /* PNH: Wait. Do we ever execute this section, or is ARG always of
7003 struct type
*field_type
7004 = ada_check_typedef (type
->field (i
).type ());
7006 for (j
= 0; j
< field_type
->num_fields (); j
+= 1)
7008 if (find_struct_field (name
, field_type
->field (j
).type (),
7010 + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (field_type
, j
) / 8,
7011 field_type_p
, byte_offset_p
,
7012 bit_offset_p
, bit_size_p
, index_p
))
7016 else if (index_p
!= NULL
)
7020 /* Field not found so far. If this is a tagged type which
7021 has a parent, try finding that field in the parent now. */
7023 if (parent_offset
!= -1)
7025 int bit_pos
= TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, parent_offset
);
7026 int fld_offset
= offset
+ bit_pos
/ 8;
7028 if (find_struct_field (name
, type
->field (parent_offset
).type (),
7029 fld_offset
, field_type_p
, byte_offset_p
,
7030 bit_offset_p
, bit_size_p
, index_p
))
7037 /* Number of user-visible fields in record type TYPE. */
7040 num_visible_fields (struct type
*type
)
7045 find_struct_field (NULL
, type
, 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &n
);
7049 /* Look for a field NAME in ARG. Adjust the address of ARG by OFFSET bytes,
7050 and search in it assuming it has (class) type TYPE.
7051 If found, return value, else return NULL.
7053 Searches recursively through wrapper fields (e.g., '_parent').
7055 In the case of homonyms in the tagged types, please refer to the
7056 long explanation in find_struct_field's function documentation. */
7058 static struct value
*
7059 ada_search_struct_field (const char *name
, struct value
*arg
, int offset
,
7063 int parent_offset
= -1;
7065 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
7066 for (i
= 0; i
< type
->num_fields (); i
+= 1)
7068 const char *t_field_name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, i
);
7070 if (t_field_name
== NULL
)
7073 else if (ada_is_parent_field (type
, i
))
7075 /* This is a field pointing us to the parent type of a tagged
7076 type. As hinted in this function's documentation, we give
7077 preference to fields in the current record first, so what
7078 we do here is just record the index of this field before
7079 we skip it. If it turns out we couldn't find our field
7080 in the current record, then we'll get back to it and search
7081 inside it whether the field might exist in the parent. */
7087 else if (field_name_match (t_field_name
, name
))
7088 return ada_value_primitive_field (arg
, offset
, i
, type
);
7090 else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type
, i
))
7092 struct value
*v
= /* Do not let indent join lines here. */
7093 ada_search_struct_field (name
, arg
,
7094 offset
+ TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, i
) / 8,
7095 type
->field (i
).type ());
7101 else if (ada_is_variant_part (type
, i
))
7103 /* PNH: Do we ever get here? See find_struct_field. */
7105 struct type
*field_type
= ada_check_typedef (type
->field (i
).type ());
7106 int var_offset
= offset
+ TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, i
) / 8;
7108 for (j
= 0; j
< field_type
->num_fields (); j
+= 1)
7110 struct value
*v
= ada_search_struct_field
/* Force line
7113 var_offset
+ TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (field_type
, j
) / 8,
7114 field_type
->field (j
).type ());
7122 /* Field not found so far. If this is a tagged type which
7123 has a parent, try finding that field in the parent now. */
7125 if (parent_offset
!= -1)
7127 struct value
*v
= ada_search_struct_field (
7128 name
, arg
, offset
+ TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, parent_offset
) / 8,
7129 type
->field (parent_offset
).type ());
7138 static struct value
*ada_index_struct_field_1 (int *, struct value
*,
7139 int, struct type
*);
7142 /* Return field #INDEX in ARG, where the index is that returned by
7143 * find_struct_field through its INDEX_P argument. Adjust the address
7144 * of ARG by OFFSET bytes, and search in it assuming it has (class) type TYPE.
7145 * If found, return value, else return NULL. */
7147 static struct value
*
7148 ada_index_struct_field (int index
, struct value
*arg
, int offset
,
7151 return ada_index_struct_field_1 (&index
, arg
, offset
, type
);
7155 /* Auxiliary function for ada_index_struct_field. Like
7156 * ada_index_struct_field, but takes index from *INDEX_P and modifies
7159 static struct value
*
7160 ada_index_struct_field_1 (int *index_p
, struct value
*arg
, int offset
,
7164 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
7166 for (i
= 0; i
< type
->num_fields (); i
+= 1)
7168 if (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, i
) == NULL
)
7170 else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type
, i
))
7172 struct value
*v
= /* Do not let indent join lines here. */
7173 ada_index_struct_field_1 (index_p
, arg
,
7174 offset
+ TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, i
) / 8,
7175 type
->field (i
).type ());
7181 else if (ada_is_variant_part (type
, i
))
7183 /* PNH: Do we ever get here? See ada_search_struct_field,
7184 find_struct_field. */
7185 error (_("Cannot assign this kind of variant record"));
7187 else if (*index_p
== 0)
7188 return ada_value_primitive_field (arg
, offset
, i
, type
);
7195 /* Return a string representation of type TYPE. */
7198 type_as_string (struct type
*type
)
7200 string_file tmp_stream
;
7202 type_print (type
, "", &tmp_stream
, -1);
7204 return std::move (tmp_stream
.string ());
7207 /* Given a type TYPE, look up the type of the component of type named NAME.
7208 If DISPP is non-null, add its byte displacement from the beginning of a
7209 structure (pointed to by a value) of type TYPE to *DISPP (does not
7210 work for packed fields).
7212 Matches any field whose name has NAME as a prefix, possibly
7215 TYPE can be either a struct or union. If REFOK, TYPE may also
7216 be a (pointer or reference)+ to a struct or union, and the
7217 ultimate target type will be searched.
7219 Looks recursively into variant clauses and parent types.
7221 In the case of homonyms in the tagged types, please refer to the
7222 long explanation in find_struct_field's function documentation.
7224 If NOERR is nonzero, return NULL if NAME is not suitably defined or
7225 TYPE is not a type of the right kind. */
7227 static struct type
*
7228 ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (struct type
*type
, const char *name
, int refok
,
7232 int parent_offset
= -1;
7237 if (refok
&& type
!= NULL
)
7240 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
7241 if (type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_PTR
&& type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_REF
)
7243 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
7247 || (type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
7248 && type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_UNION
))
7253 error (_("Type %s is not a structure or union type"),
7254 type
!= NULL
? type_as_string (type
).c_str () : _("(null)"));
7257 type
= to_static_fixed_type (type
);
7259 for (i
= 0; i
< type
->num_fields (); i
+= 1)
7261 const char *t_field_name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, i
);
7264 if (t_field_name
== NULL
)
7267 else if (ada_is_parent_field (type
, i
))
7269 /* This is a field pointing us to the parent type of a tagged
7270 type. As hinted in this function's documentation, we give
7271 preference to fields in the current record first, so what
7272 we do here is just record the index of this field before
7273 we skip it. If it turns out we couldn't find our field
7274 in the current record, then we'll get back to it and search
7275 inside it whether the field might exist in the parent. */
7281 else if (field_name_match (t_field_name
, name
))
7282 return type
->field (i
).type ();
7284 else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type
, i
))
7286 t
= ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type
->field (i
).type (), name
,
7292 else if (ada_is_variant_part (type
, i
))
7295 struct type
*field_type
= ada_check_typedef (type
->field (i
).type ());
7297 for (j
= field_type
->num_fields () - 1; j
>= 0; j
-= 1)
7299 /* FIXME pnh 2008/01/26: We check for a field that is
7300 NOT wrapped in a struct, since the compiler sometimes
7301 generates these for unchecked variant types. Revisit
7302 if the compiler changes this practice. */
7303 const char *v_field_name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (field_type
, j
);
7305 if (v_field_name
!= NULL
7306 && field_name_match (v_field_name
, name
))
7307 t
= field_type
->field (j
).type ();
7309 t
= ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (field_type
->field (j
).type (),
7319 /* Field not found so far. If this is a tagged type which
7320 has a parent, try finding that field in the parent now. */
7322 if (parent_offset
!= -1)
7326 t
= ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type
->field (parent_offset
).type (),
7335 const char *name_str
= name
!= NULL
? name
: _("<null>");
7337 error (_("Type %s has no component named %s"),
7338 type_as_string (type
).c_str (), name_str
);
7344 /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is the type of a variant part of a record (a union),
7345 within a value of type OUTER_TYPE, return true iff VAR_TYPE
7346 represents an unchecked union (that is, the variant part of a
7347 record that is named in an Unchecked_Union pragma). */
7350 is_unchecked_variant (struct type
*var_type
, struct type
*outer_type
)
7352 const char *discrim_name
= ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type
);
7354 return (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type
, discrim_name
, 0, 1) == NULL
);
7358 /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is the type of a variant part of a record (a union),
7359 within OUTER, determine which variant clause (field number in VAR_TYPE,
7360 numbering from 0) is applicable. Returns -1 if none are. */
7363 ada_which_variant_applies (struct type
*var_type
, struct value
*outer
)
7367 const char *discrim_name
= ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type
);
7368 struct value
*discrim
;
7369 LONGEST discrim_val
;
7371 /* Using plain value_from_contents_and_address here causes problems
7372 because we will end up trying to resolve a type that is currently
7373 being constructed. */
7374 discrim
= ada_value_struct_elt (outer
, discrim_name
, 1);
7375 if (discrim
== NULL
)
7377 discrim_val
= value_as_long (discrim
);
7380 for (i
= 0; i
< var_type
->num_fields (); i
+= 1)
7382 if (ada_is_others_clause (var_type
, i
))
7384 else if (ada_in_variant (discrim_val
, var_type
, i
))
7388 return others_clause
;
7393 /* Dynamic-Sized Records */
7395 /* Strategy: The type ostensibly attached to a value with dynamic size
7396 (i.e., a size that is not statically recorded in the debugging
7397 data) does not accurately reflect the size or layout of the value.
7398 Our strategy is to convert these values to values with accurate,
7399 conventional types that are constructed on the fly. */
7401 /* There is a subtle and tricky problem here. In general, we cannot
7402 determine the size of dynamic records without its data. However,
7403 the 'struct value' data structure, which GDB uses to represent
7404 quantities in the inferior process (the target), requires the size
7405 of the type at the time of its allocation in order to reserve space
7406 for GDB's internal copy of the data. That's why the
7407 'to_fixed_xxx_type' routines take (target) addresses as parameters,
7408 rather than struct value*s.
7410 However, GDB's internal history variables ($1, $2, etc.) are
7411 struct value*s containing internal copies of the data that are not, in
7412 general, the same as the data at their corresponding addresses in
7413 the target. Fortunately, the types we give to these values are all
7414 conventional, fixed-size types (as per the strategy described
7415 above), so that we don't usually have to perform the
7416 'to_fixed_xxx_type' conversions to look at their values.
7417 Unfortunately, there is one exception: if one of the internal
7418 history variables is an array whose elements are unconstrained
7419 records, then we will need to create distinct fixed types for each
7420 element selected. */
7422 /* The upshot of all of this is that many routines take a (type, host
7423 address, target address) triple as arguments to represent a value.
7424 The host address, if non-null, is supposed to contain an internal
7425 copy of the relevant data; otherwise, the program is to consult the
7426 target at the target address. */
7428 /* Assuming that VAL0 represents a pointer value, the result of
7429 dereferencing it. Differs from value_ind in its treatment of
7430 dynamic-sized types. */
7433 ada_value_ind (struct value
*val0
)
7435 struct value
*val
= value_ind (val0
);
7437 if (ada_is_tagged_type (value_type (val
), 0))
7438 val
= ada_tag_value_at_base_address (val
);
7440 return ada_to_fixed_value (val
);
7443 /* The value resulting from dereferencing any "reference to"
7444 qualifiers on VAL0. */
7446 static struct value
*
7447 ada_coerce_ref (struct value
*val0
)
7449 if (value_type (val0
)->code () == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
7451 struct value
*val
= val0
;
7453 val
= coerce_ref (val
);
7455 if (ada_is_tagged_type (value_type (val
), 0))
7456 val
= ada_tag_value_at_base_address (val
);
7458 return ada_to_fixed_value (val
);
7464 /* Return the bit alignment required for field #F of template type TYPE. */
7467 field_alignment (struct type
*type
, int f
)
7469 const char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, f
);
7473 /* The field name should never be null, unless the debugging information
7474 is somehow malformed. In this case, we assume the field does not
7475 require any alignment. */
7479 len
= strlen (name
);
7481 if (!isdigit (name
[len
- 1]))
7484 if (isdigit (name
[len
- 2]))
7485 align_offset
= len
- 2;
7487 align_offset
= len
- 1;
7489 if (align_offset
< 7 || !startswith (name
+ align_offset
- 6, "___XV"))
7490 return TARGET_CHAR_BIT
;
7492 return atoi (name
+ align_offset
) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT
;
7495 /* Find a typedef or tag symbol named NAME. Ignores ambiguity. */
7497 static struct symbol
*
7498 ada_find_any_type_symbol (const char *name
)
7502 sym
= standard_lookup (name
, get_selected_block (NULL
), VAR_DOMAIN
);
7503 if (sym
!= NULL
&& SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) == LOC_TYPEDEF
)
7506 sym
= standard_lookup (name
, NULL
, STRUCT_DOMAIN
);
7510 /* Find a type named NAME. Ignores ambiguity. This routine will look
7511 solely for types defined by debug info, it will not search the GDB
7514 static struct type
*
7515 ada_find_any_type (const char *name
)
7517 struct symbol
*sym
= ada_find_any_type_symbol (name
);
7520 return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym
);
7525 /* Given NAME_SYM and an associated BLOCK, find a "renaming" symbol
7526 associated with NAME_SYM's name. NAME_SYM may itself be a renaming
7527 symbol, in which case it is returned. Otherwise, this looks for
7528 symbols whose name is that of NAME_SYM suffixed with "___XR".
7529 Return symbol if found, and NULL otherwise. */
7532 ada_is_renaming_symbol (struct symbol
*name_sym
)
7534 const char *name
= name_sym
->linkage_name ();
7535 return strstr (name
, "___XR") != NULL
;
7538 /* Because of GNAT encoding conventions, several GDB symbols may match a
7539 given type name. If the type denoted by TYPE0 is to be preferred to
7540 that of TYPE1 for purposes of type printing, return non-zero;
7541 otherwise return 0. */
7544 ada_prefer_type (struct type
*type0
, struct type
*type1
)
7548 else if (type0
== NULL
)
7550 else if (type1
->code () == TYPE_CODE_VOID
)
7552 else if (type0
->code () == TYPE_CODE_VOID
)
7554 else if (type1
->name () == NULL
&& type0
->name () != NULL
)
7556 else if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type0
))
7558 else if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type0
)
7559 && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type1
))
7563 const char *type0_name
= type0
->name ();
7564 const char *type1_name
= type1
->name ();
7566 if (type0_name
!= NULL
&& strstr (type0_name
, "___XR") != NULL
7567 && (type1_name
== NULL
|| strstr (type1_name
, "___XR") == NULL
))
7573 /* The name of TYPE, which is its TYPE_NAME. Null if TYPE is
7577 ada_type_name (struct type
*type
)
7581 return type
->name ();
7584 /* Search the list of "descriptive" types associated to TYPE for a type
7585 whose name is NAME. */
7587 static struct type
*
7588 find_parallel_type_by_descriptive_type (struct type
*type
, const char *name
)
7590 struct type
*result
, *tmp
;
7592 if (ada_ignore_descriptive_types_p
)
7595 /* If there no descriptive-type info, then there is no parallel type
7597 if (!HAVE_GNAT_AUX_INFO (type
))
7600 result
= TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE_TYPE (type
);
7601 while (result
!= NULL
)
7603 const char *result_name
= ada_type_name (result
);
7605 if (result_name
== NULL
)
7607 warning (_("unexpected null name on descriptive type"));
7611 /* If the names match, stop. */
7612 if (strcmp (result_name
, name
) == 0)
7615 /* Otherwise, look at the next item on the list, if any. */
7616 if (HAVE_GNAT_AUX_INFO (result
))
7617 tmp
= TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE_TYPE (result
);
7621 /* If not found either, try after having resolved the typedef. */
7626 result
= check_typedef (result
);
7627 if (HAVE_GNAT_AUX_INFO (result
))
7628 result
= TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE_TYPE (result
);
7634 /* If we didn't find a match, see whether this is a packed array. With
7635 older compilers, the descriptive type information is either absent or
7636 irrelevant when it comes to packed arrays so the above lookup fails.
7637 Fall back to using a parallel lookup by name in this case. */
7638 if (result
== NULL
&& ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type
))
7639 return ada_find_any_type (name
);
7644 /* Find a parallel type to TYPE with the specified NAME, using the
7645 descriptive type taken from the debugging information, if available,
7646 and otherwise using the (slower) name-based method. */
7648 static struct type
*
7649 ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (struct type
*type
, const char *name
)
7651 struct type
*result
= NULL
;
7653 if (HAVE_GNAT_AUX_INFO (type
))
7654 result
= find_parallel_type_by_descriptive_type (type
, name
);
7656 result
= ada_find_any_type (name
);
7661 /* Same as above, but specify the name of the parallel type by appending
7662 SUFFIX to the name of TYPE. */
7665 ada_find_parallel_type (struct type
*type
, const char *suffix
)
7668 const char *type_name
= ada_type_name (type
);
7671 if (type_name
== NULL
)
7674 len
= strlen (type_name
);
7676 name
= (char *) alloca (len
+ strlen (suffix
) + 1);
7678 strcpy (name
, type_name
);
7679 strcpy (name
+ len
, suffix
);
7681 return ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (type
, name
);
7684 /* If TYPE is a variable-size record type, return the corresponding template
7685 type describing its fields. Otherwise, return NULL. */
7687 static struct type
*
7688 dynamic_template_type (struct type
*type
)
7690 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
7692 if (type
== NULL
|| type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
7693 || ada_type_name (type
) == NULL
)
7697 int len
= strlen (ada_type_name (type
));
7699 if (len
> 6 && strcmp (ada_type_name (type
) + len
- 6, "___XVE") == 0)
7702 return ada_find_parallel_type (type
, "___XVE");
7706 /* Assuming that TEMPL_TYPE is a union or struct type, returns
7707 non-zero iff field FIELD_NUM of TEMPL_TYPE has dynamic size. */
7710 is_dynamic_field (struct type
*templ_type
, int field_num
)
7712 const char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type
, field_num
);
7715 && templ_type
->field (field_num
).type ()->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
7716 && strstr (name
, "___XVL") != NULL
;
7719 /* The index of the variant field of TYPE, or -1 if TYPE does not
7720 represent a variant record type. */
7723 variant_field_index (struct type
*type
)
7727 if (type
== NULL
|| type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
7730 for (f
= 0; f
< type
->num_fields (); f
+= 1)
7732 if (ada_is_variant_part (type
, f
))
7738 /* A record type with no fields. */
7740 static struct type
*
7741 empty_record (struct type
*templ
)
7743 struct type
*type
= alloc_type_copy (templ
);
7745 type
->set_code (TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
);
7746 INIT_NONE_SPECIFIC (type
);
7747 type
->set_name ("<empty>");
7748 TYPE_LENGTH (type
) = 0;
7752 /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
7753 the value of type TYPE at VALADDR or ADDRESS (see comments at
7754 the beginning of this section) VAL according to GNAT conventions.
7755 DVAL0 should describe the (portion of a) record that contains any
7756 necessary discriminants. It should be NULL if value_type (VAL) is
7757 an outer-level type (i.e., as opposed to a branch of a variant.) A
7758 variant field (unless unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch
7761 If not KEEP_DYNAMIC_FIELDS, then all fields whose position or
7762 length are not statically known are discarded. As a consequence,
7763 VALADDR, ADDRESS and DVAL0 are ignored.
7765 NOTE: Limitations: For now, we assume that dynamic fields and
7766 variants occupy whole numbers of bytes. However, they need not be
7770 ada_template_to_fixed_record_type_1 (struct type
*type
,
7771 const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
7772 CORE_ADDR address
, struct value
*dval0
,
7773 int keep_dynamic_fields
)
7775 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
7778 int nfields
, bit_len
;
7784 /* Compute the number of fields in this record type that are going
7785 to be processed: unless keep_dynamic_fields, this includes only
7786 fields whose position and length are static will be processed. */
7787 if (keep_dynamic_fields
)
7788 nfields
= type
->num_fields ();
7792 while (nfields
< type
->num_fields ()
7793 && !ada_is_variant_part (type
, nfields
)
7794 && !is_dynamic_field (type
, nfields
))
7798 rtype
= alloc_type_copy (type
);
7799 rtype
->set_code (TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
);
7800 INIT_NONE_SPECIFIC (rtype
);
7801 rtype
->set_num_fields (nfields
);
7803 ((struct field
*) TYPE_ZALLOC (rtype
, nfields
* sizeof (struct field
)));
7804 rtype
->set_name (ada_type_name (type
));
7805 rtype
->set_is_fixed_instance (true);
7811 for (f
= 0; f
< nfields
; f
+= 1)
7813 off
= align_up (off
, field_alignment (type
, f
))
7814 + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, f
);
7815 SET_FIELD_BITPOS (rtype
->field (f
), off
);
7816 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype
, f
) = 0;
7818 if (ada_is_variant_part (type
, f
))
7823 else if (is_dynamic_field (type
, f
))
7825 const gdb_byte
*field_valaddr
= valaddr
;
7826 CORE_ADDR field_address
= address
;
7827 struct type
*field_type
=
7828 TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
->field (f
).type ());
7832 /* rtype's length is computed based on the run-time
7833 value of discriminants. If the discriminants are not
7834 initialized, the type size may be completely bogus and
7835 GDB may fail to allocate a value for it. So check the
7836 size first before creating the value. */
7837 ada_ensure_varsize_limit (rtype
);
7838 /* Using plain value_from_contents_and_address here
7839 causes problems because we will end up trying to
7840 resolve a type that is currently being
7842 dval
= value_from_contents_and_address_unresolved (rtype
,
7845 rtype
= value_type (dval
);
7850 /* If the type referenced by this field is an aligner type, we need
7851 to unwrap that aligner type, because its size might not be set.
7852 Keeping the aligner type would cause us to compute the wrong
7853 size for this field, impacting the offset of the all the fields
7854 that follow this one. */
7855 if (ada_is_aligner_type (field_type
))
7857 long field_offset
= TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (field_type
, f
);
7859 field_valaddr
= cond_offset_host (field_valaddr
, field_offset
);
7860 field_address
= cond_offset_target (field_address
, field_offset
);
7861 field_type
= ada_aligned_type (field_type
);
7864 field_valaddr
= cond_offset_host (field_valaddr
,
7865 off
/ TARGET_CHAR_BIT
);
7866 field_address
= cond_offset_target (field_address
,
7867 off
/ TARGET_CHAR_BIT
);
7869 /* Get the fixed type of the field. Note that, in this case,
7870 we do not want to get the real type out of the tag: if
7871 the current field is the parent part of a tagged record,
7872 we will get the tag of the object. Clearly wrong: the real
7873 type of the parent is not the real type of the child. We
7874 would end up in an infinite loop. */
7875 field_type
= ada_get_base_type (field_type
);
7876 field_type
= ada_to_fixed_type (field_type
, field_valaddr
,
7877 field_address
, dval
, 0);
7878 /* If the field size is already larger than the maximum
7879 object size, then the record itself will necessarily
7880 be larger than the maximum object size. We need to make
7881 this check now, because the size might be so ridiculously
7882 large (due to an uninitialized variable in the inferior)
7883 that it would cause an overflow when adding it to the
7885 ada_ensure_varsize_limit (field_type
);
7887 rtype
->field (f
).set_type (field_type
);
7888 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype
, f
) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, f
);
7889 /* The multiplication can potentially overflow. But because
7890 the field length has been size-checked just above, and
7891 assuming that the maximum size is a reasonable value,
7892 an overflow should not happen in practice. So rather than
7893 adding overflow recovery code to this already complex code,
7894 we just assume that it's not going to happen. */
7896 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
->field (f
).type ()) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT
;
7900 /* Note: If this field's type is a typedef, it is important
7901 to preserve the typedef layer.
7903 Otherwise, we might be transforming a typedef to a fat
7904 pointer (encoding a pointer to an unconstrained array),
7905 into a basic fat pointer (encoding an unconstrained
7906 array). As both types are implemented using the same
7907 structure, the typedef is the only clue which allows us
7908 to distinguish between the two options. Stripping it
7909 would prevent us from printing this field appropriately. */
7910 rtype
->field (f
).set_type (type
->field (f
).type ());
7911 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype
, f
) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, f
);
7912 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, f
) > 0)
7914 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype
, f
) = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, f
);
7917 struct type
*field_type
= type
->field (f
).type ();
7919 /* We need to be careful of typedefs when computing
7920 the length of our field. If this is a typedef,
7921 get the length of the target type, not the length
7923 if (field_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF
)
7924 field_type
= ada_typedef_target_type (field_type
);
7927 TYPE_LENGTH (ada_check_typedef (field_type
)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT
;
7930 if (off
+ fld_bit_len
> bit_len
)
7931 bit_len
= off
+ fld_bit_len
;
7933 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
) =
7934 align_up (bit_len
, TARGET_CHAR_BIT
) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT
;
7937 /* We handle the variant part, if any, at the end because of certain
7938 odd cases in which it is re-ordered so as NOT to be the last field of
7939 the record. This can happen in the presence of representation
7941 if (variant_field
>= 0)
7943 struct type
*branch_type
;
7945 off
= TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (rtype
, variant_field
);
7949 /* Using plain value_from_contents_and_address here causes
7950 problems because we will end up trying to resolve a type
7951 that is currently being constructed. */
7952 dval
= value_from_contents_and_address_unresolved (rtype
, valaddr
,
7954 rtype
= value_type (dval
);
7960 to_fixed_variant_branch_type
7961 (type
->field (variant_field
).type (),
7962 cond_offset_host (valaddr
, off
/ TARGET_CHAR_BIT
),
7963 cond_offset_target (address
, off
/ TARGET_CHAR_BIT
), dval
);
7964 if (branch_type
== NULL
)
7966 for (f
= variant_field
+ 1; f
< rtype
->num_fields (); f
+= 1)
7967 rtype
->field (f
- 1) = rtype
->field (f
);
7968 rtype
->set_num_fields (rtype
->num_fields () - 1);
7972 rtype
->field (variant_field
).set_type (branch_type
);
7973 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype
, variant_field
) = "S";
7975 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
->field (variant_field
).type ()) *
7977 if (off
+ fld_bit_len
> bit_len
)
7978 bit_len
= off
+ fld_bit_len
;
7979 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
) =
7980 align_up (bit_len
, TARGET_CHAR_BIT
) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT
;
7984 /* According to exp_dbug.ads, the size of TYPE for variable-size records
7985 should contain the alignment of that record, which should be a strictly
7986 positive value. If null or negative, then something is wrong, most
7987 probably in the debug info. In that case, we don't round up the size
7988 of the resulting type. If this record is not part of another structure,
7989 the current RTYPE length might be good enough for our purposes. */
7990 if (TYPE_LENGTH (type
) <= 0)
7993 warning (_("Invalid type size for `%s' detected: %s."),
7994 rtype
->name (), pulongest (TYPE_LENGTH (type
)));
7996 warning (_("Invalid type size for <unnamed> detected: %s."),
7997 pulongest (TYPE_LENGTH (type
)));
8001 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
) = align_up (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
),
8002 TYPE_LENGTH (type
));
8005 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
8006 if (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
) > varsize_limit
)
8007 error (_("record type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit"));
8011 /* As for ada_template_to_fixed_record_type_1 with KEEP_DYNAMIC_FIELDS
8014 static struct type
*
8015 template_to_fixed_record_type (struct type
*type
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
8016 CORE_ADDR address
, struct value
*dval0
)
8018 return ada_template_to_fixed_record_type_1 (type
, valaddr
,
8022 /* An ordinary record type in which ___XVL-convention fields and
8023 ___XVU- and ___XVN-convention field types in TYPE0 are replaced with
8024 static approximations, containing all possible fields. Uses
8025 no runtime values. Useless for use in values, but that's OK,
8026 since the results are used only for type determinations. Works on both
8027 structs and unions. Representation note: to save space, we memorize
8028 the result of this function in the TYPE_TARGET_TYPE of the
8031 static struct type
*
8032 template_to_static_fixed_type (struct type
*type0
)
8038 /* No need no do anything if the input type is already fixed. */
8039 if (type0
->is_fixed_instance ())
8042 /* Likewise if we already have computed the static approximation. */
8043 if (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
) != NULL
)
8044 return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
);
8046 /* Don't clone TYPE0 until we are sure we are going to need a copy. */
8048 nfields
= type0
->num_fields ();
8050 /* Whether or not we cloned TYPE0, cache the result so that we don't do
8051 recompute all over next time. */
8052 TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
) = type
;
8054 for (f
= 0; f
< nfields
; f
+= 1)
8056 struct type
*field_type
= type0
->field (f
).type ();
8057 struct type
*new_type
;
8059 if (is_dynamic_field (type0
, f
))
8061 field_type
= ada_check_typedef (field_type
);
8062 new_type
= to_static_fixed_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (field_type
));
8065 new_type
= static_unwrap_type (field_type
);
8067 if (new_type
!= field_type
)
8069 /* Clone TYPE0 only the first time we get a new field type. */
8072 TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
) = type
= alloc_type_copy (type0
);
8073 type
->set_code (type0
->code ());
8074 INIT_NONE_SPECIFIC (type
);
8075 type
->set_num_fields (nfields
);
8079 TYPE_ALLOC (type
, nfields
* sizeof (struct field
)));
8080 memcpy (fields
, type0
->fields (),
8081 sizeof (struct field
) * nfields
);
8082 type
->set_fields (fields
);
8084 type
->set_name (ada_type_name (type0
));
8085 type
->set_is_fixed_instance (true);
8086 TYPE_LENGTH (type
) = 0;
8088 type
->field (f
).set_type (new_type
);
8089 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, f
) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type0
, f
);
8096 /* Given an object of type TYPE whose contents are at VALADDR and
8097 whose address in memory is ADDRESS, returns a revision of TYPE,
8098 which should be a non-dynamic-sized record, in which the variant
8099 part, if any, is replaced with the appropriate branch. Looks
8100 for discriminant values in DVAL0, which can be NULL if the record
8101 contains the necessary discriminant values. */
8103 static struct type
*
8104 to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (struct type
*type
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
8105 CORE_ADDR address
, struct value
*dval0
)
8107 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
8110 struct type
*branch_type
;
8111 int nfields
= type
->num_fields ();
8112 int variant_field
= variant_field_index (type
);
8114 if (variant_field
== -1)
8119 dval
= value_from_contents_and_address (type
, valaddr
, address
);
8120 type
= value_type (dval
);
8125 rtype
= alloc_type_copy (type
);
8126 rtype
->set_code (TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
);
8127 INIT_NONE_SPECIFIC (rtype
);
8128 rtype
->set_num_fields (nfields
);
8131 (struct field
*) TYPE_ALLOC (rtype
, nfields
* sizeof (struct field
));
8132 memcpy (fields
, type
->fields (), sizeof (struct field
) * nfields
);
8133 rtype
->set_fields (fields
);
8135 rtype
->set_name (ada_type_name (type
));
8136 rtype
->set_is_fixed_instance (true);
8137 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
) = TYPE_LENGTH (type
);
8139 branch_type
= to_fixed_variant_branch_type
8140 (type
->field (variant_field
).type (),
8141 cond_offset_host (valaddr
,
8142 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, variant_field
)
8144 cond_offset_target (address
,
8145 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, variant_field
)
8146 / TARGET_CHAR_BIT
), dval
);
8147 if (branch_type
== NULL
)
8151 for (f
= variant_field
+ 1; f
< nfields
; f
+= 1)
8152 rtype
->field (f
- 1) = rtype
->field (f
);
8153 rtype
->set_num_fields (rtype
->num_fields () - 1);
8157 rtype
->field (variant_field
).set_type (branch_type
);
8158 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype
, variant_field
) = "S";
8159 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype
, variant_field
) = 0;
8160 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
) += TYPE_LENGTH (branch_type
);
8162 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
) -= TYPE_LENGTH (type
->field (variant_field
).type ());
8164 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
8168 /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
8169 the value at (TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS) [see explanation at
8170 beginning of this section]. Any necessary discriminants' values
8171 should be in DVAL, a record value; it may be NULL if the object
8172 at ADDR itself contains any necessary discriminant values.
8173 Additionally, VALADDR and ADDRESS may also be NULL if no discriminant
8174 values from the record are needed. Except in the case that DVAL,
8175 VALADDR, and ADDRESS are all 0 or NULL, a variant field (unless
8176 unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch of the variant.
8178 NOTE: the case in which DVAL and VALADDR are NULL and ADDRESS is 0
8179 is questionable and may be removed. It can arise during the
8180 processing of an unconstrained-array-of-record type where all the
8181 variant branches have exactly the same size. This is because in
8182 such cases, the compiler does not bother to use the XVS convention
8183 when encoding the record. I am currently dubious of this
8184 shortcut and suspect the compiler should be altered. FIXME. */
8186 static struct type
*
8187 to_fixed_record_type (struct type
*type0
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
8188 CORE_ADDR address
, struct value
*dval
)
8190 struct type
*templ_type
;
8192 if (type0
->is_fixed_instance ())
8195 templ_type
= dynamic_template_type (type0
);
8197 if (templ_type
!= NULL
)
8198 return template_to_fixed_record_type (templ_type
, valaddr
, address
, dval
);
8199 else if (variant_field_index (type0
) >= 0)
8201 if (dval
== NULL
&& valaddr
== NULL
&& address
== 0)
8203 return to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (type0
, valaddr
, address
,
8208 type0
->set_is_fixed_instance (true);
8214 /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
8215 the value at (VAR_TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS), where VAR_TYPE0 is a
8216 union type. Any necessary discriminants' values should be in DVAL,
8217 a record value. That is, this routine selects the appropriate
8218 branch of the union at ADDR according to the discriminant value
8219 indicated in the union's type name. Returns VAR_TYPE0 itself if
8220 it represents a variant subject to a pragma Unchecked_Union. */
8222 static struct type
*
8223 to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type
*var_type0
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
8224 CORE_ADDR address
, struct value
*dval
)
8227 struct type
*templ_type
;
8228 struct type
*var_type
;
8230 if (var_type0
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
8231 var_type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (var_type0
);
8233 var_type
= var_type0
;
8235 templ_type
= ada_find_parallel_type (var_type
, "___XVU");
8237 if (templ_type
!= NULL
)
8238 var_type
= templ_type
;
8240 if (is_unchecked_variant (var_type
, value_type (dval
)))
8242 which
= ada_which_variant_applies (var_type
, dval
);
8245 return empty_record (var_type
);
8246 else if (is_dynamic_field (var_type
, which
))
8247 return to_fixed_record_type
8248 (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (var_type
->field (which
).type ()),
8249 valaddr
, address
, dval
);
8250 else if (variant_field_index (var_type
->field (which
).type ()) >= 0)
8252 to_fixed_record_type
8253 (var_type
->field (which
).type (), valaddr
, address
, dval
);
8255 return var_type
->field (which
).type ();
8258 /* Assuming RANGE_TYPE is a TYPE_CODE_RANGE, return nonzero if
8259 ENCODING_TYPE, a type following the GNAT conventions for discrete
8260 type encodings, only carries redundant information. */
8263 ada_is_redundant_range_encoding (struct type
*range_type
,
8264 struct type
*encoding_type
)
8266 const char *bounds_str
;
8270 gdb_assert (range_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
);
8272 if (get_base_type (range_type
)->code ()
8273 != get_base_type (encoding_type
)->code ())
8275 /* The compiler probably used a simple base type to describe
8276 the range type instead of the range's actual base type,
8277 expecting us to get the real base type from the encoding
8278 anyway. In this situation, the encoding cannot be ignored
8283 if (is_dynamic_type (range_type
))
8286 if (encoding_type
->name () == NULL
)
8289 bounds_str
= strstr (encoding_type
->name (), "___XDLU_");
8290 if (bounds_str
== NULL
)
8293 n
= 8; /* Skip "___XDLU_". */
8294 if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str
, n
, &lo
, &n
))
8296 if (range_type
->bounds ()->low
.const_val () != lo
)
8299 n
+= 2; /* Skip the "__" separator between the two bounds. */
8300 if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str
, n
, &hi
, &n
))
8302 if (range_type
->bounds ()->high
.const_val () != hi
)
8308 /* Given the array type ARRAY_TYPE, return nonzero if DESC_TYPE,
8309 a type following the GNAT encoding for describing array type
8310 indices, only carries redundant information. */
8313 ada_is_redundant_index_type_desc (struct type
*array_type
,
8314 struct type
*desc_type
)
8316 struct type
*this_layer
= check_typedef (array_type
);
8319 for (i
= 0; i
< desc_type
->num_fields (); i
++)
8321 if (!ada_is_redundant_range_encoding (this_layer
->index_type (),
8322 desc_type
->field (i
).type ()))
8324 this_layer
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (this_layer
));
8330 /* Assuming that TYPE0 is an array type describing the type of a value
8331 at ADDR, and that DVAL describes a record containing any
8332 discriminants used in TYPE0, returns a type for the value that
8333 contains no dynamic components (that is, no components whose sizes
8334 are determined by run-time quantities). Unless IGNORE_TOO_BIG is
8335 true, gives an error message if the resulting type's size is over
8338 static struct type
*
8339 to_fixed_array_type (struct type
*type0
, struct value
*dval
,
8342 struct type
*index_type_desc
;
8343 struct type
*result
;
8344 int constrained_packed_array_p
;
8345 static const char *xa_suffix
= "___XA";
8347 type0
= ada_check_typedef (type0
);
8348 if (type0
->is_fixed_instance ())
8351 constrained_packed_array_p
= ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type0
);
8352 if (constrained_packed_array_p
)
8354 type0
= decode_constrained_packed_array_type (type0
);
8355 if (type0
== nullptr)
8356 error (_("could not decode constrained packed array type"));
8359 index_type_desc
= ada_find_parallel_type (type0
, xa_suffix
);
8361 /* As mentioned in exp_dbug.ads, for non bit-packed arrays an
8362 encoding suffixed with 'P' may still be generated. If so,
8363 it should be used to find the XA type. */
8365 if (index_type_desc
== NULL
)
8367 const char *type_name
= ada_type_name (type0
);
8369 if (type_name
!= NULL
)
8371 const int len
= strlen (type_name
);
8372 char *name
= (char *) alloca (len
+ strlen (xa_suffix
));
8374 if (type_name
[len
- 1] == 'P')
8376 strcpy (name
, type_name
);
8377 strcpy (name
+ len
- 1, xa_suffix
);
8378 index_type_desc
= ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (type0
, name
);
8383 ada_fixup_array_indexes_type (index_type_desc
);
8384 if (index_type_desc
!= NULL
8385 && ada_is_redundant_index_type_desc (type0
, index_type_desc
))
8387 /* Ignore this ___XA parallel type, as it does not bring any
8388 useful information. This allows us to avoid creating fixed
8389 versions of the array's index types, which would be identical
8390 to the original ones. This, in turn, can also help avoid
8391 the creation of fixed versions of the array itself. */
8392 index_type_desc
= NULL
;
8395 if (index_type_desc
== NULL
)
8397 struct type
*elt_type0
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
));
8399 /* NOTE: elt_type---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never
8400 depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed
8402 /* Create a fixed version of the array element type.
8403 We're not providing the address of an element here,
8404 and thus the actual object value cannot be inspected to do
8405 the conversion. This should not be a problem, since arrays of
8406 unconstrained objects are not allowed. In particular, all
8407 the elements of an array of a tagged type should all be of
8408 the same type specified in the debugging info. No need to
8409 consult the object tag. */
8410 struct type
*elt_type
= ada_to_fixed_type (elt_type0
, 0, 0, dval
, 1);
8412 /* Make sure we always create a new array type when dealing with
8413 packed array types, since we're going to fix-up the array
8414 type length and element bitsize a little further down. */
8415 if (elt_type0
== elt_type
&& !constrained_packed_array_p
)
8418 result
= create_array_type (alloc_type_copy (type0
),
8419 elt_type
, type0
->index_type ());
8424 struct type
*elt_type0
;
8427 for (i
= index_type_desc
->num_fields (); i
> 0; i
-= 1)
8428 elt_type0
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type0
);
8430 /* NOTE: result---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never
8431 depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed
8433 /* Create a fixed version of the array element type.
8434 We're not providing the address of an element here,
8435 and thus the actual object value cannot be inspected to do
8436 the conversion. This should not be a problem, since arrays of
8437 unconstrained objects are not allowed. In particular, all
8438 the elements of an array of a tagged type should all be of
8439 the same type specified in the debugging info. No need to
8440 consult the object tag. */
8442 ada_to_fixed_type (ada_check_typedef (elt_type0
), 0, 0, dval
, 1);
8445 for (i
= index_type_desc
->num_fields () - 1; i
>= 0; i
-= 1)
8447 struct type
*range_type
=
8448 to_fixed_range_type (index_type_desc
->field (i
).type (), dval
);
8450 result
= create_array_type (alloc_type_copy (elt_type0
),
8451 result
, range_type
);
8452 elt_type0
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type0
);
8454 if (!ignore_too_big
&& TYPE_LENGTH (result
) > varsize_limit
)
8455 error (_("array type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit"));
8458 /* We want to preserve the type name. This can be useful when
8459 trying to get the type name of a value that has already been
8460 printed (for instance, if the user did "print VAR; whatis $". */
8461 result
->set_name (type0
->name ());
8463 if (constrained_packed_array_p
)
8465 /* So far, the resulting type has been created as if the original
8466 type was a regular (non-packed) array type. As a result, the
8467 bitsize of the array elements needs to be set again, and the array
8468 length needs to be recomputed based on that bitsize. */
8469 int len
= TYPE_LENGTH (result
) / TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (result
));
8470 int elt_bitsize
= TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type0
, 0);
8472 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (result
, 0) = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type0
, 0);
8473 TYPE_LENGTH (result
) = len
* elt_bitsize
/ HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
8474 if (TYPE_LENGTH (result
) * HOST_CHAR_BIT
< len
* elt_bitsize
)
8475 TYPE_LENGTH (result
)++;
8478 result
->set_is_fixed_instance (true);
8483 /* A standard type (containing no dynamically sized components)
8484 corresponding to TYPE for the value (TYPE, VALADDR, ADDRESS)
8485 DVAL describes a record containing any discriminants used in TYPE0,
8486 and may be NULL if there are none, or if the object of type TYPE at
8487 ADDRESS or in VALADDR contains these discriminants.
8489 If CHECK_TAG is not null, in the case of tagged types, this function
8490 attempts to locate the object's tag and use it to compute the actual
8491 type. However, when ADDRESS is null, we cannot use it to determine the
8492 location of the tag, and therefore compute the tagged type's actual type.
8493 So we return the tagged type without consulting the tag. */
8495 static struct type
*
8496 ada_to_fixed_type_1 (struct type
*type
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
8497 CORE_ADDR address
, struct value
*dval
, int check_tag
)
8499 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
8501 /* Only un-fixed types need to be handled here. */
8502 if (!HAVE_GNAT_AUX_INFO (type
))
8505 switch (type
->code ())
8509 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
:
8511 struct type
*static_type
= to_static_fixed_type (type
);
8512 struct type
*fixed_record_type
=
8513 to_fixed_record_type (type
, valaddr
, address
, NULL
);
8515 /* If STATIC_TYPE is a tagged type and we know the object's address,
8516 then we can determine its tag, and compute the object's actual
8517 type from there. Note that we have to use the fixed record
8518 type (the parent part of the record may have dynamic fields
8519 and the way the location of _tag is expressed may depend on
8522 if (check_tag
&& address
!= 0 && ada_is_tagged_type (static_type
, 0))
8525 value_tag_from_contents_and_address
8529 struct type
*real_type
= type_from_tag (tag
);
8531 value_from_contents_and_address (fixed_record_type
,
8534 fixed_record_type
= value_type (obj
);
8535 if (real_type
!= NULL
)
8536 return to_fixed_record_type
8538 value_address (ada_tag_value_at_base_address (obj
)), NULL
);
8541 /* Check to see if there is a parallel ___XVZ variable.
8542 If there is, then it provides the actual size of our type. */
8543 else if (ada_type_name (fixed_record_type
) != NULL
)
8545 const char *name
= ada_type_name (fixed_record_type
);
8547 = (char *) alloca (strlen (name
) + 7 /* "___XVZ\0" */);
8548 bool xvz_found
= false;
8551 xsnprintf (xvz_name
, strlen (name
) + 7, "%s___XVZ", name
);
8554 xvz_found
= get_int_var_value (xvz_name
, size
);
8556 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&except
)
8558 /* We found the variable, but somehow failed to read
8559 its value. Rethrow the same error, but with a little
8560 bit more information, to help the user understand
8561 what went wrong (Eg: the variable might have been
8563 throw_error (except
.error
,
8564 _("unable to read value of %s (%s)"),
8565 xvz_name
, except
.what ());
8568 if (xvz_found
&& TYPE_LENGTH (fixed_record_type
) != size
)
8570 fixed_record_type
= copy_type (fixed_record_type
);
8571 TYPE_LENGTH (fixed_record_type
) = size
;
8573 /* The FIXED_RECORD_TYPE may have be a stub. We have
8574 observed this when the debugging info is STABS, and
8575 apparently it is something that is hard to fix.
8577 In practice, we don't need the actual type definition
8578 at all, because the presence of the XVZ variable allows us
8579 to assume that there must be a XVS type as well, which we
8580 should be able to use later, when we need the actual type
8583 In the meantime, pretend that the "fixed" type we are
8584 returning is NOT a stub, because this can cause trouble
8585 when using this type to create new types targeting it.
8586 Indeed, the associated creation routines often check
8587 whether the target type is a stub and will try to replace
8588 it, thus using a type with the wrong size. This, in turn,
8589 might cause the new type to have the wrong size too.
8590 Consider the case of an array, for instance, where the size
8591 of the array is computed from the number of elements in
8592 our array multiplied by the size of its element. */
8593 fixed_record_type
->set_is_stub (false);
8596 return fixed_record_type
;
8598 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
:
8599 return to_fixed_array_type (type
, dval
, 1);
8600 case TYPE_CODE_UNION
:
8604 return to_fixed_variant_branch_type (type
, valaddr
, address
, dval
);
8608 /* The same as ada_to_fixed_type_1, except that it preserves the type
8609 if it is a TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF of a type that is already fixed.
8611 The typedef layer needs be preserved in order to differentiate between
8612 arrays and array pointers when both types are implemented using the same
8613 fat pointer. In the array pointer case, the pointer is encoded as
8614 a typedef of the pointer type. For instance, considering:
8616 type String_Access is access String;
8617 S1 : String_Access := null;
8619 To the debugger, S1 is defined as a typedef of type String. But
8620 to the user, it is a pointer. So if the user tries to print S1,
8621 we should not dereference the array, but print the array address
8624 If we didn't preserve the typedef layer, we would lose the fact that
8625 the type is to be presented as a pointer (needs de-reference before
8626 being printed). And we would also use the source-level type name. */
8629 ada_to_fixed_type (struct type
*type
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
8630 CORE_ADDR address
, struct value
*dval
, int check_tag
)
8633 struct type
*fixed_type
=
8634 ada_to_fixed_type_1 (type
, valaddr
, address
, dval
, check_tag
);
8636 /* If TYPE is a typedef and its target type is the same as the FIXED_TYPE,
8637 then preserve the typedef layer.
8639 Implementation note: We can only check the main-type portion of
8640 the TYPE and FIXED_TYPE, because eliminating the typedef layer
8641 from TYPE now returns a type that has the same instance flags
8642 as TYPE. For instance, if TYPE is a "typedef const", and its
8643 target type is a "struct", then the typedef elimination will return
8644 a "const" version of the target type. See check_typedef for more
8645 details about how the typedef layer elimination is done.
8647 brobecker/2010-11-19: It seems to me that the only case where it is
8648 useful to preserve the typedef layer is when dealing with fat pointers.
8649 Perhaps, we could add a check for that and preserve the typedef layer
8650 only in that situation. But this seems unnecessary so far, probably
8651 because we call check_typedef/ada_check_typedef pretty much everywhere.
8653 if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF
8654 && (TYPE_MAIN_TYPE (ada_typedef_target_type (type
))
8655 == TYPE_MAIN_TYPE (fixed_type
)))
8661 /* A standard (static-sized) type corresponding as well as possible to
8662 TYPE0, but based on no runtime data. */
8664 static struct type
*
8665 to_static_fixed_type (struct type
*type0
)
8672 if (type0
->is_fixed_instance ())
8675 type0
= ada_check_typedef (type0
);
8677 switch (type0
->code ())
8681 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
:
8682 type
= dynamic_template_type (type0
);
8684 return template_to_static_fixed_type (type
);
8686 return template_to_static_fixed_type (type0
);
8687 case TYPE_CODE_UNION
:
8688 type
= ada_find_parallel_type (type0
, "___XVU");
8690 return template_to_static_fixed_type (type
);
8692 return template_to_static_fixed_type (type0
);
8696 /* A static approximation of TYPE with all type wrappers removed. */
8698 static struct type
*
8699 static_unwrap_type (struct type
*type
)
8701 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type
))
8703 struct type
*type1
= ada_check_typedef (type
)->field (0).type ();
8704 if (ada_type_name (type1
) == NULL
)
8705 type1
->set_name (ada_type_name (type
));
8707 return static_unwrap_type (type1
);
8711 struct type
*raw_real_type
= ada_get_base_type (type
);
8713 if (raw_real_type
== type
)
8716 return to_static_fixed_type (raw_real_type
);
8720 /* In some cases, incomplete and private types require
8721 cross-references that are not resolved as records (for example,
8723 type FooP is access Foo;
8725 type Foo is array ...;
8726 ). In these cases, since there is no mechanism for producing
8727 cross-references to such types, we instead substitute for FooP a
8728 stub enumeration type that is nowhere resolved, and whose tag is
8729 the name of the actual type. Call these types "non-record stubs". */
8731 /* A type equivalent to TYPE that is not a non-record stub, if one
8732 exists, otherwise TYPE. */
8735 ada_check_typedef (struct type
*type
)
8740 /* If our type is an access to an unconstrained array, which is encoded
8741 as a TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF of a fat pointer, then we're done.
8742 We don't want to strip the TYPE_CODE_TYPDEF layer, because this is
8743 what allows us to distinguish between fat pointers that represent
8744 array types, and fat pointers that represent array access types
8745 (in both cases, the compiler implements them as fat pointers). */
8746 if (ada_is_access_to_unconstrained_array (type
))
8749 type
= check_typedef (type
);
8750 if (type
== NULL
|| type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
8751 || !type
->is_stub ()
8752 || type
->name () == NULL
)
8756 const char *name
= type
->name ();
8757 struct type
*type1
= ada_find_any_type (name
);
8762 /* TYPE1 might itself be a TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF (this can happen with
8763 stubs pointing to arrays, as we don't create symbols for array
8764 types, only for the typedef-to-array types). If that's the case,
8765 strip the typedef layer. */
8766 if (type1
->code () == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF
)
8767 type1
= ada_check_typedef (type1
);
8773 /* A value representing the data at VALADDR/ADDRESS as described by
8774 type TYPE0, but with a standard (static-sized) type that correctly
8775 describes it. If VAL0 is not NULL and TYPE0 already is a standard
8776 type, then return VAL0 [this feature is simply to avoid redundant
8777 creation of struct values]. */
8779 static struct value
*
8780 ada_to_fixed_value_create (struct type
*type0
, CORE_ADDR address
,
8783 struct type
*type
= ada_to_fixed_type (type0
, 0, address
, NULL
, 1);
8785 if (type
== type0
&& val0
!= NULL
)
8788 if (VALUE_LVAL (val0
) != lval_memory
)
8790 /* Our value does not live in memory; it could be a convenience
8791 variable, for instance. Create a not_lval value using val0's
8793 return value_from_contents (type
, value_contents (val0
));
8796 return value_from_contents_and_address (type
, 0, address
);
8799 /* A value representing VAL, but with a standard (static-sized) type
8800 that correctly describes it. Does not necessarily create a new
8804 ada_to_fixed_value (struct value
*val
)
8806 val
= unwrap_value (val
);
8807 val
= ada_to_fixed_value_create (value_type (val
), value_address (val
), val
);
8814 /* Table mapping attribute numbers to names.
8815 NOTE: Keep up to date with enum ada_attribute definition in ada-lang.h. */
8817 static const char * const attribute_names
[] = {
8835 ada_attribute_name (enum exp_opcode n
)
8837 if (n
>= OP_ATR_FIRST
&& n
<= (int) OP_ATR_VAL
)
8838 return attribute_names
[n
- OP_ATR_FIRST
+ 1];
8840 return attribute_names
[0];
8843 /* Evaluate the 'POS attribute applied to ARG. */
8846 pos_atr (struct value
*arg
)
8848 struct value
*val
= coerce_ref (arg
);
8849 struct type
*type
= value_type (val
);
8852 if (!discrete_type_p (type
))
8853 error (_("'POS only defined on discrete types"));
8855 if (!discrete_position (type
, value_as_long (val
), &result
))
8856 error (_("enumeration value is invalid: can't find 'POS"));
8861 static struct value
*
8862 value_pos_atr (struct type
*type
, struct value
*arg
)
8864 return value_from_longest (type
, pos_atr (arg
));
8867 /* Evaluate the TYPE'VAL attribute applied to ARG. */
8869 static struct value
*
8870 val_atr (struct type
*type
, LONGEST val
)
8872 gdb_assert (discrete_type_p (type
));
8873 if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
)
8874 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
8875 if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
)
8877 if (val
< 0 || val
>= type
->num_fields ())
8878 error (_("argument to 'VAL out of range"));
8879 val
= TYPE_FIELD_ENUMVAL (type
, val
);
8881 return value_from_longest (type
, val
);
8884 static struct value
*
8885 value_val_atr (struct type
*type
, struct value
*arg
)
8887 if (!discrete_type_p (type
))
8888 error (_("'VAL only defined on discrete types"));
8889 if (!integer_type_p (value_type (arg
)))
8890 error (_("'VAL requires integral argument"));
8892 return val_atr (type
, value_as_long (arg
));
8898 /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada character type.
8899 [At the moment, this is true only for Character and Wide_Character;
8900 It is a heuristic test that could stand improvement]. */
8903 ada_is_character_type (struct type
*type
)
8907 /* If the type code says it's a character, then assume it really is,
8908 and don't check any further. */
8909 if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_CHAR
)
8912 /* Otherwise, assume it's a character type iff it is a discrete type
8913 with a known character type name. */
8914 name
= ada_type_name (type
);
8915 return (name
!= NULL
8916 && (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_INT
8917 || type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
)
8918 && (strcmp (name
, "character") == 0
8919 || strcmp (name
, "wide_character") == 0
8920 || strcmp (name
, "wide_wide_character") == 0
8921 || strcmp (name
, "unsigned char") == 0));
8924 /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada string type. */
8927 ada_is_string_type (struct type
*type
)
8929 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
8931 && type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_PTR
8932 && (ada_is_simple_array_type (type
)
8933 || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
))
8934 && ada_array_arity (type
) == 1)
8936 struct type
*elttype
= ada_array_element_type (type
, 1);
8938 return ada_is_character_type (elttype
);
8944 /* The compiler sometimes provides a parallel XVS type for a given
8945 PAD type. Normally, it is safe to follow the PAD type directly,
8946 but older versions of the compiler have a bug that causes the offset
8947 of its "F" field to be wrong. Following that field in that case
8948 would lead to incorrect results, but this can be worked around
8949 by ignoring the PAD type and using the associated XVS type instead.
8951 Set to True if the debugger should trust the contents of PAD types.
8952 Otherwise, ignore the PAD type if there is a parallel XVS type. */
8953 static bool trust_pad_over_xvs
= true;
8955 /* True if TYPE is a struct type introduced by the compiler to force the
8956 alignment of a value. Such types have a single field with a
8957 distinctive name. */
8960 ada_is_aligner_type (struct type
*type
)
8962 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
8964 if (!trust_pad_over_xvs
&& ada_find_parallel_type (type
, "___XVS") != NULL
)
8967 return (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
8968 && type
->num_fields () == 1
8969 && strcmp (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, 0), "F") == 0);
8972 /* If there is an ___XVS-convention type parallel to SUBTYPE, return
8973 the parallel type. */
8976 ada_get_base_type (struct type
*raw_type
)
8978 struct type
*real_type_namer
;
8979 struct type
*raw_real_type
;
8981 if (raw_type
== NULL
|| raw_type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
8984 if (ada_is_aligner_type (raw_type
))
8985 /* The encoding specifies that we should always use the aligner type.
8986 So, even if this aligner type has an associated XVS type, we should
8989 According to the compiler gurus, an XVS type parallel to an aligner
8990 type may exist because of a stabs limitation. In stabs, aligner
8991 types are empty because the field has a variable-sized type, and
8992 thus cannot actually be used as an aligner type. As a result,
8993 we need the associated parallel XVS type to decode the type.
8994 Since the policy in the compiler is to not change the internal
8995 representation based on the debugging info format, we sometimes
8996 end up having a redundant XVS type parallel to the aligner type. */
8999 real_type_namer
= ada_find_parallel_type (raw_type
, "___XVS");
9000 if (real_type_namer
== NULL
9001 || real_type_namer
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9002 || real_type_namer
->num_fields () != 1)
9005 if (real_type_namer
->field (0).type ()->code () != TYPE_CODE_REF
)
9007 /* This is an older encoding form where the base type needs to be
9008 looked up by name. We prefer the newer encoding because it is
9010 raw_real_type
= ada_find_any_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (real_type_namer
, 0));
9011 if (raw_real_type
== NULL
)
9014 return raw_real_type
;
9017 /* The field in our XVS type is a reference to the base type. */
9018 return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (real_type_namer
->field (0).type ());
9021 /* The type of value designated by TYPE, with all aligners removed. */
9024 ada_aligned_type (struct type
*type
)
9026 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type
))
9027 return ada_aligned_type (type
->field (0).type ());
9029 return ada_get_base_type (type
);
9033 /* The address of the aligned value in an object at address VALADDR
9034 having type TYPE. Assumes ada_is_aligner_type (TYPE). */
9037 ada_aligned_value_addr (struct type
*type
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
)
9039 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type
))
9040 return ada_aligned_value_addr (type
->field (0).type (),
9042 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
,
9043 0) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT
);
9050 /* The printed representation of an enumeration literal with encoded
9051 name NAME. The value is good to the next call of ada_enum_name. */
9053 ada_enum_name (const char *name
)
9055 static char *result
;
9056 static size_t result_len
= 0;
9059 /* First, unqualify the enumeration name:
9060 1. Search for the last '.' character. If we find one, then skip
9061 all the preceding characters, the unqualified name starts
9062 right after that dot.
9063 2. Otherwise, we may be debugging on a target where the compiler
9064 translates dots into "__". Search forward for double underscores,
9065 but stop searching when we hit an overloading suffix, which is
9066 of the form "__" followed by digits. */
9068 tmp
= strrchr (name
, '.');
9073 while ((tmp
= strstr (name
, "__")) != NULL
)
9075 if (isdigit (tmp
[2]))
9086 if (name
[1] == 'U' || name
[1] == 'W')
9088 if (sscanf (name
+ 2, "%x", &v
) != 1)
9091 else if (((name
[1] >= '0' && name
[1] <= '9')
9092 || (name
[1] >= 'a' && name
[1] <= 'z'))
9095 GROW_VECT (result
, result_len
, 4);
9096 xsnprintf (result
, result_len
, "'%c'", name
[1]);
9102 GROW_VECT (result
, result_len
, 16);
9103 if (isascii (v
) && isprint (v
))
9104 xsnprintf (result
, result_len
, "'%c'", v
);
9105 else if (name
[1] == 'U')
9106 xsnprintf (result
, result_len
, "[\"%02x\"]", v
);
9108 xsnprintf (result
, result_len
, "[\"%04x\"]", v
);
9114 tmp
= strstr (name
, "__");
9116 tmp
= strstr (name
, "$");
9119 GROW_VECT (result
, result_len
, tmp
- name
+ 1);
9120 strncpy (result
, name
, tmp
- name
);
9121 result
[tmp
- name
] = '\0';
9129 /* Evaluate the subexpression of EXP starting at *POS as for
9130 evaluate_type, updating *POS to point just past the evaluated
9133 static struct value
*
9134 evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression
*exp
, int *pos
)
9136 return evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
);
9139 /* If VAL is wrapped in an aligner or subtype wrapper, return the
9142 static struct value
*
9143 unwrap_value (struct value
*val
)
9145 struct type
*type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (val
));
9147 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type
))
9149 struct value
*v
= ada_value_struct_elt (val
, "F", 0);
9150 struct type
*val_type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (v
));
9152 if (ada_type_name (val_type
) == NULL
)
9153 val_type
->set_name (ada_type_name (type
));
9155 return unwrap_value (v
);
9159 struct type
*raw_real_type
=
9160 ada_check_typedef (ada_get_base_type (type
));
9162 /* If there is no parallel XVS or XVE type, then the value is
9163 already unwrapped. Return it without further modification. */
9164 if ((type
== raw_real_type
)
9165 && ada_find_parallel_type (type
, "___XVE") == NULL
)
9169 coerce_unspec_val_to_type
9170 (val
, ada_to_fixed_type (raw_real_type
, 0,
9171 value_address (val
),
9176 static struct value
*
9177 cast_from_gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type (struct type
*type
, struct value
*arg
)
9180 = gnat_encoded_fixed_point_scaling_factor (value_type (arg
));
9181 arg
= value_cast (value_type (scale
), arg
);
9183 arg
= value_binop (arg
, scale
, BINOP_MUL
);
9184 return value_cast (type
, arg
);
9187 static struct value
*
9188 cast_to_gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type (struct type
*type
, struct value
*arg
)
9190 if (type
== value_type (arg
))
9193 struct value
*scale
= gnat_encoded_fixed_point_scaling_factor (type
);
9194 if (ada_is_gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg
)))
9195 arg
= cast_from_gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type (value_type (scale
), arg
);
9197 arg
= value_cast (value_type (scale
), arg
);
9199 arg
= value_binop (arg
, scale
, BINOP_DIV
);
9200 return value_cast (type
, arg
);
9203 /* Given two array types T1 and T2, return nonzero iff both arrays
9204 contain the same number of elements. */
9207 ada_same_array_size_p (struct type
*t1
, struct type
*t2
)
9209 LONGEST lo1
, hi1
, lo2
, hi2
;
9211 /* Get the array bounds in order to verify that the size of
9212 the two arrays match. */
9213 if (!get_array_bounds (t1
, &lo1
, &hi1
)
9214 || !get_array_bounds (t2
, &lo2
, &hi2
))
9215 error (_("unable to determine array bounds"));
9217 /* To make things easier for size comparison, normalize a bit
9218 the case of empty arrays by making sure that the difference
9219 between upper bound and lower bound is always -1. */
9225 return (hi1
- lo1
== hi2
- lo2
);
9228 /* Assuming that VAL is an array of integrals, and TYPE represents
9229 an array with the same number of elements, but with wider integral
9230 elements, return an array "casted" to TYPE. In practice, this
9231 means that the returned array is built by casting each element
9232 of the original array into TYPE's (wider) element type. */
9234 static struct value
*
9235 ada_promote_array_of_integrals (struct type
*type
, struct value
*val
)
9237 struct type
*elt_type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
9242 /* Verify that both val and type are arrays of scalars, and
9243 that the size of val's elements is smaller than the size
9244 of type's element. */
9245 gdb_assert (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
);
9246 gdb_assert (is_integral_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)));
9247 gdb_assert (value_type (val
)->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
);
9248 gdb_assert (is_integral_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (val
))));
9249 gdb_assert (TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
))
9250 > TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (val
))));
9252 if (!get_array_bounds (type
, &lo
, &hi
))
9253 error (_("unable to determine array bounds"));
9255 res
= allocate_value (type
);
9257 /* Promote each array element. */
9258 for (i
= 0; i
< hi
- lo
+ 1; i
++)
9260 struct value
*elt
= value_cast (elt_type
, value_subscript (val
, lo
+ i
));
9262 memcpy (value_contents_writeable (res
) + (i
* TYPE_LENGTH (elt_type
)),
9263 value_contents_all (elt
), TYPE_LENGTH (elt_type
));
9269 /* Coerce VAL as necessary for assignment to an lval of type TYPE, and
9270 return the converted value. */
9272 static struct value
*
9273 coerce_for_assign (struct type
*type
, struct value
*val
)
9275 struct type
*type2
= value_type (val
);
9280 type2
= ada_check_typedef (type2
);
9281 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
9283 if (type2
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
9284 && type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
9286 val
= ada_value_ind (val
);
9287 type2
= value_type (val
);
9290 if (type2
->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
9291 && type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
9293 if (!ada_same_array_size_p (type
, type2
))
9294 error (_("cannot assign arrays of different length"));
9296 if (is_integral_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
))
9297 && is_integral_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2
))
9298 && TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2
))
9299 < TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)))
9301 /* Allow implicit promotion of the array elements to
9303 return ada_promote_array_of_integrals (type
, val
);
9306 if (TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2
))
9307 != TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)))
9308 error (_("Incompatible types in assignment"));
9309 deprecated_set_value_type (val
, type
);
9314 static struct value
*
9315 ada_value_binop (struct value
*arg1
, struct value
*arg2
, enum exp_opcode op
)
9318 struct type
*type1
, *type2
;
9321 arg1
= coerce_ref (arg1
);
9322 arg2
= coerce_ref (arg2
);
9323 type1
= get_base_type (ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg1
)));
9324 type2
= get_base_type (ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg2
)));
9326 if (type1
->code () != TYPE_CODE_INT
9327 || type2
->code () != TYPE_CODE_INT
)
9328 return value_binop (arg1
, arg2
, op
);
9337 return value_binop (arg1
, arg2
, op
);
9340 v2
= value_as_long (arg2
);
9342 error (_("second operand of %s must not be zero."), op_string (op
));
9344 if (type1
->is_unsigned () || op
== BINOP_MOD
)
9345 return value_binop (arg1
, arg2
, op
);
9347 v1
= value_as_long (arg1
);
9352 if (!TRUNCATION_TOWARDS_ZERO
&& v1
* (v1
% v2
) < 0)
9353 v
+= v
> 0 ? -1 : 1;
9361 /* Should not reach this point. */
9365 val
= allocate_value (type1
);
9366 store_unsigned_integer (value_contents_raw (val
),
9367 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (val
)),
9368 type_byte_order (type1
), v
);
9373 ada_value_equal (struct value
*arg1
, struct value
*arg2
)
9375 if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (arg1
))
9376 || ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (arg2
)))
9378 struct type
*arg1_type
, *arg2_type
;
9380 /* Automatically dereference any array reference before
9381 we attempt to perform the comparison. */
9382 arg1
= ada_coerce_ref (arg1
);
9383 arg2
= ada_coerce_ref (arg2
);
9385 arg1
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1
);
9386 arg2
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg2
);
9388 arg1_type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg1
));
9389 arg2_type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg2
));
9391 if (arg1_type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
9392 || arg2_type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
9393 error (_("Attempt to compare array with non-array"));
9394 /* FIXME: The following works only for types whose
9395 representations use all bits (no padding or undefined bits)
9396 and do not have user-defined equality. */
9397 return (TYPE_LENGTH (arg1_type
) == TYPE_LENGTH (arg2_type
)
9398 && memcmp (value_contents (arg1
), value_contents (arg2
),
9399 TYPE_LENGTH (arg1_type
)) == 0);
9401 return value_equal (arg1
, arg2
);
9404 /* Total number of component associations in the aggregate starting at
9405 index PC in EXP. Assumes that index PC is the start of an
9409 num_component_specs (struct expression
*exp
, int pc
)
9413 m
= exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
;
9416 for (i
= 0; i
< m
; i
+= 1)
9418 switch (exp
->elts
[pc
].opcode
)
9424 n
+= exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
;
9427 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, &pc
, EVAL_SKIP
);
9432 /* Assign the result of evaluating EXP starting at *POS to the INDEXth
9433 component of LHS (a simple array or a record), updating *POS past
9434 the expression, assuming that LHS is contained in CONTAINER. Does
9435 not modify the inferior's memory, nor does it modify LHS (unless
9436 LHS == CONTAINER). */
9439 assign_component (struct value
*container
, struct value
*lhs
, LONGEST index
,
9440 struct expression
*exp
, int *pos
)
9442 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
9444 struct type
*lhs_type
= check_typedef (value_type (lhs
));
9446 if (lhs_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
9448 struct type
*index_type
= builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
;
9449 struct value
*index_val
= value_from_longest (index_type
, index
);
9451 elt
= unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript (lhs
, 1, &index_val
));
9455 elt
= ada_index_struct_field (index
, lhs
, 0, value_type (lhs
));
9456 elt
= ada_to_fixed_value (elt
);
9459 if (exp
->elts
[*pos
].opcode
== OP_AGGREGATE
)
9460 assign_aggregate (container
, elt
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_NORMAL
);
9462 value_assign_to_component (container
, elt
,
9463 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
,
9466 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9469 /* Assuming that LHS represents an lvalue having a record or array
9470 type, and EXP->ELTS[*POS] is an OP_AGGREGATE, evaluate an assignment
9471 of that aggregate's value to LHS, advancing *POS past the
9472 aggregate. NOSIDE is as for evaluate_subexp. CONTAINER is an
9473 lvalue containing LHS (possibly LHS itself). Does not modify
9474 the inferior's memory, nor does it modify the contents of
9475 LHS (unless == CONTAINER). Returns the modified CONTAINER. */
9477 static struct value
*
9478 assign_aggregate (struct value
*container
,
9479 struct value
*lhs
, struct expression
*exp
,
9480 int *pos
, enum noside noside
)
9482 struct type
*lhs_type
;
9483 int n
= exp
->elts
[*pos
+1].longconst
;
9484 LONGEST low_index
, high_index
;
9487 int max_indices
, num_indices
;
9491 if (noside
!= EVAL_NORMAL
)
9493 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; i
+= 1)
9494 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9498 container
= ada_coerce_ref (container
);
9499 if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (container
)))
9500 container
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (container
);
9501 lhs
= ada_coerce_ref (lhs
);
9502 if (!deprecated_value_modifiable (lhs
))
9503 error (_("Left operand of assignment is not a modifiable lvalue."));
9505 lhs_type
= check_typedef (value_type (lhs
));
9506 if (ada_is_direct_array_type (lhs_type
))
9508 lhs
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (lhs
);
9509 lhs_type
= check_typedef (value_type (lhs
));
9510 low_index
= lhs_type
->bounds ()->low
.const_val ();
9511 high_index
= lhs_type
->bounds ()->high
.const_val ();
9513 else if (lhs_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
9516 high_index
= num_visible_fields (lhs_type
) - 1;
9519 error (_("Left-hand side must be array or record."));
9521 num_specs
= num_component_specs (exp
, *pos
- 3);
9522 max_indices
= 4 * num_specs
+ 4;
9523 indices
= XALLOCAVEC (LONGEST
, max_indices
);
9524 indices
[0] = indices
[1] = low_index
- 1;
9525 indices
[2] = indices
[3] = high_index
+ 1;
9528 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; i
+= 1)
9530 switch (exp
->elts
[*pos
].opcode
)
9533 aggregate_assign_from_choices (container
, lhs
, exp
, pos
, indices
,
9534 &num_indices
, max_indices
,
9535 low_index
, high_index
);
9538 aggregate_assign_positional (container
, lhs
, exp
, pos
, indices
,
9539 &num_indices
, max_indices
,
9540 low_index
, high_index
);
9544 error (_("Misplaced 'others' clause"));
9545 aggregate_assign_others (container
, lhs
, exp
, pos
, indices
,
9546 num_indices
, low_index
, high_index
);
9549 error (_("Internal error: bad aggregate clause"));
9556 /* Assign into the component of LHS indexed by the OP_POSITIONAL
9557 construct at *POS, updating *POS past the construct, given that
9558 the positions are relative to lower bound LOW, where HIGH is the
9559 upper bound. Record the position in INDICES[0 .. MAX_INDICES-1]
9560 updating *NUM_INDICES as needed. CONTAINER is as for
9561 assign_aggregate. */
9563 aggregate_assign_positional (struct value
*container
,
9564 struct value
*lhs
, struct expression
*exp
,
9565 int *pos
, LONGEST
*indices
, int *num_indices
,
9566 int max_indices
, LONGEST low
, LONGEST high
)
9568 LONGEST ind
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[*pos
+ 1].longconst
) + low
;
9570 if (ind
- 1 == high
)
9571 warning (_("Extra components in aggregate ignored."));
9574 add_component_interval (ind
, ind
, indices
, num_indices
, max_indices
);
9576 assign_component (container
, lhs
, ind
, exp
, pos
);
9579 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
9582 /* Assign into the components of LHS indexed by the OP_CHOICES
9583 construct at *POS, updating *POS past the construct, given that
9584 the allowable indices are LOW..HIGH. Record the indices assigned
9585 to in INDICES[0 .. MAX_INDICES-1], updating *NUM_INDICES as
9586 needed. CONTAINER is as for assign_aggregate. */
9588 aggregate_assign_from_choices (struct value
*container
,
9589 struct value
*lhs
, struct expression
*exp
,
9590 int *pos
, LONGEST
*indices
, int *num_indices
,
9591 int max_indices
, LONGEST low
, LONGEST high
)
9594 int n_choices
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[*pos
+1].longconst
);
9595 int choice_pos
, expr_pc
;
9596 int is_array
= ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (lhs
));
9598 choice_pos
= *pos
+= 3;
9600 for (j
= 0; j
< n_choices
; j
+= 1)
9601 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
9603 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
9605 for (j
= 0; j
< n_choices
; j
+= 1)
9607 LONGEST lower
, upper
;
9608 enum exp_opcode op
= exp
->elts
[choice_pos
].opcode
;
9610 if (op
== OP_DISCRETE_RANGE
)
9613 lower
= value_as_long (ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
,
9615 upper
= value_as_long (ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
,
9620 lower
= value_as_long (ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, &choice_pos
,
9632 name
= &exp
->elts
[choice_pos
+ 2].string
;
9635 name
= exp
->elts
[choice_pos
+ 2].symbol
->natural_name ();
9638 error (_("Invalid record component association."));
9640 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, &choice_pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
9642 if (! find_struct_field (name
, value_type (lhs
), 0,
9643 NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &ind
))
9644 error (_("Unknown component name: %s."), name
);
9645 lower
= upper
= ind
;
9648 if (lower
<= upper
&& (lower
< low
|| upper
> high
))
9649 error (_("Index in component association out of bounds."));
9651 add_component_interval (lower
, upper
, indices
, num_indices
,
9653 while (lower
<= upper
)
9658 assign_component (container
, lhs
, lower
, exp
, &pos1
);
9664 /* Assign the value of the expression in the OP_OTHERS construct in
9665 EXP at *POS into the components of LHS indexed from LOW .. HIGH that
9666 have not been previously assigned. The index intervals already assigned
9667 are in INDICES[0 .. NUM_INDICES-1]. Updates *POS to after the
9668 OP_OTHERS clause. CONTAINER is as for assign_aggregate. */
9670 aggregate_assign_others (struct value
*container
,
9671 struct value
*lhs
, struct expression
*exp
,
9672 int *pos
, LONGEST
*indices
, int num_indices
,
9673 LONGEST low
, LONGEST high
)
9676 int expr_pc
= *pos
+ 1;
9678 for (i
= 0; i
< num_indices
- 2; i
+= 2)
9682 for (ind
= indices
[i
+ 1] + 1; ind
< indices
[i
+ 2]; ind
+= 1)
9687 assign_component (container
, lhs
, ind
, exp
, &localpos
);
9690 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
9693 /* Add the interval [LOW .. HIGH] to the sorted set of intervals
9694 [ INDICES[0] .. INDICES[1] ],..., [ INDICES[*SIZE-2] .. INDICES[*SIZE-1] ],
9695 modifying *SIZE as needed. It is an error if *SIZE exceeds
9696 MAX_SIZE. The resulting intervals do not overlap. */
9698 add_component_interval (LONGEST low
, LONGEST high
,
9699 LONGEST
* indices
, int *size
, int max_size
)
9703 for (i
= 0; i
< *size
; i
+= 2) {
9704 if (high
>= indices
[i
] && low
<= indices
[i
+ 1])
9708 for (kh
= i
+ 2; kh
< *size
; kh
+= 2)
9709 if (high
< indices
[kh
])
9711 if (low
< indices
[i
])
9713 indices
[i
+ 1] = indices
[kh
- 1];
9714 if (high
> indices
[i
+ 1])
9715 indices
[i
+ 1] = high
;
9716 memcpy (indices
+ i
+ 2, indices
+ kh
, *size
- kh
);
9717 *size
-= kh
- i
- 2;
9720 else if (high
< indices
[i
])
9724 if (*size
== max_size
)
9725 error (_("Internal error: miscounted aggregate components."));
9727 for (j
= *size
-1; j
>= i
+2; j
-= 1)
9728 indices
[j
] = indices
[j
- 2];
9730 indices
[i
+ 1] = high
;
9733 /* Perform and Ada cast of ARG2 to type TYPE if the type of ARG2
9736 static struct value
*
9737 ada_value_cast (struct type
*type
, struct value
*arg2
)
9739 if (type
== ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg2
)))
9742 if (ada_is_gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type (type
))
9743 return cast_to_gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type (type
, arg2
);
9745 if (ada_is_gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2
)))
9746 return cast_from_gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type (type
, arg2
);
9748 return value_cast (type
, arg2
);
9751 /* Evaluating Ada expressions, and printing their result.
9752 ------------------------------------------------------
9757 We usually evaluate an Ada expression in order to print its value.
9758 We also evaluate an expression in order to print its type, which
9759 happens during the EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS phase of the evaluation,
9760 but we'll focus mostly on the EVAL_NORMAL phase. In practice, the
9761 EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS phase allows us to simplify certain aspects of
9762 the evaluation compared to the EVAL_NORMAL, but is otherwise very
9765 Evaluating expressions is a little more complicated for Ada entities
9766 than it is for entities in languages such as C. The main reason for
9767 this is that Ada provides types whose definition might be dynamic.
9768 One example of such types is variant records. Or another example
9769 would be an array whose bounds can only be known at run time.
9771 The following description is a general guide as to what should be
9772 done (and what should NOT be done) in order to evaluate an expression
9773 involving such types, and when. This does not cover how the semantic
9774 information is encoded by GNAT as this is covered separatly. For the
9775 document used as the reference for the GNAT encoding, see exp_dbug.ads
9776 in the GNAT sources.
9778 Ideally, we should embed each part of this description next to its
9779 associated code. Unfortunately, the amount of code is so vast right
9780 now that it's hard to see whether the code handling a particular
9781 situation might be duplicated or not. One day, when the code is
9782 cleaned up, this guide might become redundant with the comments
9783 inserted in the code, and we might want to remove it.
9785 2. ``Fixing'' an Entity, the Simple Case:
9786 -----------------------------------------
9788 When evaluating Ada expressions, the tricky issue is that they may
9789 reference entities whose type contents and size are not statically
9790 known. Consider for instance a variant record:
9792 type Rec (Empty : Boolean := True) is record
9795 when False => Value : Integer;
9798 Yes : Rec := (Empty => False, Value => 1);
9799 No : Rec := (empty => True);
9801 The size and contents of that record depends on the value of the
9802 descriminant (Rec.Empty). At this point, neither the debugging
9803 information nor the associated type structure in GDB are able to
9804 express such dynamic types. So what the debugger does is to create
9805 "fixed" versions of the type that applies to the specific object.
9806 We also informally refer to this operation as "fixing" an object,
9807 which means creating its associated fixed type.
9809 Example: when printing the value of variable "Yes" above, its fixed
9810 type would look like this:
9817 On the other hand, if we printed the value of "No", its fixed type
9824 Things become a little more complicated when trying to fix an entity
9825 with a dynamic type that directly contains another dynamic type,
9826 such as an array of variant records, for instance. There are
9827 two possible cases: Arrays, and records.
9829 3. ``Fixing'' Arrays:
9830 ---------------------
9832 The type structure in GDB describes an array in terms of its bounds,
9833 and the type of its elements. By design, all elements in the array
9834 have the same type and we cannot represent an array of variant elements
9835 using the current type structure in GDB. When fixing an array,
9836 we cannot fix the array element, as we would potentially need one
9837 fixed type per element of the array. As a result, the best we can do
9838 when fixing an array is to produce an array whose bounds and size
9839 are correct (allowing us to read it from memory), but without having
9840 touched its element type. Fixing each element will be done later,
9841 when (if) necessary.
9843 Arrays are a little simpler to handle than records, because the same
9844 amount of memory is allocated for each element of the array, even if
9845 the amount of space actually used by each element differs from element
9846 to element. Consider for instance the following array of type Rec:
9848 type Rec_Array is array (1 .. 2) of Rec;
9850 The actual amount of memory occupied by each element might be different
9851 from element to element, depending on the value of their discriminant.
9852 But the amount of space reserved for each element in the array remains
9853 fixed regardless. So we simply need to compute that size using
9854 the debugging information available, from which we can then determine
9855 the array size (we multiply the number of elements of the array by
9856 the size of each element).
9858 The simplest case is when we have an array of a constrained element
9859 type. For instance, consider the following type declarations:
9861 type Bounded_String (Max_Size : Integer) is
9863 Buffer : String (1 .. Max_Size);
9865 type Bounded_String_Array is array (1 ..2) of Bounded_String (80);
9867 In this case, the compiler describes the array as an array of
9868 variable-size elements (identified by its XVS suffix) for which
9869 the size can be read in the parallel XVZ variable.
9871 In the case of an array of an unconstrained element type, the compiler
9872 wraps the array element inside a private PAD type. This type should not
9873 be shown to the user, and must be "unwrap"'ed before printing. Note
9874 that we also use the adjective "aligner" in our code to designate
9875 these wrapper types.
9877 In some cases, the size allocated for each element is statically
9878 known. In that case, the PAD type already has the correct size,
9879 and the array element should remain unfixed.
9881 But there are cases when this size is not statically known.
9882 For instance, assuming that "Five" is an integer variable:
9884 type Dynamic is array (1 .. Five) of Integer;
9885 type Wrapper (Has_Length : Boolean := False) is record
9888 when True => Length : Integer;
9892 type Wrapper_Array is array (1 .. 2) of Wrapper;
9894 Hello : Wrapper_Array := (others => (Has_Length => True,
9895 Data => (others => 17),
9899 The debugging info would describe variable Hello as being an
9900 array of a PAD type. The size of that PAD type is not statically
9901 known, but can be determined using a parallel XVZ variable.
9902 In that case, a copy of the PAD type with the correct size should
9903 be used for the fixed array.
9905 3. ``Fixing'' record type objects:
9906 ----------------------------------
9908 Things are slightly different from arrays in the case of dynamic
9909 record types. In this case, in order to compute the associated
9910 fixed type, we need to determine the size and offset of each of
9911 its components. This, in turn, requires us to compute the fixed
9912 type of each of these components.
9914 Consider for instance the example:
9916 type Bounded_String (Max_Size : Natural) is record
9917 Str : String (1 .. Max_Size);
9920 My_String : Bounded_String (Max_Size => 10);
9922 In that case, the position of field "Length" depends on the size
9923 of field Str, which itself depends on the value of the Max_Size
9924 discriminant. In order to fix the type of variable My_String,
9925 we need to fix the type of field Str. Therefore, fixing a variant
9926 record requires us to fix each of its components.
9928 However, if a component does not have a dynamic size, the component
9929 should not be fixed. In particular, fields that use a PAD type
9930 should not fixed. Here is an example where this might happen
9931 (assuming type Rec above):
9933 type Container (Big : Boolean) is record
9937 when True => Another : Integer;
9941 My_Container : Container := (Big => False,
9942 First => (Empty => True),
9945 In that example, the compiler creates a PAD type for component First,
9946 whose size is constant, and then positions the component After just
9947 right after it. The offset of component After is therefore constant
9950 The debugger computes the position of each field based on an algorithm
9951 that uses, among other things, the actual position and size of the field
9952 preceding it. Let's now imagine that the user is trying to print
9953 the value of My_Container. If the type fixing was recursive, we would
9954 end up computing the offset of field After based on the size of the
9955 fixed version of field First. And since in our example First has
9956 only one actual field, the size of the fixed type is actually smaller
9957 than the amount of space allocated to that field, and thus we would
9958 compute the wrong offset of field After.
9960 To make things more complicated, we need to watch out for dynamic
9961 components of variant records (identified by the ___XVL suffix in
9962 the component name). Even if the target type is a PAD type, the size
9963 of that type might not be statically known. So the PAD type needs
9964 to be unwrapped and the resulting type needs to be fixed. Otherwise,
9965 we might end up with the wrong size for our component. This can be
9966 observed with the following type declarations:
9968 type Octal is new Integer range 0 .. 7;
9969 type Octal_Array is array (Positive range <>) of Octal;
9970 pragma Pack (Octal_Array);
9972 type Octal_Buffer (Size : Positive) is record
9973 Buffer : Octal_Array (1 .. Size);
9977 In that case, Buffer is a PAD type whose size is unset and needs
9978 to be computed by fixing the unwrapped type.
9980 4. When to ``Fix'' un-``Fixed'' sub-elements of an entity:
9981 ----------------------------------------------------------
9983 Lastly, when should the sub-elements of an entity that remained unfixed
9984 thus far, be actually fixed?
9986 The answer is: Only when referencing that element. For instance
9987 when selecting one component of a record, this specific component
9988 should be fixed at that point in time. Or when printing the value
9989 of a record, each component should be fixed before its value gets
9990 printed. Similarly for arrays, the element of the array should be
9991 fixed when printing each element of the array, or when extracting
9992 one element out of that array. On the other hand, fixing should
9993 not be performed on the elements when taking a slice of an array!
9995 Note that one of the side effects of miscomputing the offset and
9996 size of each field is that we end up also miscomputing the size
9997 of the containing type. This can have adverse results when computing
9998 the value of an entity. GDB fetches the value of an entity based
9999 on the size of its type, and thus a wrong size causes GDB to fetch
10000 the wrong amount of memory. In the case where the computed size is
10001 too small, GDB fetches too little data to print the value of our
10002 entity. Results in this case are unpredictable, as we usually read
10003 past the buffer containing the data =:-o. */
10005 /* Evaluate a subexpression of EXP, at index *POS, and return a value
10006 for that subexpression cast to TO_TYPE. Advance *POS over the
10010 ada_evaluate_subexp_for_cast (expression
*exp
, int *pos
,
10011 enum noside noside
, struct type
*to_type
)
10015 if (exp
->elts
[pc
].opcode
== OP_VAR_MSYM_VALUE
10016 || exp
->elts
[pc
].opcode
== OP_VAR_VALUE
)
10021 if (exp
->elts
[pc
].opcode
== OP_VAR_MSYM_VALUE
)
10023 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10024 return value_zero (to_type
, not_lval
);
10026 val
= evaluate_var_msym_value (noside
,
10027 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].objfile
,
10028 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].msymbol
);
10031 val
= evaluate_var_value (noside
,
10032 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].block
,
10033 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
);
10035 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10036 return eval_skip_value (exp
);
10038 val
= ada_value_cast (to_type
, val
);
10040 /* Follow the Ada language semantics that do not allow taking
10041 an address of the result of a cast (view conversion in Ada). */
10042 if (VALUE_LVAL (val
) == lval_memory
)
10044 if (value_lazy (val
))
10045 value_fetch_lazy (val
);
10046 VALUE_LVAL (val
) = not_lval
;
10051 value
*val
= evaluate_subexp (to_type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10052 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10053 return eval_skip_value (exp
);
10054 return ada_value_cast (to_type
, val
);
10057 /* Implement the evaluate_exp routine in the exp_descriptor structure
10058 for the Ada language. */
10060 static struct value
*
10061 ada_evaluate_subexp (struct type
*expect_type
, struct expression
*exp
,
10062 int *pos
, enum noside noside
)
10064 enum exp_opcode op
;
10068 struct value
*arg1
= NULL
, *arg2
= NULL
, *arg3
;
10071 struct value
**argvec
;
10075 op
= exp
->elts
[pc
].opcode
;
10081 arg1
= evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10083 if (noside
== EVAL_NORMAL
)
10084 arg1
= unwrap_value (arg1
);
10086 /* If evaluating an OP_FLOAT and an EXPECT_TYPE was provided,
10087 then we need to perform the conversion manually, because
10088 evaluate_subexp_standard doesn't do it. This conversion is
10089 necessary in Ada because the different kinds of float/fixed
10090 types in Ada have different representations.
10092 Similarly, we need to perform the conversion from OP_LONG
10094 if ((op
== OP_FLOAT
|| op
== OP_LONG
) && expect_type
!= NULL
)
10095 arg1
= ada_value_cast (expect_type
, arg1
);
10101 struct value
*result
;
10104 result
= evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10105 /* The result type will have code OP_STRING, bashed there from
10106 OP_ARRAY. Bash it back. */
10107 if (value_type (result
)->code () == TYPE_CODE_STRING
)
10108 value_type (result
)->set_code (TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
);
10114 type
= exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
;
10115 return ada_evaluate_subexp_for_cast (exp
, pos
, noside
, type
);
10119 type
= exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
;
10120 return ada_evaluate_subexp (type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10123 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10124 if (exp
->elts
[*pos
].opcode
== OP_AGGREGATE
)
10126 arg1
= assign_aggregate (arg1
, arg1
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10127 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
|| noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10129 return ada_value_assign (arg1
, arg1
);
10131 /* Force the evaluation of the rhs ARG2 to the type of the lhs ARG1,
10132 except if the lhs of our assignment is a convenience variable.
10133 In the case of assigning to a convenience variable, the lhs
10134 should be exactly the result of the evaluation of the rhs. */
10135 type
= value_type (arg1
);
10136 if (VALUE_LVAL (arg1
) == lval_internalvar
)
10138 arg2
= evaluate_subexp (type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10139 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
|| noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10141 if (VALUE_LVAL (arg1
) == lval_internalvar
)
10145 else if (ada_is_gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1
)))
10146 arg2
= cast_to_gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1
), arg2
);
10147 else if (ada_is_gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2
)))
10149 (_("Fixed-point values must be assigned to fixed-point variables"));
10151 arg2
= coerce_for_assign (value_type (arg1
), arg2
);
10152 return ada_value_assign (arg1
, arg2
);
10155 arg1
= evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp
, pos
, noside
);
10156 arg2
= evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp
, pos
, noside
);
10157 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10159 if (value_type (arg1
)->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
10160 return (value_from_longest
10161 (value_type (arg1
),
10162 value_as_long (arg1
) + value_as_long (arg2
)));
10163 if (value_type (arg2
)->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
10164 return (value_from_longest
10165 (value_type (arg2
),
10166 value_as_long (arg1
) + value_as_long (arg2
)));
10167 if ((ada_is_gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1
))
10168 || ada_is_gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2
)))
10169 && value_type (arg1
) != value_type (arg2
))
10170 error (_("Operands of fixed-point addition must have the same type"));
10171 /* Do the addition, and cast the result to the type of the first
10172 argument. We cannot cast the result to a reference type, so if
10173 ARG1 is a reference type, find its underlying type. */
10174 type
= value_type (arg1
);
10175 while (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
10176 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
10177 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
10178 return value_cast (type
, value_binop (arg1
, arg2
, BINOP_ADD
));
10181 arg1
= evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp
, pos
, noside
);
10182 arg2
= evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp
, pos
, noside
);
10183 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10185 if (value_type (arg1
)->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
10186 return (value_from_longest
10187 (value_type (arg1
),
10188 value_as_long (arg1
) - value_as_long (arg2
)));
10189 if (value_type (arg2
)->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
10190 return (value_from_longest
10191 (value_type (arg2
),
10192 value_as_long (arg1
) - value_as_long (arg2
)));
10193 if ((ada_is_gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1
))
10194 || ada_is_gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2
)))
10195 && value_type (arg1
) != value_type (arg2
))
10196 error (_("Operands of fixed-point subtraction "
10197 "must have the same type"));
10198 /* Do the substraction, and cast the result to the type of the first
10199 argument. We cannot cast the result to a reference type, so if
10200 ARG1 is a reference type, find its underlying type. */
10201 type
= value_type (arg1
);
10202 while (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
10203 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
10204 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
10205 return value_cast (type
, value_binop (arg1
, arg2
, BINOP_SUB
));
10211 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10212 arg2
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10213 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10215 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10217 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
10218 return value_zero (value_type (arg1
), not_lval
);
10222 type
= builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_double
;
10223 if (ada_is_gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1
)))
10224 arg1
= cast_from_gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type (type
, arg1
);
10225 if (ada_is_gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2
)))
10226 arg2
= cast_from_gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type (type
, arg2
);
10227 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
10228 return ada_value_binop (arg1
, arg2
, op
);
10232 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10233 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10234 arg2
= evaluate_subexp (value_type (arg1
), exp
, pos
, noside
);
10235 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10237 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10241 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
10242 tem
= ada_value_equal (arg1
, arg2
);
10244 if (op
== BINOP_NOTEQUAL
)
10246 type
= language_bool_type (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
);
10247 return value_from_longest (type
, (LONGEST
) tem
);
10250 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10251 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10253 else if (ada_is_gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1
)))
10254 return value_cast (value_type (arg1
), value_neg (arg1
));
10257 unop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
);
10258 return value_neg (arg1
);
10261 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10262 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10263 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10268 val
= evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10269 type
= language_bool_type (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
);
10270 return value_cast (type
, val
);
10273 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10274 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10275 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10279 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
);
10281 val
= evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10283 return value_cast (value_type (arg1
), val
);
10289 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10295 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
) == UNDEF_DOMAIN
)
10296 /* Only encountered when an unresolved symbol occurs in a
10297 context other than a function call, in which case, it is
10299 error (_("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation"),
10300 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
->print_name ());
10302 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10304 type
= static_unwrap_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
));
10305 /* Check to see if this is a tagged type. We also need to handle
10306 the case where the type is a reference to a tagged type, but
10307 we have to be careful to exclude pointers to tagged types.
10308 The latter should be shown as usual (as a pointer), whereas
10309 a reference should mostly be transparent to the user. */
10310 if (ada_is_tagged_type (type
, 0)
10311 || (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_REF
10312 && ada_is_tagged_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
), 0)))
10314 /* Tagged types are a little special in the fact that the real
10315 type is dynamic and can only be determined by inspecting the
10316 object's tag. This means that we need to get the object's
10317 value first (EVAL_NORMAL) and then extract the actual object
10320 Note that we cannot skip the final step where we extract
10321 the object type from its tag, because the EVAL_NORMAL phase
10322 results in dynamic components being resolved into fixed ones.
10323 This can cause problems when trying to print the type
10324 description of tagged types whose parent has a dynamic size:
10325 We use the type name of the "_parent" component in order
10326 to print the name of the ancestor type in the type description.
10327 If that component had a dynamic size, the resolution into
10328 a fixed type would result in the loss of that type name,
10329 thus preventing us from printing the name of the ancestor
10330 type in the type description. */
10331 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, EVAL_NORMAL
);
10333 if (type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_REF
)
10335 struct type
*actual_type
;
10337 actual_type
= type_from_tag (ada_value_tag (arg1
));
10338 if (actual_type
== NULL
)
10339 /* If, for some reason, we were unable to determine
10340 the actual type from the tag, then use the static
10341 approximation that we just computed as a fallback.
10342 This can happen if the debugging information is
10343 incomplete, for instance. */
10344 actual_type
= type
;
10345 return value_zero (actual_type
, not_lval
);
10349 /* In the case of a ref, ada_coerce_ref takes care
10350 of determining the actual type. But the evaluation
10351 should return a ref as it should be valid to ask
10352 for its address; so rebuild a ref after coerce. */
10353 arg1
= ada_coerce_ref (arg1
);
10354 return value_ref (arg1
, TYPE_CODE_REF
);
10358 /* Records and unions for which GNAT encodings have been
10359 generated need to be statically fixed as well.
10360 Otherwise, non-static fixing produces a type where
10361 all dynamic properties are removed, which prevents "ptype"
10362 from being able to completely describe the type.
10363 For instance, a case statement in a variant record would be
10364 replaced by the relevant components based on the actual
10365 value of the discriminants. */
10366 if ((type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10367 && dynamic_template_type (type
) != NULL
)
10368 || (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_UNION
10369 && ada_find_parallel_type (type
, "___XVU") != NULL
))
10372 return value_zero (to_static_fixed_type (type
), not_lval
);
10376 arg1
= evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10377 return ada_to_fixed_value (arg1
);
10382 /* Allocate arg vector, including space for the function to be
10383 called in argvec[0] and a terminating NULL. */
10384 nargs
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
);
10385 argvec
= XALLOCAVEC (struct value
*, nargs
+ 2);
10387 if (exp
->elts
[*pos
].opcode
== OP_VAR_VALUE
10388 && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
) == UNDEF_DOMAIN
)
10389 error (_("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation"),
10390 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
->print_name ());
10393 for (tem
= 0; tem
<= nargs
; tem
+= 1)
10394 argvec
[tem
] = evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10397 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10401 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type
10402 (desc_base_type (value_type (argvec
[0]))))
10403 argvec
[0] = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec
[0]);
10404 else if (value_type (argvec
[0])->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
10405 && TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (value_type (argvec
[0]), 0) != 0)
10406 /* This is a packed array that has already been fixed, and
10407 therefore already coerced to a simple array. Nothing further
10410 else if (value_type (argvec
[0])->code () == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
10412 /* Make sure we dereference references so that all the code below
10413 feels like it's really handling the referenced value. Wrapping
10414 types (for alignment) may be there, so make sure we strip them as
10416 argvec
[0] = ada_to_fixed_value (coerce_ref (argvec
[0]));
10418 else if (value_type (argvec
[0])->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
10419 && VALUE_LVAL (argvec
[0]) == lval_memory
)
10420 argvec
[0] = value_addr (argvec
[0]);
10422 type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (argvec
[0]));
10424 /* Ada allows us to implicitly dereference arrays when subscripting
10425 them. So, if this is an array typedef (encoding use for array
10426 access types encoded as fat pointers), strip it now. */
10427 if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF
)
10428 type
= ada_typedef_target_type (type
);
10430 if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
10432 switch (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
))->code ())
10434 case TYPE_CODE_FUNC
:
10435 type
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
10437 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
:
10439 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
:
10440 if (noside
!= EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10441 argvec
[0] = ada_value_ind (argvec
[0]);
10442 type
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
10445 error (_("cannot subscript or call something of type `%s'"),
10446 ada_type_name (value_type (argvec
[0])));
10451 switch (type
->code ())
10453 case TYPE_CODE_FUNC
:
10454 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10456 if (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
) == NULL
)
10457 error_call_unknown_return_type (NULL
);
10458 return allocate_value (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
10460 return call_function_by_hand (argvec
[0], NULL
,
10461 gdb::make_array_view (argvec
+ 1,
10463 case TYPE_CODE_INTERNAL_FUNCTION
:
10464 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10465 /* We don't know anything about what the internal
10466 function might return, but we have to return
10468 return value_zero (builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
,
10471 return call_internal_function (exp
->gdbarch
, exp
->language_defn
,
10472 argvec
[0], nargs
, argvec
+ 1);
10474 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
:
10478 arity
= ada_array_arity (type
);
10479 type
= ada_array_element_type (type
, nargs
);
10481 error (_("cannot subscript or call a record"));
10482 if (arity
!= nargs
)
10483 error (_("wrong number of subscripts; expecting %d"), arity
);
10484 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10485 return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type
), lval_memory
);
10487 unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript
10488 (argvec
[0], nargs
, argvec
+ 1));
10490 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
:
10491 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10493 type
= ada_array_element_type (type
, nargs
);
10495 error (_("element type of array unknown"));
10497 return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type
), lval_memory
);
10500 unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript
10501 (ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec
[0]),
10502 nargs
, argvec
+ 1));
10503 case TYPE_CODE_PTR
: /* Pointer to array */
10504 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10506 type
= to_fixed_array_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
), NULL
, 1);
10507 type
= ada_array_element_type (type
, nargs
);
10509 error (_("element type of array unknown"));
10511 return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type
), lval_memory
);
10514 unwrap_value (ada_value_ptr_subscript (argvec
[0],
10515 nargs
, argvec
+ 1));
10518 error (_("Attempt to index or call something other than an "
10519 "array or function"));
10524 struct value
*array
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10525 struct value
*low_bound_val
10526 = evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10527 struct value
*high_bound_val
10528 = evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10530 LONGEST high_bound
;
10532 low_bound_val
= coerce_ref (low_bound_val
);
10533 high_bound_val
= coerce_ref (high_bound_val
);
10534 low_bound
= value_as_long (low_bound_val
);
10535 high_bound
= value_as_long (high_bound_val
);
10537 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10540 /* If this is a reference to an aligner type, then remove all
10542 if (value_type (array
)->code () == TYPE_CODE_REF
10543 && ada_is_aligner_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array
))))
10544 TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array
)) =
10545 ada_aligned_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array
)));
10547 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (array
)))
10548 error (_("cannot slice a packed array"));
10550 /* If this is a reference to an array or an array lvalue,
10551 convert to a pointer. */
10552 if (value_type (array
)->code () == TYPE_CODE_REF
10553 || (value_type (array
)->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
10554 && VALUE_LVAL (array
) == lval_memory
))
10555 array
= value_addr (array
);
10557 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
10558 && ada_is_array_descriptor_type (ada_check_typedef
10559 (value_type (array
))))
10560 return empty_array (ada_type_of_array (array
, 0), low_bound
,
10563 array
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (array
);
10565 /* If we have more than one level of pointer indirection,
10566 dereference the value until we get only one level. */
10567 while (value_type (array
)->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
10568 && (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array
))->code ()
10570 array
= value_ind (array
);
10572 /* Make sure we really do have an array type before going further,
10573 to avoid a SEGV when trying to get the index type or the target
10574 type later down the road if the debug info generated by
10575 the compiler is incorrect or incomplete. */
10576 if (!ada_is_simple_array_type (value_type (array
)))
10577 error (_("cannot take slice of non-array"));
10579 if (ada_check_typedef (value_type (array
))->code ()
10582 struct type
*type0
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (array
));
10584 if (high_bound
< low_bound
|| noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10585 return empty_array (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
), low_bound
, high_bound
);
10588 struct type
*arr_type0
=
10589 to_fixed_array_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
), NULL
, 1);
10591 return ada_value_slice_from_ptr (array
, arr_type0
,
10592 longest_to_int (low_bound
),
10593 longest_to_int (high_bound
));
10596 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10598 else if (high_bound
< low_bound
)
10599 return empty_array (value_type (array
), low_bound
, high_bound
);
10601 return ada_value_slice (array
, longest_to_int (low_bound
),
10602 longest_to_int (high_bound
));
10605 case UNOP_IN_RANGE
:
10607 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10608 type
= check_typedef (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
);
10610 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10613 switch (type
->code ())
10616 lim_warning (_("Membership test incompletely implemented; "
10617 "always returns true"));
10618 type
= language_bool_type (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
);
10619 return value_from_longest (type
, (LONGEST
) 1);
10621 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
10622 arg2
= value_from_longest (type
,
10623 type
->bounds ()->low
.const_val ());
10624 arg3
= value_from_longest (type
,
10625 type
->bounds ()->high
.const_val ());
10626 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
10627 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg3
);
10628 type
= language_bool_type (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
);
10630 value_from_longest (type
,
10631 (value_less (arg1
, arg3
)
10632 || value_equal (arg1
, arg3
))
10633 && (value_less (arg2
, arg1
)
10634 || value_equal (arg2
, arg1
)));
10637 case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS
:
10639 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10640 arg2
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10642 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10645 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10647 type
= language_bool_type (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
);
10648 return value_zero (type
, not_lval
);
10651 tem
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
);
10653 type
= ada_index_type (value_type (arg2
), tem
, "range");
10655 type
= value_type (arg1
);
10657 arg3
= value_from_longest (type
, ada_array_bound (arg2
, tem
, 1));
10658 arg2
= value_from_longest (type
, ada_array_bound (arg2
, tem
, 0));
10660 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
10661 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg3
);
10662 type
= language_bool_type (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
);
10664 value_from_longest (type
,
10665 (value_less (arg1
, arg3
)
10666 || value_equal (arg1
, arg3
))
10667 && (value_less (arg2
, arg1
)
10668 || value_equal (arg2
, arg1
)));
10670 case TERNOP_IN_RANGE
:
10671 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10672 arg2
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10673 arg3
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10675 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10678 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
10679 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg3
);
10680 type
= language_bool_type (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
);
10682 value_from_longest (type
,
10683 (value_less (arg1
, arg3
)
10684 || value_equal (arg1
, arg3
))
10685 && (value_less (arg2
, arg1
)
10686 || value_equal (arg2
, arg1
)));
10690 case OP_ATR_LENGTH
:
10692 struct type
*type_arg
;
10694 if (exp
->elts
[*pos
].opcode
== OP_TYPE
)
10696 evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
10698 type_arg
= check_typedef (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].type
);
10702 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10706 if (exp
->elts
[*pos
].opcode
!= OP_LONG
)
10707 error (_("Invalid operand to '%s"), ada_attribute_name (op
));
10708 tem
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[*pos
+ 2].longconst
);
10711 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10713 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10715 if (type_arg
== NULL
)
10716 type_arg
= value_type (arg1
);
10718 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type_arg
))
10719 type_arg
= decode_constrained_packed_array_type (type_arg
);
10721 if (!discrete_type_p (type_arg
))
10725 default: /* Should never happen. */
10726 error (_("unexpected attribute encountered"));
10729 type_arg
= ada_index_type (type_arg
, tem
,
10730 ada_attribute_name (op
));
10732 case OP_ATR_LENGTH
:
10733 type_arg
= builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
;
10738 return value_zero (type_arg
, not_lval
);
10740 else if (type_arg
== NULL
)
10742 arg1
= ada_coerce_ref (arg1
);
10744 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arg1
)))
10745 arg1
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1
);
10747 if (op
== OP_ATR_LENGTH
)
10748 type
= builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
;
10751 type
= ada_index_type (value_type (arg1
), tem
,
10752 ada_attribute_name (op
));
10754 type
= builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
;
10759 default: /* Should never happen. */
10760 error (_("unexpected attribute encountered"));
10762 return value_from_longest
10763 (type
, ada_array_bound (arg1
, tem
, 0));
10765 return value_from_longest
10766 (type
, ada_array_bound (arg1
, tem
, 1));
10767 case OP_ATR_LENGTH
:
10768 return value_from_longest
10769 (type
, ada_array_length (arg1
, tem
));
10772 else if (discrete_type_p (type_arg
))
10774 struct type
*range_type
;
10775 const char *name
= ada_type_name (type_arg
);
10778 if (name
!= NULL
&& type_arg
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
)
10779 range_type
= to_fixed_range_type (type_arg
, NULL
);
10780 if (range_type
== NULL
)
10781 range_type
= type_arg
;
10785 error (_("unexpected attribute encountered"));
10787 return value_from_longest
10788 (range_type
, ada_discrete_type_low_bound (range_type
));
10790 return value_from_longest
10791 (range_type
, ada_discrete_type_high_bound (range_type
));
10792 case OP_ATR_LENGTH
:
10793 error (_("the 'length attribute applies only to array types"));
10796 else if (type_arg
->code () == TYPE_CODE_FLT
)
10797 error (_("unimplemented type attribute"));
10802 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type_arg
))
10803 type_arg
= decode_constrained_packed_array_type (type_arg
);
10805 if (op
== OP_ATR_LENGTH
)
10806 type
= builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
;
10809 type
= ada_index_type (type_arg
, tem
, ada_attribute_name (op
));
10811 type
= builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
;
10817 error (_("unexpected attribute encountered"));
10819 low
= ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg
, tem
, 0);
10820 return value_from_longest (type
, low
);
10822 high
= ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg
, tem
, 1);
10823 return value_from_longest (type
, high
);
10824 case OP_ATR_LENGTH
:
10825 low
= ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg
, tem
, 0);
10826 high
= ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg
, tem
, 1);
10827 return value_from_longest (type
, high
- low
+ 1);
10833 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10834 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10837 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10838 return value_zero (ada_tag_type (arg1
), not_lval
);
10840 return ada_value_tag (arg1
);
10844 evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
10845 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10846 arg2
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10847 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10849 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10850 return value_zero (value_type (arg1
), not_lval
);
10853 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
10854 return value_binop (arg1
, arg2
,
10855 op
== OP_ATR_MIN
? BINOP_MIN
: BINOP_MAX
);
10858 case OP_ATR_MODULUS
:
10860 struct type
*type_arg
= check_typedef (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].type
);
10862 evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
10863 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10866 if (!ada_is_modular_type (type_arg
))
10867 error (_("'modulus must be applied to modular type"));
10869 return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type_arg
),
10870 ada_modulus (type_arg
));
10875 evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
10876 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10877 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10879 type
= builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
;
10880 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10881 return value_zero (type
, not_lval
);
10883 return value_pos_atr (type
, arg1
);
10886 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10887 type
= value_type (arg1
);
10889 /* If the argument is a reference, then dereference its type, since
10890 the user is really asking for the size of the actual object,
10891 not the size of the pointer. */
10892 if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
10893 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
10895 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10897 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10898 return value_zero (builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
, not_lval
);
10900 return value_from_longest (builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
,
10901 TARGET_CHAR_BIT
* TYPE_LENGTH (type
));
10904 evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
10905 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10906 type
= exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].type
;
10907 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10909 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10910 return value_zero (type
, not_lval
);
10912 return value_val_atr (type
, arg1
);
10915 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10916 arg2
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10917 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10919 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10920 return value_zero (value_type (arg1
), not_lval
);
10923 /* For integer exponentiation operations,
10924 only promote the first argument. */
10925 if (is_integral_type (value_type (arg2
)))
10926 unop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
);
10928 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
10930 return value_binop (arg1
, arg2
, op
);
10934 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10935 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10941 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10942 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10944 unop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
);
10945 if (value_less (arg1
, value_zero (value_type (arg1
), not_lval
)))
10946 return value_neg (arg1
);
10951 preeval_pos
= *pos
;
10952 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
10953 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
10955 type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg1
));
10956 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
10958 if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
))
10959 /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */
10961 struct type
*arrType
= ada_type_of_array (arg1
, 0);
10963 if (arrType
== NULL
)
10964 error (_("Attempt to dereference null array pointer."));
10965 return value_at_lazy (arrType
, 0);
10967 else if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
10968 || type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_REF
10969 /* In C you can dereference an array to get the 1st elt. */
10970 || type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
10972 /* As mentioned in the OP_VAR_VALUE case, tagged types can
10973 only be determined by inspecting the object's tag.
10974 This means that we need to evaluate completely the
10975 expression in order to get its type. */
10977 if ((type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_REF
10978 || type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
10979 && ada_is_tagged_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
), 0))
10982 = evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, &preeval_pos
, EVAL_NORMAL
);
10983 type
= value_type (ada_value_ind (arg1
));
10987 type
= to_static_fixed_type
10989 (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
))));
10991 ada_ensure_varsize_limit (type
);
10992 return value_zero (type
, lval_memory
);
10994 else if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_INT
)
10996 /* GDB allows dereferencing an int. */
10997 if (expect_type
== NULL
)
10998 return value_zero (builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
,
11003 to_static_fixed_type (ada_aligned_type (expect_type
));
11004 return value_zero (expect_type
, lval_memory
);
11008 error (_("Attempt to take contents of a non-pointer value."));
11010 arg1
= ada_coerce_ref (arg1
); /* FIXME: What is this for?? */
11011 type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg1
));
11013 if (type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_INT
)
11014 /* GDB allows dereferencing an int. If we were given
11015 the expect_type, then use that as the target type.
11016 Otherwise, assume that the target type is an int. */
11018 if (expect_type
!= NULL
)
11019 return ada_value_ind (value_cast (lookup_pointer_type (expect_type
),
11022 return value_at_lazy (builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
,
11023 (CORE_ADDR
) value_as_address (arg1
));
11026 if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
))
11027 /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */
11028 return ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1
);
11030 return ada_value_ind (arg1
);
11032 case STRUCTOP_STRUCT
:
11033 tem
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
);
11034 (*pos
) += 3 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (tem
+ 1);
11035 preeval_pos
= *pos
;
11036 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, pos
, noside
);
11037 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
11039 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
11041 struct type
*type1
= value_type (arg1
);
11043 if (ada_is_tagged_type (type1
, 1))
11045 type
= ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type1
,
11046 &exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].string
,
11049 /* If the field is not found, check if it exists in the
11050 extension of this object's type. This means that we
11051 need to evaluate completely the expression. */
11056 = evaluate_subexp (nullptr, exp
, &preeval_pos
, EVAL_NORMAL
);
11057 arg1
= ada_value_struct_elt (arg1
,
11058 &exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].string
,
11060 arg1
= unwrap_value (arg1
);
11061 type
= value_type (ada_to_fixed_value (arg1
));
11066 ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type1
, &exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].string
, 1,
11069 return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type
), lval_memory
);
11073 arg1
= ada_value_struct_elt (arg1
, &exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].string
, 0);
11074 arg1
= unwrap_value (arg1
);
11075 return ada_to_fixed_value (arg1
);
11079 /* The value is not supposed to be used. This is here to make it
11080 easier to accommodate expressions that contain types. */
11082 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
11084 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
11085 return allocate_value (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
);
11087 error (_("Attempt to use a type name as an expression"));
11092 case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE
:
11093 case OP_POSITIONAL
:
11095 if (noside
== EVAL_NORMAL
)
11099 error (_("Undefined name, ambiguous name, or renaming used in "
11100 "component association: %s."), &exp
->elts
[pc
+2].string
);
11102 error (_("Aggregates only allowed on the right of an assignment"));
11104 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11105 _("aggregate apparently mangled"));
11108 ada_forward_operator_length (exp
, pc
, &oplen
, &nargs
);
11110 for (tem
= 0; tem
< nargs
; tem
+= 1)
11111 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
11116 return eval_skip_value (exp
);
11122 /* If TYPE encodes an Ada fixed-point type, return the suffix of the
11123 type name that encodes the 'small and 'delta information.
11124 Otherwise, return NULL. */
11126 static const char *
11127 gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type_info (struct type
*type
)
11129 const char *name
= ada_type_name (type
);
11130 enum type_code code
= (type
== NULL
) ? TYPE_CODE_UNDEF
: type
->code ();
11132 if ((code
== TYPE_CODE_INT
|| code
== TYPE_CODE_RANGE
) && name
!= NULL
)
11134 const char *tail
= strstr (name
, "___XF_");
11141 else if (code
== TYPE_CODE_RANGE
&& TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
) != type
)
11142 return gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type_info (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
11147 /* Returns non-zero iff TYPE represents an Ada fixed-point type. */
11150 ada_is_gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type (struct type
*type
)
11152 return gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type_info (type
) != NULL
;
11155 /* Return non-zero iff TYPE represents a System.Address type. */
11158 ada_is_system_address_type (struct type
*type
)
11160 return (type
->name () && strcmp (type
->name (), "system__address") == 0);
11163 /* Assuming that TYPE is the representation of an Ada fixed-point
11164 type, return the target floating-point type to be used to represent
11165 of this type during internal computation. */
11167 static struct type
*
11168 ada_scaling_type (struct type
*type
)
11170 return builtin_type (get_type_arch (type
))->builtin_long_double
;
11173 /* Assuming that TYPE is the representation of an Ada fixed-point
11174 type, return its delta, or NULL if the type is malformed and the
11175 delta cannot be determined. */
11178 gnat_encoded_fixed_point_delta (struct type
*type
)
11180 const char *encoding
= gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type_info (type
);
11181 struct type
*scale_type
= ada_scaling_type (type
);
11183 long long num
, den
;
11185 if (sscanf (encoding
, "_%lld_%lld", &num
, &den
) < 2)
11188 return value_binop (value_from_longest (scale_type
, num
),
11189 value_from_longest (scale_type
, den
), BINOP_DIV
);
11192 /* Assuming that ada_is_gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type (TYPE), return
11193 the scaling factor ('SMALL value) associated with the type. */
11196 gnat_encoded_fixed_point_scaling_factor (struct type
*type
)
11198 const char *encoding
= gnat_encoded_fixed_point_type_info (type
);
11199 struct type
*scale_type
= ada_scaling_type (type
);
11201 long long num0
, den0
, num1
, den1
;
11204 n
= sscanf (encoding
, "_%lld_%lld_%lld_%lld",
11205 &num0
, &den0
, &num1
, &den1
);
11208 return value_from_longest (scale_type
, 1);
11210 return value_binop (value_from_longest (scale_type
, num1
),
11211 value_from_longest (scale_type
, den1
), BINOP_DIV
);
11213 return value_binop (value_from_longest (scale_type
, num0
),
11214 value_from_longest (scale_type
, den0
), BINOP_DIV
);
11221 /* Scan STR beginning at position K for a discriminant name, and
11222 return the value of that discriminant field of DVAL in *PX. If
11223 PNEW_K is not null, put the position of the character beyond the
11224 name scanned in *PNEW_K. Return 1 if successful; return 0 and do
11225 not alter *PX and *PNEW_K if unsuccessful. */
11228 scan_discrim_bound (const char *str
, int k
, struct value
*dval
, LONGEST
* px
,
11231 static char *bound_buffer
= NULL
;
11232 static size_t bound_buffer_len
= 0;
11233 const char *pstart
, *pend
, *bound
;
11234 struct value
*bound_val
;
11236 if (dval
== NULL
|| str
== NULL
|| str
[k
] == '\0')
11240 pend
= strstr (pstart
, "__");
11244 k
+= strlen (bound
);
11248 int len
= pend
- pstart
;
11250 /* Strip __ and beyond. */
11251 GROW_VECT (bound_buffer
, bound_buffer_len
, len
+ 1);
11252 strncpy (bound_buffer
, pstart
, len
);
11253 bound_buffer
[len
] = '\0';
11255 bound
= bound_buffer
;
11259 bound_val
= ada_search_struct_field (bound
, dval
, 0, value_type (dval
));
11260 if (bound_val
== NULL
)
11263 *px
= value_as_long (bound_val
);
11264 if (pnew_k
!= NULL
)
11269 /* Value of variable named NAME in the current environment. If
11270 no such variable found, then if ERR_MSG is null, returns 0, and
11271 otherwise causes an error with message ERR_MSG. */
11273 static struct value
*
11274 get_var_value (const char *name
, const char *err_msg
)
11276 lookup_name_info
lookup_name (name
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
11278 std::vector
<struct block_symbol
> syms
;
11279 int nsyms
= ada_lookup_symbol_list_worker (lookup_name
,
11280 get_selected_block (0),
11281 VAR_DOMAIN
, &syms
, 1);
11285 if (err_msg
== NULL
)
11288 error (("%s"), err_msg
);
11291 return value_of_variable (syms
[0].symbol
, syms
[0].block
);
11294 /* Value of integer variable named NAME in the current environment.
11295 If no such variable is found, returns false. Otherwise, sets VALUE
11296 to the variable's value and returns true. */
11299 get_int_var_value (const char *name
, LONGEST
&value
)
11301 struct value
*var_val
= get_var_value (name
, 0);
11306 value
= value_as_long (var_val
);
11311 /* Return a range type whose base type is that of the range type named
11312 NAME in the current environment, and whose bounds are calculated
11313 from NAME according to the GNAT range encoding conventions.
11314 Extract discriminant values, if needed, from DVAL. ORIG_TYPE is the
11315 corresponding range type from debug information; fall back to using it
11316 if symbol lookup fails. If a new type must be created, allocate it
11317 like ORIG_TYPE was. The bounds information, in general, is encoded
11318 in NAME, the base type given in the named range type. */
11320 static struct type
*
11321 to_fixed_range_type (struct type
*raw_type
, struct value
*dval
)
11324 struct type
*base_type
;
11325 const char *subtype_info
;
11327 gdb_assert (raw_type
!= NULL
);
11328 gdb_assert (raw_type
->name () != NULL
);
11330 if (raw_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
)
11331 base_type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (raw_type
);
11333 base_type
= raw_type
;
11335 name
= raw_type
->name ();
11336 subtype_info
= strstr (name
, "___XD");
11337 if (subtype_info
== NULL
)
11339 LONGEST L
= ada_discrete_type_low_bound (raw_type
);
11340 LONGEST U
= ada_discrete_type_high_bound (raw_type
);
11342 if (L
< INT_MIN
|| U
> INT_MAX
)
11345 return create_static_range_type (alloc_type_copy (raw_type
), raw_type
,
11350 static char *name_buf
= NULL
;
11351 static size_t name_len
= 0;
11352 int prefix_len
= subtype_info
- name
;
11355 const char *bounds_str
;
11358 GROW_VECT (name_buf
, name_len
, prefix_len
+ 5);
11359 strncpy (name_buf
, name
, prefix_len
);
11360 name_buf
[prefix_len
] = '\0';
11363 bounds_str
= strchr (subtype_info
, '_');
11366 if (*subtype_info
== 'L')
11368 if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str
, n
, &L
, &n
)
11369 && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str
, n
, dval
, &L
, &n
))
11371 if (bounds_str
[n
] == '_')
11373 else if (bounds_str
[n
] == '.') /* FIXME? SGI Workshop kludge. */
11379 strcpy (name_buf
+ prefix_len
, "___L");
11380 if (!get_int_var_value (name_buf
, L
))
11382 lim_warning (_("Unknown lower bound, using 1."));
11387 if (*subtype_info
== 'U')
11389 if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str
, n
, &U
, &n
)
11390 && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str
, n
, dval
, &U
, &n
))
11395 strcpy (name_buf
+ prefix_len
, "___U");
11396 if (!get_int_var_value (name_buf
, U
))
11398 lim_warning (_("Unknown upper bound, using %ld."), (long) L
);
11403 type
= create_static_range_type (alloc_type_copy (raw_type
),
11405 /* create_static_range_type alters the resulting type's length
11406 to match the size of the base_type, which is not what we want.
11407 Set it back to the original range type's length. */
11408 TYPE_LENGTH (type
) = TYPE_LENGTH (raw_type
);
11409 type
->set_name (name
);
11414 /* True iff NAME is the name of a range type. */
11417 ada_is_range_type_name (const char *name
)
11419 return (name
!= NULL
&& strstr (name
, "___XD"));
11423 /* Modular types */
11425 /* True iff TYPE is an Ada modular type. */
11428 ada_is_modular_type (struct type
*type
)
11430 struct type
*subranged_type
= get_base_type (type
);
11432 return (subranged_type
!= NULL
&& type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
11433 && subranged_type
->code () == TYPE_CODE_INT
11434 && subranged_type
->is_unsigned ());
11437 /* Assuming ada_is_modular_type (TYPE), the modulus of TYPE. */
11440 ada_modulus (struct type
*type
)
11442 const dynamic_prop
&high
= type
->bounds ()->high
;
11444 if (high
.kind () == PROP_CONST
)
11445 return (ULONGEST
) high
.const_val () + 1;
11447 /* If TYPE is unresolved, the high bound might be a location list. Return
11448 0, for lack of a better value to return. */
11453 /* Ada exception catchpoint support:
11454 ---------------------------------
11456 We support 3 kinds of exception catchpoints:
11457 . catchpoints on Ada exceptions
11458 . catchpoints on unhandled Ada exceptions
11459 . catchpoints on failed assertions
11461 Exceptions raised during failed assertions, or unhandled exceptions
11462 could perfectly be caught with the general catchpoint on Ada exceptions.
11463 However, we can easily differentiate these two special cases, and having
11464 the option to distinguish these two cases from the rest can be useful
11465 to zero-in on certain situations.
11467 Exception catchpoints are a specialized form of breakpoint,
11468 since they rely on inserting breakpoints inside known routines
11469 of the GNAT runtime. The implementation therefore uses a standard
11470 breakpoint structure of the BP_BREAKPOINT type, but with its own set
11473 Support in the runtime for exception catchpoints have been changed
11474 a few times already, and these changes affect the implementation
11475 of these catchpoints. In order to be able to support several
11476 variants of the runtime, we use a sniffer that will determine
11477 the runtime variant used by the program being debugged. */
11479 /* Ada's standard exceptions.
11481 The Ada 83 standard also defined Numeric_Error. But there so many
11482 situations where it was unclear from the Ada 83 Reference Manual
11483 (RM) whether Constraint_Error or Numeric_Error should be raised,
11484 that the ARG (Ada Rapporteur Group) eventually issued a Binding
11485 Interpretation saying that anytime the RM says that Numeric_Error
11486 should be raised, the implementation may raise Constraint_Error.
11487 Ada 95 went one step further and pretty much removed Numeric_Error
11488 from the list of standard exceptions (it made it a renaming of
11489 Constraint_Error, to help preserve compatibility when compiling
11490 an Ada83 compiler). As such, we do not include Numeric_Error from
11491 this list of standard exceptions. */
11493 static const char * const standard_exc
[] = {
11494 "constraint_error",
11500 typedef CORE_ADDR (ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_ftype
) (void);
11502 /* A structure that describes how to support exception catchpoints
11503 for a given executable. */
11505 struct exception_support_info
11507 /* The name of the symbol to break on in order to insert
11508 a catchpoint on exceptions. */
11509 const char *catch_exception_sym
;
11511 /* The name of the symbol to break on in order to insert
11512 a catchpoint on unhandled exceptions. */
11513 const char *catch_exception_unhandled_sym
;
11515 /* The name of the symbol to break on in order to insert
11516 a catchpoint on failed assertions. */
11517 const char *catch_assert_sym
;
11519 /* The name of the symbol to break on in order to insert
11520 a catchpoint on exception handling. */
11521 const char *catch_handlers_sym
;
11523 /* Assuming that the inferior just triggered an unhandled exception
11524 catchpoint, this function is responsible for returning the address
11525 in inferior memory where the name of that exception is stored.
11526 Return zero if the address could not be computed. */
11527 ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_ftype
*unhandled_exception_name_addr
;
11530 static CORE_ADDR
ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr (void);
11531 static CORE_ADDR
ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_from_raise (void);
11533 /* The following exception support info structure describes how to
11534 implement exception catchpoints with the latest version of the
11535 Ada runtime (as of 2019-08-??). */
11537 static const struct exception_support_info default_exception_support_info
=
11539 "__gnat_debug_raise_exception", /* catch_exception_sym */
11540 "__gnat_unhandled_exception", /* catch_exception_unhandled_sym */
11541 "__gnat_debug_raise_assert_failure", /* catch_assert_sym */
11542 "__gnat_begin_handler_v1", /* catch_handlers_sym */
11543 ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr
11546 /* The following exception support info structure describes how to
11547 implement exception catchpoints with an earlier version of the
11548 Ada runtime (as of 2007-03-06) using v0 of the EH ABI. */
11550 static const struct exception_support_info exception_support_info_v0
=
11552 "__gnat_debug_raise_exception", /* catch_exception_sym */
11553 "__gnat_unhandled_exception", /* catch_exception_unhandled_sym */
11554 "__gnat_debug_raise_assert_failure", /* catch_assert_sym */
11555 "__gnat_begin_handler", /* catch_handlers_sym */
11556 ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr
11559 /* The following exception support info structure describes how to
11560 implement exception catchpoints with a slightly older version
11561 of the Ada runtime. */
11563 static const struct exception_support_info exception_support_info_fallback
=
11565 "__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg", /* catch_exception_sym */
11566 "__gnat_unhandled_exception", /* catch_exception_unhandled_sym */
11567 "system__assertions__raise_assert_failure", /* catch_assert_sym */
11568 "__gnat_begin_handler", /* catch_handlers_sym */
11569 ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_from_raise
11572 /* Return nonzero if we can detect the exception support routines
11573 described in EINFO.
11575 This function errors out if an abnormal situation is detected
11576 (for instance, if we find the exception support routines, but
11577 that support is found to be incomplete). */
11580 ada_has_this_exception_support (const struct exception_support_info
*einfo
)
11582 struct symbol
*sym
;
11584 /* The symbol we're looking up is provided by a unit in the GNAT runtime
11585 that should be compiled with debugging information. As a result, we
11586 expect to find that symbol in the symtabs. */
11588 sym
= standard_lookup (einfo
->catch_exception_sym
, NULL
, VAR_DOMAIN
);
11591 /* Perhaps we did not find our symbol because the Ada runtime was
11592 compiled without debugging info, or simply stripped of it.
11593 It happens on some GNU/Linux distributions for instance, where
11594 users have to install a separate debug package in order to get
11595 the runtime's debugging info. In that situation, let the user
11596 know why we cannot insert an Ada exception catchpoint.
11598 Note: Just for the purpose of inserting our Ada exception
11599 catchpoint, we could rely purely on the associated minimal symbol.
11600 But we would be operating in degraded mode anyway, since we are
11601 still lacking the debugging info needed later on to extract
11602 the name of the exception being raised (this name is printed in
11603 the catchpoint message, and is also used when trying to catch
11604 a specific exception). We do not handle this case for now. */
11605 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
11606 = lookup_minimal_symbol (einfo
->catch_exception_sym
, NULL
, NULL
);
11608 if (msym
.minsym
&& MSYMBOL_TYPE (msym
.minsym
) != mst_solib_trampoline
)
11609 error (_("Your Ada runtime appears to be missing some debugging "
11610 "information.\nCannot insert Ada exception catchpoint "
11611 "in this configuration."));
11616 /* Make sure that the symbol we found corresponds to a function. */
11618 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) != LOC_BLOCK
)
11620 error (_("Symbol \"%s\" is not a function (class = %d)"),
11621 sym
->linkage_name (), SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
));
11625 sym
= standard_lookup (einfo
->catch_handlers_sym
, NULL
, VAR_DOMAIN
);
11628 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
11629 = lookup_minimal_symbol (einfo
->catch_handlers_sym
, NULL
, NULL
);
11631 if (msym
.minsym
&& MSYMBOL_TYPE (msym
.minsym
) != mst_solib_trampoline
)
11632 error (_("Your Ada runtime appears to be missing some debugging "
11633 "information.\nCannot insert Ada exception catchpoint "
11634 "in this configuration."));
11639 /* Make sure that the symbol we found corresponds to a function. */
11641 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) != LOC_BLOCK
)
11643 error (_("Symbol \"%s\" is not a function (class = %d)"),
11644 sym
->linkage_name (), SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
));
11651 /* Inspect the Ada runtime and determine which exception info structure
11652 should be used to provide support for exception catchpoints.
11654 This function will always set the per-inferior exception_info,
11655 or raise an error. */
11658 ada_exception_support_info_sniffer (void)
11660 struct ada_inferior_data
*data
= get_ada_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
11662 /* If the exception info is already known, then no need to recompute it. */
11663 if (data
->exception_info
!= NULL
)
11666 /* Check the latest (default) exception support info. */
11667 if (ada_has_this_exception_support (&default_exception_support_info
))
11669 data
->exception_info
= &default_exception_support_info
;
11673 /* Try the v0 exception suport info. */
11674 if (ada_has_this_exception_support (&exception_support_info_v0
))
11676 data
->exception_info
= &exception_support_info_v0
;
11680 /* Try our fallback exception suport info. */
11681 if (ada_has_this_exception_support (&exception_support_info_fallback
))
11683 data
->exception_info
= &exception_support_info_fallback
;
11687 /* Sometimes, it is normal for us to not be able to find the routine
11688 we are looking for. This happens when the program is linked with
11689 the shared version of the GNAT runtime, and the program has not been
11690 started yet. Inform the user of these two possible causes if
11693 if (ada_update_initial_language (language_unknown
) != language_ada
)
11694 error (_("Unable to insert catchpoint. Is this an Ada main program?"));
11696 /* If the symbol does not exist, then check that the program is
11697 already started, to make sure that shared libraries have been
11698 loaded. If it is not started, this may mean that the symbol is
11699 in a shared library. */
11701 if (inferior_ptid
.pid () == 0)
11702 error (_("Unable to insert catchpoint. Try to start the program first."));
11704 /* At this point, we know that we are debugging an Ada program and
11705 that the inferior has been started, but we still are not able to
11706 find the run-time symbols. That can mean that we are in
11707 configurable run time mode, or that a-except as been optimized
11708 out by the linker... In any case, at this point it is not worth
11709 supporting this feature. */
11711 error (_("Cannot insert Ada exception catchpoints in this configuration."));
11714 /* True iff FRAME is very likely to be that of a function that is
11715 part of the runtime system. This is all very heuristic, but is
11716 intended to be used as advice as to what frames are uninteresting
11720 is_known_support_routine (struct frame_info
*frame
)
11722 enum language func_lang
;
11724 const char *fullname
;
11726 /* If this code does not have any debugging information (no symtab),
11727 This cannot be any user code. */
11729 symtab_and_line sal
= find_frame_sal (frame
);
11730 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
11733 /* If there is a symtab, but the associated source file cannot be
11734 located, then assume this is not user code: Selecting a frame
11735 for which we cannot display the code would not be very helpful
11736 for the user. This should also take care of case such as VxWorks
11737 where the kernel has some debugging info provided for a few units. */
11739 fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
11740 if (access (fullname
, R_OK
) != 0)
11743 /* Check the unit filename against the Ada runtime file naming.
11744 We also check the name of the objfile against the name of some
11745 known system libraries that sometimes come with debugging info
11748 for (i
= 0; known_runtime_file_name_patterns
[i
] != NULL
; i
+= 1)
11750 re_comp (known_runtime_file_name_patterns
[i
]);
11751 if (re_exec (lbasename (sal
.symtab
->filename
)))
11753 if (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
) != NULL
11754 && re_exec (objfile_name (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
))))
11758 /* Check whether the function is a GNAT-generated entity. */
11760 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> func_name
11761 = find_frame_funname (frame
, &func_lang
, NULL
);
11762 if (func_name
== NULL
)
11765 for (i
= 0; known_auxiliary_function_name_patterns
[i
] != NULL
; i
+= 1)
11767 re_comp (known_auxiliary_function_name_patterns
[i
]);
11768 if (re_exec (func_name
.get ()))
11775 /* Find the first frame that contains debugging information and that is not
11776 part of the Ada run-time, starting from FI and moving upward. */
11779 ada_find_printable_frame (struct frame_info
*fi
)
11781 for (; fi
!= NULL
; fi
= get_prev_frame (fi
))
11783 if (!is_known_support_routine (fi
))
11792 /* Assuming that the inferior just triggered an unhandled exception
11793 catchpoint, return the address in inferior memory where the name
11794 of the exception is stored.
11796 Return zero if the address could not be computed. */
11799 ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr (void)
11801 return parse_and_eval_address ("e.full_name");
11804 /* Same as ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr, except that this function
11805 should be used when the inferior uses an older version of the runtime,
11806 where the exception name needs to be extracted from a specific frame
11807 several frames up in the callstack. */
11810 ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_from_raise (void)
11813 struct frame_info
*fi
;
11814 struct ada_inferior_data
*data
= get_ada_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
11816 /* To determine the name of this exception, we need to select
11817 the frame corresponding to RAISE_SYM_NAME. This frame is
11818 at least 3 levels up, so we simply skip the first 3 frames
11819 without checking the name of their associated function. */
11820 fi
= get_current_frame ();
11821 for (frame_level
= 0; frame_level
< 3; frame_level
+= 1)
11823 fi
= get_prev_frame (fi
);
11827 enum language func_lang
;
11829 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> func_name
11830 = find_frame_funname (fi
, &func_lang
, NULL
);
11831 if (func_name
!= NULL
)
11833 if (strcmp (func_name
.get (),
11834 data
->exception_info
->catch_exception_sym
) == 0)
11835 break; /* We found the frame we were looking for... */
11837 fi
= get_prev_frame (fi
);
11844 return parse_and_eval_address ("id.full_name");
11847 /* Assuming the inferior just triggered an Ada exception catchpoint
11848 (of any type), return the address in inferior memory where the name
11849 of the exception is stored, if applicable.
11851 Assumes the selected frame is the current frame.
11853 Return zero if the address could not be computed, or if not relevant. */
11856 ada_exception_name_addr_1 (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex
,
11857 struct breakpoint
*b
)
11859 struct ada_inferior_data
*data
= get_ada_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
11863 case ada_catch_exception
:
11864 return (parse_and_eval_address ("e.full_name"));
11867 case ada_catch_exception_unhandled
:
11868 return data
->exception_info
->unhandled_exception_name_addr ();
11871 case ada_catch_handlers
:
11872 return 0; /* The runtimes does not provide access to the exception
11876 case ada_catch_assert
:
11877 return 0; /* Exception name is not relevant in this case. */
11881 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unexpected catchpoint type"));
11885 return 0; /* Should never be reached. */
11888 /* Assuming the inferior is stopped at an exception catchpoint,
11889 return the message which was associated to the exception, if
11890 available. Return NULL if the message could not be retrieved.
11892 Note: The exception message can be associated to an exception
11893 either through the use of the Raise_Exception function, or
11894 more simply (Ada 2005 and later), via:
11896 raise Exception_Name with "exception message";
11900 static gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>
11901 ada_exception_message_1 (void)
11903 struct value
*e_msg_val
;
11906 /* For runtimes that support this feature, the exception message
11907 is passed as an unbounded string argument called "message". */
11908 e_msg_val
= parse_and_eval ("message");
11909 if (e_msg_val
== NULL
)
11910 return NULL
; /* Exception message not supported. */
11912 e_msg_val
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (e_msg_val
);
11913 gdb_assert (e_msg_val
!= NULL
);
11914 e_msg_len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (e_msg_val
));
11916 /* If the message string is empty, then treat it as if there was
11917 no exception message. */
11918 if (e_msg_len
<= 0)
11921 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> e_msg ((char *) xmalloc (e_msg_len
+ 1));
11922 read_memory (value_address (e_msg_val
), (gdb_byte
*) e_msg
.get (),
11924 e_msg
.get ()[e_msg_len
] = '\0';
11929 /* Same as ada_exception_message_1, except that all exceptions are
11930 contained here (returning NULL instead). */
11932 static gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>
11933 ada_exception_message (void)
11935 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> e_msg
;
11939 e_msg
= ada_exception_message_1 ();
11941 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
11943 e_msg
.reset (nullptr);
11949 /* Same as ada_exception_name_addr_1, except that it intercepts and contains
11950 any error that ada_exception_name_addr_1 might cause to be thrown.
11951 When an error is intercepted, a warning with the error message is printed,
11952 and zero is returned. */
11955 ada_exception_name_addr (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex
,
11956 struct breakpoint
*b
)
11958 CORE_ADDR result
= 0;
11962 result
= ada_exception_name_addr_1 (ex
, b
);
11965 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
11967 warning (_("failed to get exception name: %s"), e
.what ());
11974 static std::string ada_exception_catchpoint_cond_string
11975 (const char *excep_string
,
11976 enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex
);
11978 /* Ada catchpoints.
11980 In the case of catchpoints on Ada exceptions, the catchpoint will
11981 stop the target on every exception the program throws. When a user
11982 specifies the name of a specific exception, we translate this
11983 request into a condition expression (in text form), and then parse
11984 it into an expression stored in each of the catchpoint's locations.
11985 We then use this condition to check whether the exception that was
11986 raised is the one the user is interested in. If not, then the
11987 target is resumed again. We store the name of the requested
11988 exception, in order to be able to re-set the condition expression
11989 when symbols change. */
11991 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an Ada catchpoint
11992 breakpoint location. */
11994 class ada_catchpoint_location
: public bp_location
11997 ada_catchpoint_location (breakpoint
*owner
)
11998 : bp_location (owner
, bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
12001 /* The condition that checks whether the exception that was raised
12002 is the specific exception the user specified on catchpoint
12004 expression_up excep_cond_expr
;
12007 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an Ada catchpoint. */
12009 struct ada_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
12011 explicit ada_catchpoint (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind kind
)
12016 /* The name of the specific exception the user specified. */
12017 std::string excep_string
;
12019 /* What kind of catchpoint this is. */
12020 enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind m_kind
;
12023 /* Parse the exception condition string in the context of each of the
12024 catchpoint's locations, and store them for later evaluation. */
12027 create_excep_cond_exprs (struct ada_catchpoint
*c
,
12028 enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex
)
12030 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12032 /* Nothing to do if there's no specific exception to catch. */
12033 if (c
->excep_string
.empty ())
12036 /* Same if there are no locations... */
12037 if (c
->loc
== NULL
)
12040 /* Compute the condition expression in text form, from the specific
12041 expection we want to catch. */
12042 std::string cond_string
12043 = ada_exception_catchpoint_cond_string (c
->excep_string
.c_str (), ex
);
12045 /* Iterate over all the catchpoint's locations, and parse an
12046 expression for each. */
12047 for (bl
= c
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12049 struct ada_catchpoint_location
*ada_loc
12050 = (struct ada_catchpoint_location
*) bl
;
12053 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
)
12057 s
= cond_string
.c_str ();
12060 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, bl
->address
,
12061 block_for_pc (bl
->address
),
12064 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
12066 warning (_("failed to reevaluate internal exception condition "
12067 "for catchpoint %d: %s"),
12068 c
->number
, e
.what ());
12072 ada_loc
->excep_cond_expr
= std::move (exp
);
12076 /* Implement the ALLOCATE_LOCATION method in the breakpoint_ops
12077 structure for all exception catchpoint kinds. */
12079 static struct bp_location
*
12080 allocate_location_exception (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12082 return new ada_catchpoint_location (self
);
12085 /* Implement the RE_SET method in the breakpoint_ops structure for all
12086 exception catchpoint kinds. */
12089 re_set_exception (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12091 struct ada_catchpoint
*c
= (struct ada_catchpoint
*) b
;
12093 /* Call the base class's method. This updates the catchpoint's
12095 bkpt_breakpoint_ops
.re_set (b
);
12097 /* Reparse the exception conditional expressions. One for each
12099 create_excep_cond_exprs (c
, c
->m_kind
);
12102 /* Returns true if we should stop for this breakpoint hit. If the
12103 user specified a specific exception, we only want to cause a stop
12104 if the program thrown that exception. */
12107 should_stop_exception (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12109 struct ada_catchpoint
*c
= (struct ada_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
12110 const struct ada_catchpoint_location
*ada_loc
12111 = (const struct ada_catchpoint_location
*) bl
;
12114 struct internalvar
*var
= lookup_internalvar ("_ada_exception");
12115 if (c
->m_kind
== ada_catch_assert
)
12116 clear_internalvar (var
);
12123 if (c
->m_kind
== ada_catch_handlers
)
12124 expr
= ("GNAT_GCC_exception_Access(gcc_exception)"
12125 ".all.occurrence.id");
12129 struct value
*exc
= parse_and_eval (expr
);
12130 set_internalvar (var
, exc
);
12132 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
12134 clear_internalvar (var
);
12138 /* With no specific exception, should always stop. */
12139 if (c
->excep_string
.empty ())
12142 if (ada_loc
->excep_cond_expr
== NULL
)
12144 /* We will have a NULL expression if back when we were creating
12145 the expressions, this location's had failed to parse. */
12152 struct value
*mark
;
12154 mark
= value_mark ();
12155 stop
= value_true (evaluate_expression (ada_loc
->excep_cond_expr
.get ()));
12156 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
12158 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
12160 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
12161 _("Error in testing exception condition:\n"));
12167 /* Implement the CHECK_STATUS method in the breakpoint_ops structure
12168 for all exception catchpoint kinds. */
12171 check_status_exception (bpstat bs
)
12173 bs
->stop
= should_stop_exception (bs
->bp_location_at
);
12176 /* Implement the PRINT_IT method in the breakpoint_ops structure
12177 for all exception catchpoint kinds. */
12179 static enum print_stop_action
12180 print_it_exception (bpstat bs
)
12182 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12183 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12185 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
12187 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12189 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12190 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12191 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12194 uiout
->text (b
->disposition
== disp_del
12195 ? "\nTemporary catchpoint " : "\nCatchpoint ");
12196 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
12197 uiout
->text (", ");
12199 /* ada_exception_name_addr relies on the selected frame being the
12200 current frame. Need to do this here because this function may be
12201 called more than once when printing a stop, and below, we'll
12202 select the first frame past the Ada run-time (see
12203 ada_find_printable_frame). */
12204 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
12206 struct ada_catchpoint
*c
= (struct ada_catchpoint
*) b
;
12209 case ada_catch_exception
:
12210 case ada_catch_exception_unhandled
:
12211 case ada_catch_handlers
:
12213 const CORE_ADDR addr
= ada_exception_name_addr (c
->m_kind
, b
);
12214 char exception_name
[256];
12218 read_memory (addr
, (gdb_byte
*) exception_name
,
12219 sizeof (exception_name
) - 1);
12220 exception_name
[sizeof (exception_name
) - 1] = '\0';
12224 /* For some reason, we were unable to read the exception
12225 name. This could happen if the Runtime was compiled
12226 without debugging info, for instance. In that case,
12227 just replace the exception name by the generic string
12228 "exception" - it will read as "an exception" in the
12229 notification we are about to print. */
12230 memcpy (exception_name
, "exception", sizeof ("exception"));
12232 /* In the case of unhandled exception breakpoints, we print
12233 the exception name as "unhandled EXCEPTION_NAME", to make
12234 it clearer to the user which kind of catchpoint just got
12235 hit. We used ui_out_text to make sure that this extra
12236 info does not pollute the exception name in the MI case. */
12237 if (c
->m_kind
== ada_catch_exception_unhandled
)
12238 uiout
->text ("unhandled ");
12239 uiout
->field_string ("exception-name", exception_name
);
12242 case ada_catch_assert
:
12243 /* In this case, the name of the exception is not really
12244 important. Just print "failed assertion" to make it clearer
12245 that his program just hit an assertion-failure catchpoint.
12246 We used ui_out_text because this info does not belong in
12248 uiout
->text ("failed assertion");
12252 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> exception_message
= ada_exception_message ();
12253 if (exception_message
!= NULL
)
12255 uiout
->text (" (");
12256 uiout
->field_string ("exception-message", exception_message
.get ());
12260 uiout
->text (" at ");
12261 ada_find_printable_frame (get_current_frame ());
12263 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12266 /* Implement the PRINT_ONE method in the breakpoint_ops structure
12267 for all exception catchpoint kinds. */
12270 print_one_exception (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
12272 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12273 struct ada_catchpoint
*c
= (struct ada_catchpoint
*) b
;
12274 struct value_print_options opts
;
12276 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12278 if (opts
.addressprint
)
12279 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
12281 annotate_field (5);
12284 case ada_catch_exception
:
12285 if (!c
->excep_string
.empty ())
12287 std::string msg
= string_printf (_("`%s' Ada exception"),
12288 c
->excep_string
.c_str ());
12290 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
12293 uiout
->field_string ("what", "all Ada exceptions");
12297 case ada_catch_exception_unhandled
:
12298 uiout
->field_string ("what", "unhandled Ada exceptions");
12301 case ada_catch_handlers
:
12302 if (!c
->excep_string
.empty ())
12304 uiout
->field_fmt ("what",
12305 _("`%s' Ada exception handlers"),
12306 c
->excep_string
.c_str ());
12309 uiout
->field_string ("what", "all Ada exceptions handlers");
12312 case ada_catch_assert
:
12313 uiout
->field_string ("what", "failed Ada assertions");
12317 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unexpected catchpoint type"));
12322 /* Implement the PRINT_MENTION method in the breakpoint_ops structure
12323 for all exception catchpoint kinds. */
12326 print_mention_exception (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12328 struct ada_catchpoint
*c
= (struct ada_catchpoint
*) b
;
12329 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12331 uiout
->text (b
->disposition
== disp_del
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
12332 : _("Catchpoint "));
12333 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
12334 uiout
->text (": ");
12338 case ada_catch_exception
:
12339 if (!c
->excep_string
.empty ())
12341 std::string info
= string_printf (_("`%s' Ada exception"),
12342 c
->excep_string
.c_str ());
12343 uiout
->text (info
.c_str ());
12346 uiout
->text (_("all Ada exceptions"));
12349 case ada_catch_exception_unhandled
:
12350 uiout
->text (_("unhandled Ada exceptions"));
12353 case ada_catch_handlers
:
12354 if (!c
->excep_string
.empty ())
12357 = string_printf (_("`%s' Ada exception handlers"),
12358 c
->excep_string
.c_str ());
12359 uiout
->text (info
.c_str ());
12362 uiout
->text (_("all Ada exceptions handlers"));
12365 case ada_catch_assert
:
12366 uiout
->text (_("failed Ada assertions"));
12370 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unexpected catchpoint type"));
12375 /* Implement the PRINT_RECREATE method in the breakpoint_ops structure
12376 for all exception catchpoint kinds. */
12379 print_recreate_exception (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12381 struct ada_catchpoint
*c
= (struct ada_catchpoint
*) b
;
12385 case ada_catch_exception
:
12386 fprintf_filtered (fp
, "catch exception");
12387 if (!c
->excep_string
.empty ())
12388 fprintf_filtered (fp
, " %s", c
->excep_string
.c_str ());
12391 case ada_catch_exception_unhandled
:
12392 fprintf_filtered (fp
, "catch exception unhandled");
12395 case ada_catch_handlers
:
12396 fprintf_filtered (fp
, "catch handlers");
12399 case ada_catch_assert
:
12400 fprintf_filtered (fp
, "catch assert");
12404 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unexpected catchpoint type"));
12406 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
12409 /* Virtual tables for various breakpoint types. */
12410 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exception_breakpoint_ops
;
12411 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exception_unhandled_breakpoint_ops
;
12412 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_assert_breakpoint_ops
;
12413 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_handlers_breakpoint_ops
;
12415 /* See ada-lang.h. */
12418 is_ada_exception_catchpoint (breakpoint
*bp
)
12420 return (bp
->ops
== &catch_exception_breakpoint_ops
12421 || bp
->ops
== &catch_exception_unhandled_breakpoint_ops
12422 || bp
->ops
== &catch_assert_breakpoint_ops
12423 || bp
->ops
== &catch_handlers_breakpoint_ops
);
12426 /* Split the arguments specified in a "catch exception" command.
12427 Set EX to the appropriate catchpoint type.
12428 Set EXCEP_STRING to the name of the specific exception if
12429 specified by the user.
12430 IS_CATCH_HANDLERS_CMD: True if the arguments are for a
12431 "catch handlers" command. False otherwise.
12432 If a condition is found at the end of the arguments, the condition
12433 expression is stored in COND_STRING (memory must be deallocated
12434 after use). Otherwise COND_STRING is set to NULL. */
12437 catch_ada_exception_command_split (const char *args
,
12438 bool is_catch_handlers_cmd
,
12439 enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind
*ex
,
12440 std::string
*excep_string
,
12441 std::string
*cond_string
)
12443 std::string exception_name
;
12445 exception_name
= extract_arg (&args
);
12446 if (exception_name
== "if")
12448 /* This is not an exception name; this is the start of a condition
12449 expression for a catchpoint on all exceptions. So, "un-get"
12450 this token, and set exception_name to NULL. */
12451 exception_name
.clear ();
12455 /* Check to see if we have a condition. */
12457 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
12458 if (startswith (args
, "if")
12459 && (isspace (args
[2]) || args
[2] == '\0'))
12462 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
12464 if (args
[0] == '\0')
12465 error (_("Condition missing after `if' keyword"));
12466 *cond_string
= args
;
12468 args
+= strlen (args
);
12471 /* Check that we do not have any more arguments. Anything else
12474 if (args
[0] != '\0')
12475 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
12477 if (is_catch_handlers_cmd
)
12479 /* Catch handling of exceptions. */
12480 *ex
= ada_catch_handlers
;
12481 *excep_string
= exception_name
;
12483 else if (exception_name
.empty ())
12485 /* Catch all exceptions. */
12486 *ex
= ada_catch_exception
;
12487 excep_string
->clear ();
12489 else if (exception_name
== "unhandled")
12491 /* Catch unhandled exceptions. */
12492 *ex
= ada_catch_exception_unhandled
;
12493 excep_string
->clear ();
12497 /* Catch a specific exception. */
12498 *ex
= ada_catch_exception
;
12499 *excep_string
= exception_name
;
12503 /* Return the name of the symbol on which we should break in order to
12504 implement a catchpoint of the EX kind. */
12506 static const char *
12507 ada_exception_sym_name (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex
)
12509 struct ada_inferior_data
*data
= get_ada_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
12511 gdb_assert (data
->exception_info
!= NULL
);
12515 case ada_catch_exception
:
12516 return (data
->exception_info
->catch_exception_sym
);
12518 case ada_catch_exception_unhandled
:
12519 return (data
->exception_info
->catch_exception_unhandled_sym
);
12521 case ada_catch_assert
:
12522 return (data
->exception_info
->catch_assert_sym
);
12524 case ada_catch_handlers
:
12525 return (data
->exception_info
->catch_handlers_sym
);
12528 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12529 _("unexpected catchpoint kind (%d)"), ex
);
12533 /* Return the breakpoint ops "virtual table" used for catchpoints
12536 static const struct breakpoint_ops
*
12537 ada_exception_breakpoint_ops (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex
)
12541 case ada_catch_exception
:
12542 return (&catch_exception_breakpoint_ops
);
12544 case ada_catch_exception_unhandled
:
12545 return (&catch_exception_unhandled_breakpoint_ops
);
12547 case ada_catch_assert
:
12548 return (&catch_assert_breakpoint_ops
);
12550 case ada_catch_handlers
:
12551 return (&catch_handlers_breakpoint_ops
);
12554 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12555 _("unexpected catchpoint kind (%d)"), ex
);
12559 /* Return the condition that will be used to match the current exception
12560 being raised with the exception that the user wants to catch. This
12561 assumes that this condition is used when the inferior just triggered
12562 an exception catchpoint.
12563 EX: the type of catchpoints used for catching Ada exceptions. */
12566 ada_exception_catchpoint_cond_string (const char *excep_string
,
12567 enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex
)
12570 bool is_standard_exc
= false;
12571 std::string result
;
12573 if (ex
== ada_catch_handlers
)
12575 /* For exception handlers catchpoints, the condition string does
12576 not use the same parameter as for the other exceptions. */
12577 result
= ("long_integer (GNAT_GCC_exception_Access"
12578 "(gcc_exception).all.occurrence.id)");
12581 result
= "long_integer (e)";
12583 /* The standard exceptions are a special case. They are defined in
12584 runtime units that have been compiled without debugging info; if
12585 EXCEP_STRING is the not-fully-qualified name of a standard
12586 exception (e.g. "constraint_error") then, during the evaluation
12587 of the condition expression, the symbol lookup on this name would
12588 *not* return this standard exception. The catchpoint condition
12589 may then be set only on user-defined exceptions which have the
12590 same not-fully-qualified name (e.g. my_package.constraint_error).
12592 To avoid this unexcepted behavior, these standard exceptions are
12593 systematically prefixed by "standard". This means that "catch
12594 exception constraint_error" is rewritten into "catch exception
12595 standard.constraint_error".
12597 If an exception named constraint_error is defined in another package of
12598 the inferior program, then the only way to specify this exception as a
12599 breakpoint condition is to use its fully-qualified named:
12600 e.g. my_package.constraint_error. */
12602 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (standard_exc
) / sizeof (char *); i
++)
12604 if (strcmp (standard_exc
[i
], excep_string
) == 0)
12606 is_standard_exc
= true;
12613 if (is_standard_exc
)
12614 string_appendf (result
, "long_integer (&standard.%s)", excep_string
);
12616 string_appendf (result
, "long_integer (&%s)", excep_string
);
12621 /* Return the symtab_and_line that should be used to insert an exception
12622 catchpoint of the TYPE kind.
12624 ADDR_STRING returns the name of the function where the real
12625 breakpoint that implements the catchpoints is set, depending on the
12626 type of catchpoint we need to create. */
12628 static struct symtab_and_line
12629 ada_exception_sal (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex
,
12630 std::string
*addr_string
, const struct breakpoint_ops
**ops
)
12632 const char *sym_name
;
12633 struct symbol
*sym
;
12635 /* First, find out which exception support info to use. */
12636 ada_exception_support_info_sniffer ();
12638 /* Then lookup the function on which we will break in order to catch
12639 the Ada exceptions requested by the user. */
12640 sym_name
= ada_exception_sym_name (ex
);
12641 sym
= standard_lookup (sym_name
, NULL
, VAR_DOMAIN
);
12644 error (_("Catchpoint symbol not found: %s"), sym_name
);
12646 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) != LOC_BLOCK
)
12647 error (_("Unable to insert catchpoint. %s is not a function."), sym_name
);
12649 /* Set ADDR_STRING. */
12650 *addr_string
= sym_name
;
12653 *ops
= ada_exception_breakpoint_ops (ex
);
12655 return find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
12658 /* Create an Ada exception catchpoint.
12660 EX_KIND is the kind of exception catchpoint to be created.
12662 If EXCEPT_STRING is empty, this catchpoint is expected to trigger
12663 for all exceptions. Otherwise, EXCEPT_STRING indicates the name
12664 of the exception to which this catchpoint applies.
12666 COND_STRING, if not empty, is the catchpoint condition.
12668 TEMPFLAG, if nonzero, means that the underlying breakpoint
12669 should be temporary.
12671 FROM_TTY is the usual argument passed to all commands implementations. */
12674 create_ada_exception_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12675 enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex_kind
,
12676 const std::string
&excep_string
,
12677 const std::string
&cond_string
,
12682 std::string addr_string
;
12683 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
12684 struct symtab_and_line sal
= ada_exception_sal (ex_kind
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
12686 std::unique_ptr
<ada_catchpoint
> c (new ada_catchpoint (ex_kind
));
12687 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
.c_str (),
12688 ops
, tempflag
, disabled
, from_tty
);
12689 c
->excep_string
= excep_string
;
12690 create_excep_cond_exprs (c
.get (), ex_kind
);
12691 if (!cond_string
.empty ())
12692 set_breakpoint_condition (c
.get (), cond_string
.c_str (), from_tty
, false);
12693 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
12696 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
12699 catch_ada_exception_command (const char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
12700 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
12702 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
12703 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
12705 enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex_kind
;
12706 std::string excep_string
;
12707 std::string cond_string
;
12709 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
12713 catch_ada_exception_command_split (arg
, false, &ex_kind
, &excep_string
,
12715 create_ada_exception_catchpoint (gdbarch
, ex_kind
,
12716 excep_string
, cond_string
,
12717 tempflag
, 1 /* enabled */,
12721 /* Implement the "catch handlers" command. */
12724 catch_ada_handlers_command (const char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
12725 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
12727 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
12728 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
12730 enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex_kind
;
12731 std::string excep_string
;
12732 std::string cond_string
;
12734 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
12738 catch_ada_exception_command_split (arg
, true, &ex_kind
, &excep_string
,
12740 create_ada_exception_catchpoint (gdbarch
, ex_kind
,
12741 excep_string
, cond_string
,
12742 tempflag
, 1 /* enabled */,
12746 /* Completion function for the Ada "catch" commands. */
12749 catch_ada_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
, completion_tracker
&tracker
,
12750 const char *text
, const char *word
)
12752 std::vector
<ada_exc_info
> exceptions
= ada_exceptions_list (NULL
);
12754 for (const ada_exc_info
&info
: exceptions
)
12756 if (startswith (info
.name
, word
))
12757 tracker
.add_completion (make_unique_xstrdup (info
.name
));
12761 /* Split the arguments specified in a "catch assert" command.
12763 ARGS contains the command's arguments (or the empty string if
12764 no arguments were passed).
12766 If ARGS contains a condition, set COND_STRING to that condition
12767 (the memory needs to be deallocated after use). */
12770 catch_ada_assert_command_split (const char *args
, std::string
&cond_string
)
12772 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
12774 /* Check whether a condition was provided. */
12775 if (startswith (args
, "if")
12776 && (isspace (args
[2]) || args
[2] == '\0'))
12779 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
12780 if (args
[0] == '\0')
12781 error (_("condition missing after `if' keyword"));
12782 cond_string
.assign (args
);
12785 /* Otherwise, there should be no other argument at the end of
12787 else if (args
[0] != '\0')
12788 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12791 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
12794 catch_assert_command (const char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
12795 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
12797 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
12798 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
12800 std::string cond_string
;
12802 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
12806 catch_ada_assert_command_split (arg
, cond_string
);
12807 create_ada_exception_catchpoint (gdbarch
, ada_catch_assert
,
12809 tempflag
, 1 /* enabled */,
12813 /* Return non-zero if the symbol SYM is an Ada exception object. */
12816 ada_is_exception_sym (struct symbol
*sym
)
12818 const char *type_name
= SYMBOL_TYPE (sym
)->name ();
12820 return (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) != LOC_TYPEDEF
12821 && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) != LOC_BLOCK
12822 && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) != LOC_CONST
12823 && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) != LOC_UNRESOLVED
12824 && type_name
!= NULL
&& strcmp (type_name
, "exception") == 0);
12827 /* Given a global symbol SYM, return non-zero iff SYM is a non-standard
12828 Ada exception object. This matches all exceptions except the ones
12829 defined by the Ada language. */
12832 ada_is_non_standard_exception_sym (struct symbol
*sym
)
12836 if (!ada_is_exception_sym (sym
))
12839 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (standard_exc
); i
++)
12840 if (strcmp (sym
->linkage_name (), standard_exc
[i
]) == 0)
12841 return 0; /* A standard exception. */
12843 /* Numeric_Error is also a standard exception, so exclude it.
12844 See the STANDARD_EXC description for more details as to why
12845 this exception is not listed in that array. */
12846 if (strcmp (sym
->linkage_name (), "numeric_error") == 0)
12852 /* A helper function for std::sort, comparing two struct ada_exc_info
12855 The comparison is determined first by exception name, and then
12856 by exception address. */
12859 ada_exc_info::operator< (const ada_exc_info
&other
) const
12863 result
= strcmp (name
, other
.name
);
12866 if (result
== 0 && addr
< other
.addr
)
12872 ada_exc_info::operator== (const ada_exc_info
&other
) const
12874 return addr
== other
.addr
&& strcmp (name
, other
.name
) == 0;
12877 /* Sort EXCEPTIONS using compare_ada_exception_info as the comparison
12878 routine, but keeping the first SKIP elements untouched.
12880 All duplicates are also removed. */
12883 sort_remove_dups_ada_exceptions_list (std::vector
<ada_exc_info
> *exceptions
,
12886 std::sort (exceptions
->begin () + skip
, exceptions
->end ());
12887 exceptions
->erase (std::unique (exceptions
->begin () + skip
, exceptions
->end ()),
12888 exceptions
->end ());
12891 /* Add all exceptions defined by the Ada standard whose name match
12892 a regular expression.
12894 If PREG is not NULL, then this regexp_t object is used to
12895 perform the symbol name matching. Otherwise, no name-based
12896 filtering is performed.
12898 EXCEPTIONS is a vector of exceptions to which matching exceptions
12902 ada_add_standard_exceptions (compiled_regex
*preg
,
12903 std::vector
<ada_exc_info
> *exceptions
)
12907 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (standard_exc
); i
++)
12910 || preg
->exec (standard_exc
[i
], 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
12912 struct bound_minimal_symbol msymbol
12913 = ada_lookup_simple_minsym (standard_exc
[i
]);
12915 if (msymbol
.minsym
!= NULL
)
12917 struct ada_exc_info info
12918 = {standard_exc
[i
], BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol
)};
12920 exceptions
->push_back (info
);
12926 /* Add all Ada exceptions defined locally and accessible from the given
12929 If PREG is not NULL, then this regexp_t object is used to
12930 perform the symbol name matching. Otherwise, no name-based
12931 filtering is performed.
12933 EXCEPTIONS is a vector of exceptions to which matching exceptions
12937 ada_add_exceptions_from_frame (compiled_regex
*preg
,
12938 struct frame_info
*frame
,
12939 std::vector
<ada_exc_info
> *exceptions
)
12941 const struct block
*block
= get_frame_block (frame
, 0);
12945 struct block_iterator iter
;
12946 struct symbol
*sym
;
12948 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block
, iter
, sym
)
12950 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
))
12957 if (ada_is_exception_sym (sym
))
12959 struct ada_exc_info info
= {sym
->print_name (),
12960 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym
)};
12962 exceptions
->push_back (info
);
12966 if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (block
) != NULL
)
12968 block
= BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block
);
12972 /* Return true if NAME matches PREG or if PREG is NULL. */
12975 name_matches_regex (const char *name
, compiled_regex
*preg
)
12977 return (preg
== NULL
12978 || preg
->exec (ada_decode (name
).c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0);
12981 /* Add all exceptions defined globally whose name name match
12982 a regular expression, excluding standard exceptions.
12984 The reason we exclude standard exceptions is that they need
12985 to be handled separately: Standard exceptions are defined inside
12986 a runtime unit which is normally not compiled with debugging info,
12987 and thus usually do not show up in our symbol search. However,
12988 if the unit was in fact built with debugging info, we need to
12989 exclude them because they would duplicate the entry we found
12990 during the special loop that specifically searches for those
12991 standard exceptions.
12993 If PREG is not NULL, then this regexp_t object is used to
12994 perform the symbol name matching. Otherwise, no name-based
12995 filtering is performed.
12997 EXCEPTIONS is a vector of exceptions to which matching exceptions
13001 ada_add_global_exceptions (compiled_regex
*preg
,
13002 std::vector
<ada_exc_info
> *exceptions
)
13004 /* In Ada, the symbol "search name" is a linkage name, whereas the
13005 regular expression used to do the matching refers to the natural
13006 name. So match against the decoded name. */
13007 expand_symtabs_matching (NULL
,
13008 lookup_name_info::match_any (),
13009 [&] (const char *search_name
)
13011 std::string decoded
= ada_decode (search_name
);
13012 return name_matches_regex (decoded
.c_str (), preg
);
13017 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
13019 for (compunit_symtab
*s
: objfile
->compunits ())
13021 const struct blockvector
*bv
= COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (s
);
13024 for (i
= GLOBAL_BLOCK
; i
<= STATIC_BLOCK
; i
++)
13026 const struct block
*b
= BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv
, i
);
13027 struct block_iterator iter
;
13028 struct symbol
*sym
;
13030 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b
, iter
, sym
)
13031 if (ada_is_non_standard_exception_sym (sym
)
13032 && name_matches_regex (sym
->natural_name (), preg
))
13034 struct ada_exc_info info
13035 = {sym
->print_name (), SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym
)};
13037 exceptions
->push_back (info
);
13044 /* Implements ada_exceptions_list with the regular expression passed
13045 as a regex_t, rather than a string.
13047 If not NULL, PREG is used to filter out exceptions whose names
13048 do not match. Otherwise, all exceptions are listed. */
13050 static std::vector
<ada_exc_info
>
13051 ada_exceptions_list_1 (compiled_regex
*preg
)
13053 std::vector
<ada_exc_info
> result
;
13056 /* First, list the known standard exceptions. These exceptions
13057 need to be handled separately, as they are usually defined in
13058 runtime units that have been compiled without debugging info. */
13060 ada_add_standard_exceptions (preg
, &result
);
13062 /* Next, find all exceptions whose scope is local and accessible
13063 from the currently selected frame. */
13065 if (has_stack_frames ())
13067 prev_len
= result
.size ();
13068 ada_add_exceptions_from_frame (preg
, get_selected_frame (NULL
),
13070 if (result
.size () > prev_len
)
13071 sort_remove_dups_ada_exceptions_list (&result
, prev_len
);
13074 /* Add all exceptions whose scope is global. */
13076 prev_len
= result
.size ();
13077 ada_add_global_exceptions (preg
, &result
);
13078 if (result
.size () > prev_len
)
13079 sort_remove_dups_ada_exceptions_list (&result
, prev_len
);
13084 /* Return a vector of ada_exc_info.
13086 If REGEXP is NULL, all exceptions are included in the result.
13087 Otherwise, it should contain a valid regular expression,
13088 and only the exceptions whose names match that regular expression
13089 are included in the result.
13091 The exceptions are sorted in the following order:
13092 - Standard exceptions (defined by the Ada language), in
13093 alphabetical order;
13094 - Exceptions only visible from the current frame, in
13095 alphabetical order;
13096 - Exceptions whose scope is global, in alphabetical order. */
13098 std::vector
<ada_exc_info
>
13099 ada_exceptions_list (const char *regexp
)
13101 if (regexp
== NULL
)
13102 return ada_exceptions_list_1 (NULL
);
13104 compiled_regex
reg (regexp
, REG_NOSUB
, _("invalid regular expression"));
13105 return ada_exceptions_list_1 (®
);
13108 /* Implement the "info exceptions" command. */
13111 info_exceptions_command (const char *regexp
, int from_tty
)
13113 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
13115 std::vector
<ada_exc_info
> exceptions
= ada_exceptions_list (regexp
);
13117 if (regexp
!= NULL
)
13119 (_("All Ada exceptions matching regular expression \"%s\":\n"), regexp
);
13121 printf_filtered (_("All defined Ada exceptions:\n"));
13123 for (const ada_exc_info
&info
: exceptions
)
13124 printf_filtered ("%s: %s\n", info
.name
, paddress (gdbarch
, info
.addr
));
13128 /* Information about operators given special treatment in functions
13130 /* Format: OP_DEFN (<operator>, <operator length>, <# args>, <binop>). */
13132 #define ADA_OPERATORS \
13133 OP_DEFN (OP_VAR_VALUE, 4, 0, 0) \
13134 OP_DEFN (BINOP_IN_BOUNDS, 3, 2, 0) \
13135 OP_DEFN (TERNOP_IN_RANGE, 1, 3, 0) \
13136 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_FIRST, 1, 2, 0) \
13137 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_LAST, 1, 2, 0) \
13138 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_LENGTH, 1, 2, 0) \
13139 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_IMAGE, 1, 2, 0) \
13140 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_MAX, 1, 3, 0) \
13141 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_MIN, 1, 3, 0) \
13142 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_MODULUS, 1, 1, 0) \
13143 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_POS, 1, 2, 0) \
13144 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_SIZE, 1, 1, 0) \
13145 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_TAG, 1, 1, 0) \
13146 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_VAL, 1, 2, 0) \
13147 OP_DEFN (UNOP_QUAL, 3, 1, 0) \
13148 OP_DEFN (UNOP_IN_RANGE, 3, 1, 0) \
13149 OP_DEFN (OP_OTHERS, 1, 1, 0) \
13150 OP_DEFN (OP_POSITIONAL, 3, 1, 0) \
13151 OP_DEFN (OP_DISCRETE_RANGE, 1, 2, 0)
13154 ada_operator_length (const struct expression
*exp
, int pc
, int *oplenp
,
13157 switch (exp
->elts
[pc
- 1].opcode
)
13160 operator_length_standard (exp
, pc
, oplenp
, argsp
);
13163 #define OP_DEFN(op, len, args, binop) \
13164 case op: *oplenp = len; *argsp = args; break;
13170 *argsp
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
- 2].longconst
);
13175 *argsp
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
- 2].longconst
) + 1;
13180 /* Implementation of the exp_descriptor method operator_check. */
13183 ada_operator_check (struct expression
*exp
, int pos
,
13184 int (*objfile_func
) (struct objfile
*objfile
, void *data
),
13187 const union exp_element
*const elts
= exp
->elts
;
13188 struct type
*type
= NULL
;
13190 switch (elts
[pos
].opcode
)
13192 case UNOP_IN_RANGE
:
13194 type
= elts
[pos
+ 1].type
;
13198 return operator_check_standard (exp
, pos
, objfile_func
, data
);
13201 /* Invoke callbacks for TYPE and OBJFILE if they were set as non-NULL. */
13203 if (type
&& TYPE_OBJFILE (type
)
13204 && (*objfile_func
) (TYPE_OBJFILE (type
), data
))
13210 static const char *
13211 ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode opcode
)
13216 return op_name_standard (opcode
);
13218 #define OP_DEFN(op, len, args, binop) case op: return #op;
13223 return "OP_AGGREGATE";
13225 return "OP_CHOICES";
13231 /* As for operator_length, but assumes PC is pointing at the first
13232 element of the operator, and gives meaningful results only for the
13233 Ada-specific operators, returning 0 for *OPLENP and *ARGSP otherwise. */
13236 ada_forward_operator_length (struct expression
*exp
, int pc
,
13237 int *oplenp
, int *argsp
)
13239 switch (exp
->elts
[pc
].opcode
)
13242 *oplenp
= *argsp
= 0;
13245 #define OP_DEFN(op, len, args, binop) \
13246 case op: *oplenp = len; *argsp = args; break;
13252 *argsp
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
);
13257 *argsp
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
) + 1;
13263 int len
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
);
13265 *oplenp
= 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (len
+ 1);
13273 ada_dump_subexp_body (struct expression
*exp
, struct ui_file
*stream
, int elt
)
13275 enum exp_opcode op
= exp
->elts
[elt
].opcode
;
13280 ada_forward_operator_length (exp
, elt
, &oplen
, &nargs
);
13284 /* Ada attributes ('Foo). */
13287 case OP_ATR_LENGTH
:
13291 case OP_ATR_MODULUS
:
13298 case UNOP_IN_RANGE
:
13300 /* XXX: gdb_sprint_host_address, type_sprint */
13301 fprintf_filtered (stream
, _("Type @"));
13302 gdb_print_host_address (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
, stream
);
13303 fprintf_filtered (stream
, " (");
13304 type_print (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
, NULL
, stream
, 0);
13305 fprintf_filtered (stream
, ")");
13307 case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS
:
13308 fprintf_filtered (stream
, " (%d)",
13309 longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].longconst
));
13311 case TERNOP_IN_RANGE
:
13316 case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE
:
13317 case OP_POSITIONAL
:
13324 char *name
= &exp
->elts
[elt
+ 2].string
;
13325 int len
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[elt
+ 1].longconst
);
13327 fprintf_filtered (stream
, "Text: `%.*s'", len
, name
);
13332 return dump_subexp_body_standard (exp
, stream
, elt
);
13336 for (i
= 0; i
< nargs
; i
+= 1)
13337 elt
= dump_subexp (exp
, stream
, elt
);
13342 /* The Ada extension of print_subexp (q.v.). */
13345 ada_print_subexp (struct expression
*exp
, int *pos
,
13346 struct ui_file
*stream
, enum precedence prec
)
13348 int oplen
, nargs
, i
;
13350 enum exp_opcode op
= exp
->elts
[pc
].opcode
;
13352 ada_forward_operator_length (exp
, pc
, &oplen
, &nargs
);
13359 print_subexp_standard (exp
, pos
, stream
, prec
);
13363 fputs_filtered (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
->natural_name (), stream
);
13366 case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS
:
13367 /* XXX: sprint_subexp */
13368 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
13369 fputs_filtered (" in ", stream
);
13370 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
13371 fputs_filtered ("'range", stream
);
13372 if (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
> 1)
13373 fprintf_filtered (stream
, "(%ld)",
13374 (long) exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
);
13377 case TERNOP_IN_RANGE
:
13378 if (prec
>= PREC_EQUAL
)
13379 fputs_filtered ("(", stream
);
13380 /* XXX: sprint_subexp */
13381 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
13382 fputs_filtered (" in ", stream
);
13383 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_EQUAL
);
13384 fputs_filtered (" .. ", stream
);
13385 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_EQUAL
);
13386 if (prec
>= PREC_EQUAL
)
13387 fputs_filtered (")", stream
);
13392 case OP_ATR_LENGTH
:
13396 case OP_ATR_MODULUS
:
13401 if (exp
->elts
[*pos
].opcode
== OP_TYPE
)
13403 if (exp
->elts
[*pos
+ 1].type
->code () != TYPE_CODE_VOID
)
13404 LA_PRINT_TYPE (exp
->elts
[*pos
+ 1].type
, "", stream
, 0, 0,
13405 &type_print_raw_options
);
13409 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
13410 fprintf_filtered (stream
, "'%s", ada_attribute_name (op
));
13415 for (tem
= 1; tem
< nargs
; tem
+= 1)
13417 fputs_filtered ((tem
== 1) ? " (" : ", ", stream
);
13418 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_ABOVE_COMMA
);
13420 fputs_filtered (")", stream
);
13425 type_print (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
, "", stream
, 0);
13426 fputs_filtered ("'(", stream
);
13427 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_PREFIX
);
13428 fputs_filtered (")", stream
);
13431 case UNOP_IN_RANGE
:
13432 /* XXX: sprint_subexp */
13433 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
13434 fputs_filtered (" in ", stream
);
13435 LA_PRINT_TYPE (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
, "", stream
, 1, 0,
13436 &type_print_raw_options
);
13439 case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE
:
13440 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
13441 fputs_filtered ("..", stream
);
13442 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
13446 fputs_filtered ("others => ", stream
);
13447 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
13451 for (i
= 0; i
< nargs
-1; i
+= 1)
13454 fputs_filtered ("|", stream
);
13455 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
13457 fputs_filtered (" => ", stream
);
13458 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
13461 case OP_POSITIONAL
:
13462 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
13466 fputs_filtered ("(", stream
);
13467 for (i
= 0; i
< nargs
; i
+= 1)
13470 fputs_filtered (", ", stream
);
13471 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
13473 fputs_filtered (")", stream
);
13478 /* Table mapping opcodes into strings for printing operators
13479 and precedences of the operators. */
13481 static const struct op_print ada_op_print_tab
[] = {
13482 {":=", BINOP_ASSIGN
, PREC_ASSIGN
, 1},
13483 {"or else", BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
, PREC_LOGICAL_OR
, 0},
13484 {"and then", BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
, PREC_LOGICAL_AND
, 0},
13485 {"or", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
, PREC_BITWISE_IOR
, 0},
13486 {"xor", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
, PREC_BITWISE_XOR
, 0},
13487 {"and", BINOP_BITWISE_AND
, PREC_BITWISE_AND
, 0},
13488 {"=", BINOP_EQUAL
, PREC_EQUAL
, 0},
13489 {"/=", BINOP_NOTEQUAL
, PREC_EQUAL
, 0},
13490 {"<=", BINOP_LEQ
, PREC_ORDER
, 0},
13491 {">=", BINOP_GEQ
, PREC_ORDER
, 0},
13492 {">", BINOP_GTR
, PREC_ORDER
, 0},
13493 {"<", BINOP_LESS
, PREC_ORDER
, 0},
13494 {">>", BINOP_RSH
, PREC_SHIFT
, 0},
13495 {"<<", BINOP_LSH
, PREC_SHIFT
, 0},
13496 {"+", BINOP_ADD
, PREC_ADD
, 0},
13497 {"-", BINOP_SUB
, PREC_ADD
, 0},
13498 {"&", BINOP_CONCAT
, PREC_ADD
, 0},
13499 {"*", BINOP_MUL
, PREC_MUL
, 0},
13500 {"/", BINOP_DIV
, PREC_MUL
, 0},
13501 {"rem", BINOP_REM
, PREC_MUL
, 0},
13502 {"mod", BINOP_MOD
, PREC_MUL
, 0},
13503 {"**", BINOP_EXP
, PREC_REPEAT
, 0},
13504 {"@", BINOP_REPEAT
, PREC_REPEAT
, 0},
13505 {"-", UNOP_NEG
, PREC_PREFIX
, 0},
13506 {"+", UNOP_PLUS
, PREC_PREFIX
, 0},
13507 {"not ", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
, PREC_PREFIX
, 0},
13508 {"not ", UNOP_COMPLEMENT
, PREC_PREFIX
, 0},
13509 {"abs ", UNOP_ABS
, PREC_PREFIX
, 0},
13510 {".all", UNOP_IND
, PREC_SUFFIX
, 1},
13511 {"'access", UNOP_ADDR
, PREC_SUFFIX
, 1},
13512 {"'size", OP_ATR_SIZE
, PREC_SUFFIX
, 1},
13513 {NULL
, OP_NULL
, PREC_SUFFIX
, 0}
13516 enum ada_primitive_types
{
13517 ada_primitive_type_int
,
13518 ada_primitive_type_long
,
13519 ada_primitive_type_short
,
13520 ada_primitive_type_char
,
13521 ada_primitive_type_float
,
13522 ada_primitive_type_double
,
13523 ada_primitive_type_void
,
13524 ada_primitive_type_long_long
,
13525 ada_primitive_type_long_double
,
13526 ada_primitive_type_natural
,
13527 ada_primitive_type_positive
,
13528 ada_primitive_type_system_address
,
13529 ada_primitive_type_storage_offset
,
13530 nr_ada_primitive_types
13534 /* Language vector */
13536 static const struct exp_descriptor ada_exp_descriptor
= {
13538 ada_operator_length
,
13539 ada_operator_check
,
13541 ada_dump_subexp_body
,
13542 ada_evaluate_subexp
13545 /* symbol_name_matcher_ftype adapter for wild_match. */
13548 do_wild_match (const char *symbol_search_name
,
13549 const lookup_name_info
&lookup_name
,
13550 completion_match_result
*comp_match_res
)
13552 return wild_match (symbol_search_name
, ada_lookup_name (lookup_name
));
13555 /* symbol_name_matcher_ftype adapter for full_match. */
13558 do_full_match (const char *symbol_search_name
,
13559 const lookup_name_info
&lookup_name
,
13560 completion_match_result
*comp_match_res
)
13562 return full_match (symbol_search_name
, ada_lookup_name (lookup_name
));
13565 /* symbol_name_matcher_ftype for exact (verbatim) matches. */
13568 do_exact_match (const char *symbol_search_name
,
13569 const lookup_name_info
&lookup_name
,
13570 completion_match_result
*comp_match_res
)
13572 return strcmp (symbol_search_name
, ada_lookup_name (lookup_name
)) == 0;
13575 /* Build the Ada lookup name for LOOKUP_NAME. */
13577 ada_lookup_name_info::ada_lookup_name_info (const lookup_name_info
&lookup_name
)
13579 gdb::string_view user_name
= lookup_name
.name ();
13581 if (user_name
[0] == '<')
13583 if (user_name
.back () == '>')
13585 = gdb::to_string (user_name
.substr (1, user_name
.size () - 2));
13588 = gdb::to_string (user_name
.substr (1, user_name
.size () - 1));
13589 m_encoded_p
= true;
13590 m_verbatim_p
= true;
13591 m_wild_match_p
= false;
13592 m_standard_p
= false;
13596 m_verbatim_p
= false;
13598 m_encoded_p
= user_name
.find ("__") != gdb::string_view::npos
;
13602 const char *folded
= ada_fold_name (user_name
);
13603 m_encoded_name
= ada_encode_1 (folded
, false);
13604 if (m_encoded_name
.empty ())
13605 m_encoded_name
= gdb::to_string (user_name
);
13608 m_encoded_name
= gdb::to_string (user_name
);
13610 /* Handle the 'package Standard' special case. See description
13611 of m_standard_p. */
13612 if (startswith (m_encoded_name
.c_str (), "standard__"))
13614 m_encoded_name
= m_encoded_name
.substr (sizeof ("standard__") - 1);
13615 m_standard_p
= true;
13618 m_standard_p
= false;
13620 /* If the name contains a ".", then the user is entering a fully
13621 qualified entity name, and the match must not be done in wild
13622 mode. Similarly, if the user wants to complete what looks
13623 like an encoded name, the match must not be done in wild
13624 mode. Also, in the standard__ special case always do
13625 non-wild matching. */
13627 = (lookup_name
.match_type () != symbol_name_match_type::FULL
13630 && user_name
.find ('.') == std::string::npos
);
13634 /* symbol_name_matcher_ftype method for Ada. This only handles
13635 completion mode. */
13638 ada_symbol_name_matches (const char *symbol_search_name
,
13639 const lookup_name_info
&lookup_name
,
13640 completion_match_result
*comp_match_res
)
13642 return lookup_name
.ada ().matches (symbol_search_name
,
13643 lookup_name
.match_type (),
13647 /* A name matcher that matches the symbol name exactly, with
13651 literal_symbol_name_matcher (const char *symbol_search_name
,
13652 const lookup_name_info
&lookup_name
,
13653 completion_match_result
*comp_match_res
)
13655 gdb::string_view name_view
= lookup_name
.name ();
13657 if (lookup_name
.completion_mode ()
13658 ? (strncmp (symbol_search_name
, name_view
.data (),
13659 name_view
.size ()) == 0)
13660 : symbol_search_name
== name_view
)
13662 if (comp_match_res
!= NULL
)
13663 comp_match_res
->set_match (symbol_search_name
);
13670 /* Implement the "get_symbol_name_matcher" language_defn method for
13673 static symbol_name_matcher_ftype
*
13674 ada_get_symbol_name_matcher (const lookup_name_info
&lookup_name
)
13676 if (lookup_name
.match_type () == symbol_name_match_type::SEARCH_NAME
)
13677 return literal_symbol_name_matcher
;
13679 if (lookup_name
.completion_mode ())
13680 return ada_symbol_name_matches
;
13683 if (lookup_name
.ada ().wild_match_p ())
13684 return do_wild_match
;
13685 else if (lookup_name
.ada ().verbatim_p ())
13686 return do_exact_match
;
13688 return do_full_match
;
13692 /* Class representing the Ada language. */
13694 class ada_language
: public language_defn
13698 : language_defn (language_ada
)
13701 /* See language.h. */
13703 const char *name () const override
13706 /* See language.h. */
13708 const char *natural_name () const override
13711 /* See language.h. */
13713 const std::vector
<const char *> &filename_extensions () const override
13715 static const std::vector
<const char *> extensions
13716 = { ".adb", ".ads", ".a", ".ada", ".dg" };
13720 /* Print an array element index using the Ada syntax. */
13722 void print_array_index (struct type
*index_type
,
13724 struct ui_file
*stream
,
13725 const value_print_options
*options
) const override
13727 struct value
*index_value
= val_atr (index_type
, index
);
13729 value_print (index_value
, stream
, options
);
13730 fprintf_filtered (stream
, " => ");
13733 /* Implement the "read_var_value" language_defn method for Ada. */
13735 struct value
*read_var_value (struct symbol
*var
,
13736 const struct block
*var_block
,
13737 struct frame_info
*frame
) const override
13739 /* The only case where default_read_var_value is not sufficient
13740 is when VAR is a renaming... */
13741 if (frame
!= nullptr)
13743 const struct block
*frame_block
= get_frame_block (frame
, NULL
);
13744 if (frame_block
!= nullptr && ada_is_renaming_symbol (var
))
13745 return ada_read_renaming_var_value (var
, frame_block
);
13748 /* This is a typical case where we expect the default_read_var_value
13749 function to work. */
13750 return language_defn::read_var_value (var
, var_block
, frame
);
13753 /* See language.h. */
13754 void language_arch_info (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13755 struct language_arch_info
*lai
) const override
13757 const struct builtin_type
*builtin
= builtin_type (gdbarch
);
13759 lai
->primitive_type_vector
13760 = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_CALLOC (gdbarch
, nr_ada_primitive_types
+ 1,
13763 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_int
]
13764 = arch_integer_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch
),
13766 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_long
]
13767 = arch_integer_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_long_bit (gdbarch
),
13768 0, "long_integer");
13769 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_short
]
13770 = arch_integer_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_short_bit (gdbarch
),
13771 0, "short_integer");
13772 lai
->string_char_type
13773 = lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_char
]
13774 = arch_character_type (gdbarch
, TARGET_CHAR_BIT
, 0, "character");
13775 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_float
]
13776 = arch_float_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_float_bit (gdbarch
),
13777 "float", gdbarch_float_format (gdbarch
));
13778 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_double
]
13779 = arch_float_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch
),
13780 "long_float", gdbarch_double_format (gdbarch
));
13781 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_long_long
]
13782 = arch_integer_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_long_long_bit (gdbarch
),
13783 0, "long_long_integer");
13784 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_long_double
]
13785 = arch_float_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_long_double_bit (gdbarch
),
13786 "long_long_float", gdbarch_long_double_format (gdbarch
));
13787 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_natural
]
13788 = arch_integer_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch
),
13790 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_positive
]
13791 = arch_integer_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch
),
13793 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_void
]
13794 = builtin
->builtin_void
;
13796 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_system_address
]
13797 = lookup_pointer_type (arch_type (gdbarch
, TYPE_CODE_VOID
, TARGET_CHAR_BIT
,
13799 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_system_address
]
13800 ->set_name ("system__address");
13802 /* Create the equivalent of the System.Storage_Elements.Storage_Offset
13803 type. This is a signed integral type whose size is the same as
13804 the size of addresses. */
13806 unsigned int addr_length
= TYPE_LENGTH
13807 (lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_system_address
]);
13809 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_storage_offset
]
13810 = arch_integer_type (gdbarch
, addr_length
* HOST_CHAR_BIT
, 0,
13814 lai
->bool_type_symbol
= NULL
;
13815 lai
->bool_type_default
= builtin
->builtin_bool
;
13818 /* See language.h. */
13820 bool iterate_over_symbols
13821 (const struct block
*block
, const lookup_name_info
&name
,
13822 domain_enum domain
,
13823 gdb::function_view
<symbol_found_callback_ftype
> callback
) const override
13825 std::vector
<struct block_symbol
> results
;
13827 ada_lookup_symbol_list_worker (name
, block
, domain
, &results
, 0);
13828 for (block_symbol
&sym
: results
)
13830 if (!callback (&sym
))
13837 /* See language.h. */
13838 bool sniff_from_mangled_name (const char *mangled
,
13839 char **out
) const override
13841 std::string demangled
= ada_decode (mangled
);
13845 if (demangled
!= mangled
&& demangled
[0] != '<')
13847 /* Set the gsymbol language to Ada, but still return 0.
13848 Two reasons for that:
13850 1. For Ada, we prefer computing the symbol's decoded name
13851 on the fly rather than pre-compute it, in order to save
13852 memory (Ada projects are typically very large).
13854 2. There are some areas in the definition of the GNAT
13855 encoding where, with a bit of bad luck, we might be able
13856 to decode a non-Ada symbol, generating an incorrect
13857 demangled name (Eg: names ending with "TB" for instance
13858 are identified as task bodies and so stripped from
13859 the decoded name returned).
13861 Returning true, here, but not setting *DEMANGLED, helps us get
13862 a little bit of the best of both worlds. Because we're last,
13863 we should not affect any of the other languages that were
13864 able to demangle the symbol before us; we get to correctly
13865 tag Ada symbols as such; and even if we incorrectly tagged a
13866 non-Ada symbol, which should be rare, any routing through the
13867 Ada language should be transparent (Ada tries to behave much
13868 like C/C++ with non-Ada symbols). */
13875 /* See language.h. */
13877 char *demangle_symbol (const char *mangled
, int options
) const override
13879 return ada_la_decode (mangled
, options
);
13882 /* See language.h. */
13884 void print_type (struct type
*type
, const char *varstring
,
13885 struct ui_file
*stream
, int show
, int level
,
13886 const struct type_print_options
*flags
) const override
13888 ada_print_type (type
, varstring
, stream
, show
, level
, flags
);
13891 /* See language.h. */
13893 const char *word_break_characters (void) const override
13895 return ada_completer_word_break_characters
;
13898 /* See language.h. */
13900 void collect_symbol_completion_matches (completion_tracker
&tracker
,
13901 complete_symbol_mode mode
,
13902 symbol_name_match_type name_match_type
,
13903 const char *text
, const char *word
,
13904 enum type_code code
) const override
13906 struct symbol
*sym
;
13907 const struct block
*b
, *surrounding_static_block
= 0;
13908 struct block_iterator iter
;
13910 gdb_assert (code
== TYPE_CODE_UNDEF
);
13912 lookup_name_info
lookup_name (text
, name_match_type
, true);
13914 /* First, look at the partial symtab symbols. */
13915 expand_symtabs_matching (NULL
,
13921 /* At this point scan through the misc symbol vectors and add each
13922 symbol you find to the list. Eventually we want to ignore
13923 anything that isn't a text symbol (everything else will be
13924 handled by the psymtab code above). */
13926 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
13928 for (minimal_symbol
*msymbol
: objfile
->msymbols ())
13932 if (completion_skip_symbol (mode
, msymbol
))
13935 language symbol_language
= msymbol
->language ();
13937 /* Ada minimal symbols won't have their language set to Ada. If
13938 we let completion_list_add_name compare using the
13939 default/C-like matcher, then when completing e.g., symbols in a
13940 package named "pck", we'd match internal Ada symbols like
13941 "pckS", which are invalid in an Ada expression, unless you wrap
13942 them in '<' '>' to request a verbatim match.
13944 Unfortunately, some Ada encoded names successfully demangle as
13945 C++ symbols (using an old mangling scheme), such as "name__2Xn"
13946 -> "Xn::name(void)" and thus some Ada minimal symbols end up
13947 with the wrong language set. Paper over that issue here. */
13948 if (symbol_language
== language_auto
13949 || symbol_language
== language_cplus
)
13950 symbol_language
= language_ada
;
13952 completion_list_add_name (tracker
,
13954 msymbol
->linkage_name (),
13955 lookup_name
, text
, word
);
13959 /* Search upwards from currently selected frame (so that we can
13960 complete on local vars. */
13962 for (b
= get_selected_block (0); b
!= NULL
; b
= BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b
))
13964 if (!BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b
))
13965 surrounding_static_block
= b
; /* For elmin of dups */
13967 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b
, iter
, sym
)
13969 if (completion_skip_symbol (mode
, sym
))
13972 completion_list_add_name (tracker
,
13974 sym
->linkage_name (),
13975 lookup_name
, text
, word
);
13979 /* Go through the symtabs and check the externs and statics for
13980 symbols which match. */
13982 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
13984 for (compunit_symtab
*s
: objfile
->compunits ())
13987 b
= BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (s
), GLOBAL_BLOCK
);
13988 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b
, iter
, sym
)
13990 if (completion_skip_symbol (mode
, sym
))
13993 completion_list_add_name (tracker
,
13995 sym
->linkage_name (),
13996 lookup_name
, text
, word
);
14001 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
14003 for (compunit_symtab
*s
: objfile
->compunits ())
14006 b
= BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (s
), STATIC_BLOCK
);
14007 /* Don't do this block twice. */
14008 if (b
== surrounding_static_block
)
14010 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b
, iter
, sym
)
14012 if (completion_skip_symbol (mode
, sym
))
14015 completion_list_add_name (tracker
,
14017 sym
->linkage_name (),
14018 lookup_name
, text
, word
);
14024 /* See language.h. */
14026 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> watch_location_expression
14027 (struct type
*type
, CORE_ADDR addr
) const override
14029 type
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (type
)));
14030 std::string name
= type_to_string (type
);
14031 return gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>
14032 (xstrprintf ("{%s} %s", name
.c_str (), core_addr_to_string (addr
)));
14035 /* See language.h. */
14037 void value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
,
14038 const struct value_print_options
*options
) const override
14040 return ada_value_print (val
, stream
, options
);
14043 /* See language.h. */
14045 void value_print_inner
14046 (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
, int recurse
,
14047 const struct value_print_options
*options
) const override
14049 return ada_value_print_inner (val
, stream
, recurse
, options
);
14052 /* See language.h. */
14054 struct block_symbol lookup_symbol_nonlocal
14055 (const char *name
, const struct block
*block
,
14056 const domain_enum domain
) const override
14058 struct block_symbol sym
;
14060 sym
= ada_lookup_symbol (name
, block_static_block (block
), domain
);
14061 if (sym
.symbol
!= NULL
)
14064 /* If we haven't found a match at this point, try the primitive
14065 types. In other languages, this search is performed before
14066 searching for global symbols in order to short-circuit that
14067 global-symbol search if it happens that the name corresponds
14068 to a primitive type. But we cannot do the same in Ada, because
14069 it is perfectly legitimate for a program to declare a type which
14070 has the same name as a standard type. If looking up a type in
14071 that situation, we have traditionally ignored the primitive type
14072 in favor of user-defined types. This is why, unlike most other
14073 languages, we search the primitive types this late and only after
14074 having searched the global symbols without success. */
14076 if (domain
== VAR_DOMAIN
)
14078 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
14081 gdbarch
= target_gdbarch ();
14083 gdbarch
= block_gdbarch (block
);
14085 = language_lookup_primitive_type_as_symbol (this, gdbarch
, name
);
14086 if (sym
.symbol
!= NULL
)
14093 /* See language.h. */
14095 int parser (struct parser_state
*ps
) const override
14097 warnings_issued
= 0;
14098 return ada_parse (ps
);
14103 Same as evaluate_type (*EXP), but resolves ambiguous symbol references
14104 (marked by OP_VAR_VALUE nodes in which the symbol has an undefined
14105 namespace) and converts operators that are user-defined into
14106 appropriate function calls. If CONTEXT_TYPE is non-null, it provides
14107 a preferred result type [at the moment, only type void has any
14108 effect---causing procedures to be preferred over functions in calls].
14109 A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates that a non-void return type is
14110 preferred. May change (expand) *EXP. */
14112 void post_parser (expression_up
*expp
, int void_context_p
, int completing
,
14113 innermost_block_tracker
*tracker
) const override
14115 struct type
*context_type
= NULL
;
14118 if (void_context_p
)
14119 context_type
= builtin_type ((*expp
)->gdbarch
)->builtin_void
;
14121 resolve_subexp (expp
, &pc
, 1, context_type
, completing
, tracker
);
14124 /* See language.h. */
14126 void emitchar (int ch
, struct type
*chtype
,
14127 struct ui_file
*stream
, int quoter
) const override
14129 ada_emit_char (ch
, chtype
, stream
, quoter
, 1);
14132 /* See language.h. */
14134 void printchar (int ch
, struct type
*chtype
,
14135 struct ui_file
*stream
) const override
14137 ada_printchar (ch
, chtype
, stream
);
14140 /* See language.h. */
14142 void printstr (struct ui_file
*stream
, struct type
*elttype
,
14143 const gdb_byte
*string
, unsigned int length
,
14144 const char *encoding
, int force_ellipses
,
14145 const struct value_print_options
*options
) const override
14147 ada_printstr (stream
, elttype
, string
, length
, encoding
,
14148 force_ellipses
, options
);
14151 /* See language.h. */
14153 void print_typedef (struct type
*type
, struct symbol
*new_symbol
,
14154 struct ui_file
*stream
) const override
14156 ada_print_typedef (type
, new_symbol
, stream
);
14159 /* See language.h. */
14161 bool is_string_type_p (struct type
*type
) const override
14163 return ada_is_string_type (type
);
14166 /* See language.h. */
14168 const char *struct_too_deep_ellipsis () const override
14169 { return "(...)"; }
14171 /* See language.h. */
14173 bool c_style_arrays_p () const override
14176 /* See language.h. */
14178 bool store_sym_names_in_linkage_form_p () const override
14181 /* See language.h. */
14183 const struct lang_varobj_ops
*varobj_ops () const override
14184 { return &ada_varobj_ops
; }
14186 /* See language.h. */
14188 const struct exp_descriptor
*expression_ops () const override
14189 { return &ada_exp_descriptor
; }
14191 /* See language.h. */
14193 const struct op_print
*opcode_print_table () const override
14194 { return ada_op_print_tab
; }
14197 /* See language.h. */
14199 symbol_name_matcher_ftype
*get_symbol_name_matcher_inner
14200 (const lookup_name_info
&lookup_name
) const override
14202 return ada_get_symbol_name_matcher (lookup_name
);
14206 /* Single instance of the Ada language class. */
14208 static ada_language ada_language_defn
;
14210 /* Command-list for the "set/show ada" prefix command. */
14211 static struct cmd_list_element
*set_ada_list
;
14212 static struct cmd_list_element
*show_ada_list
;
14215 initialize_ada_catchpoint_ops (void)
14217 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14219 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
14221 ops
= &catch_exception_breakpoint_ops
;
14222 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
14223 ops
->allocate_location
= allocate_location_exception
;
14224 ops
->re_set
= re_set_exception
;
14225 ops
->check_status
= check_status_exception
;
14226 ops
->print_it
= print_it_exception
;
14227 ops
->print_one
= print_one_exception
;
14228 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_exception
;
14229 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_exception
;
14231 ops
= &catch_exception_unhandled_breakpoint_ops
;
14232 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
14233 ops
->allocate_location
= allocate_location_exception
;
14234 ops
->re_set
= re_set_exception
;
14235 ops
->check_status
= check_status_exception
;
14236 ops
->print_it
= print_it_exception
;
14237 ops
->print_one
= print_one_exception
;
14238 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_exception
;
14239 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_exception
;
14241 ops
= &catch_assert_breakpoint_ops
;
14242 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
14243 ops
->allocate_location
= allocate_location_exception
;
14244 ops
->re_set
= re_set_exception
;
14245 ops
->check_status
= check_status_exception
;
14246 ops
->print_it
= print_it_exception
;
14247 ops
->print_one
= print_one_exception
;
14248 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_exception
;
14249 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_exception
;
14251 ops
= &catch_handlers_breakpoint_ops
;
14252 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
14253 ops
->allocate_location
= allocate_location_exception
;
14254 ops
->re_set
= re_set_exception
;
14255 ops
->check_status
= check_status_exception
;
14256 ops
->print_it
= print_it_exception
;
14257 ops
->print_one
= print_one_exception
;
14258 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_exception
;
14259 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_exception
;
14262 /* This module's 'new_objfile' observer. */
14265 ada_new_objfile_observer (struct objfile
*objfile
)
14267 ada_clear_symbol_cache ();
14270 /* This module's 'free_objfile' observer. */
14273 ada_free_objfile_observer (struct objfile
*objfile
)
14275 ada_clear_symbol_cache ();
14278 void _initialize_ada_language ();
14280 _initialize_ada_language ()
14282 initialize_ada_catchpoint_ops ();
14284 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("ada", no_class
,
14285 _("Prefix command for changing Ada-specific settings."),
14286 &set_ada_list
, "set ada ", 0, &setlist
);
14288 add_show_prefix_cmd ("ada", no_class
,
14289 _("Generic command for showing Ada-specific settings."),
14290 &show_ada_list
, "show ada ", 0, &showlist
);
14292 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("trust-PAD-over-XVS", class_obscure
,
14293 &trust_pad_over_xvs
, _("\
14294 Enable or disable an optimization trusting PAD types over XVS types."), _("\
14295 Show whether an optimization trusting PAD types over XVS types is activated."),
14297 This is related to the encoding used by the GNAT compiler. The debugger\n\
14298 should normally trust the contents of PAD types, but certain older versions\n\
14299 of GNAT have a bug that sometimes causes the information in the PAD type\n\
14300 to be incorrect. Turning this setting \"off\" allows the debugger to\n\
14301 work around this bug. It is always safe to turn this option \"off\", but\n\
14302 this incurs a slight performance penalty, so it is recommended to NOT change\n\
14303 this option to \"off\" unless necessary."),
14304 NULL
, NULL
, &set_ada_list
, &show_ada_list
);
14306 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("print-signatures", class_vars
,
14307 &print_signatures
, _("\
14308 Enable or disable the output of formal and return types for functions in the \
14309 overloads selection menu."), _("\
14310 Show whether the output of formal and return types for functions in the \
14311 overloads selection menu is activated."),
14312 NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &set_ada_list
, &show_ada_list
);
14314 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
14315 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
14316 Usage: catch exception [ARG] [if CONDITION]\n\
14317 Without any argument, stop when any Ada exception is raised.\n\
14318 If ARG is \"unhandled\" (without the quotes), only stop when the exception\n\
14319 being raised does not have a handler (and will therefore lead to the task's\n\
14321 Otherwise, the catchpoint only stops when the name of the exception being\n\
14322 raised is the same as ARG.\n\
14323 CONDITION is a boolean expression that is evaluated to see whether the\n\
14324 exception should cause a stop."),
14325 catch_ada_exception_command
,
14326 catch_ada_completer
,
14330 add_catch_command ("handlers", _("\
14331 Catch Ada exceptions, when handled.\n\
14332 Usage: catch handlers [ARG] [if CONDITION]\n\
14333 Without any argument, stop when any Ada exception is handled.\n\
14334 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name.\n\
14335 CONDITION is a boolean expression that is evaluated to see whether the\n\
14336 exception should cause a stop."),
14337 catch_ada_handlers_command
,
14338 catch_ada_completer
,
14341 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
14342 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
14343 Usage: catch assert [if CONDITION]\n\
14344 CONDITION is a boolean expression that is evaluated to see whether the\n\
14345 exception should cause a stop."),
14346 catch_assert_command
,
14351 varsize_limit
= 65536;
14352 add_setshow_uinteger_cmd ("varsize-limit", class_support
,
14353 &varsize_limit
, _("\
14354 Set the maximum number of bytes allowed in a variable-size object."), _("\
14355 Show the maximum number of bytes allowed in a variable-size object."), _("\
14356 Attempts to access an object whose size is not a compile-time constant\n\
14357 and exceeds this limit will cause an error."),
14358 NULL
, NULL
, &setlist
, &showlist
);
14360 add_info ("exceptions", info_exceptions_command
,
14362 List all Ada exception names.\n\
14363 Usage: info exceptions [REGEXP]\n\
14364 If a regular expression is passed as an argument, only those matching\n\
14365 the regular expression are listed."));
14367 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("ada", class_maintenance
,
14368 _("Set Ada maintenance-related variables."),
14369 &maint_set_ada_cmdlist
, "maintenance set ada ",
14370 0/*allow-unknown*/, &maintenance_set_cmdlist
);
14372 add_show_prefix_cmd ("ada", class_maintenance
,
14373 _("Show Ada maintenance-related variables."),
14374 &maint_show_ada_cmdlist
, "maintenance show ada ",
14375 0/*allow-unknown*/, &maintenance_show_cmdlist
);
14377 add_setshow_boolean_cmd
14378 ("ignore-descriptive-types", class_maintenance
,
14379 &ada_ignore_descriptive_types_p
,
14380 _("Set whether descriptive types generated by GNAT should be ignored."),
14381 _("Show whether descriptive types generated by GNAT should be ignored."),
14383 When enabled, the debugger will stop using the DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type\n\
14384 DWARF attribute."),
14385 NULL
, NULL
, &maint_set_ada_cmdlist
, &maint_show_ada_cmdlist
);
14387 decoded_names_store
= htab_create_alloc (256, htab_hash_string
, streq_hash
,
14388 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
14390 /* The ada-lang observers. */
14391 gdb::observers::new_objfile
.attach (ada_new_objfile_observer
);
14392 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (ada_free_objfile_observer
);
14393 gdb::observers::inferior_exit
.attach (ada_inferior_exit
);